| blob | 27cea7094c1826a6f7095a7069e8bbbc805edce2 |
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (0 0 0 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
68 ;;;***
69 \f
70 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
71 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
74 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
75 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
76 extensions.
77 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
78 the file name.
83 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
89 ;;;***
90 \f
91 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-prj" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" (0 0 0 0))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-prj.el
96 ;;;***
97 \f
98 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (0 0 0 0))
99 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
106 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-stmt" '("ada-")))
108 ;;;***
109 \f
110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
119 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-xref" '("ada-")))
121 ;;;***
122 \f
123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (0 0 0 0))
124 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
129 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
130 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
131 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
137 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
143 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
144 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
145 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
146 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
152 Prompt for a change log name.
159 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
160 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
164 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
165 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
166 directory and its successive parents for a file so named. Stop at the first
167 such file that exists (or has a buffer visiting it), or the first directory
168 that contains any of `change-log-directory-files'. If no match is found,
169 use the current directory. To override the choice of this function,
170 simply create an empty ChangeLog file first by hand in the desired place.
172 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
173 current buffer to the complete file name.
174 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
179 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
180 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
181 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
183 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
184 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
186 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
188 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
189 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
190 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
192 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
193 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
194 after a comma on an existing line.
196 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
197 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
198 the same person.
200 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
201 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
202 notices.
204 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
205 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
210 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
211 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
212 the change log file in another window.
217 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
218 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
219 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
220 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
221 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
228 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
231 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
233 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
234 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
235 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
236 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
237 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
239 Has a preference of looking backwards.
244 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
245 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
246 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
247 or a buffer.
249 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
250 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
254 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "add-log" '("add-log-" "change-log-")))
256 ;;;***
257 \f
258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (0 0 0 0))
259 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
262 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
263 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
264 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
265 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
266 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
267 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
268 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
269 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
275 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
276 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
277 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
278 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
279 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
280 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
286 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
291 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
296 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
298 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
299 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
300 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
301 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
302 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
304 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
305 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
306 the new one.
308 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
309 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
310 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
311 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
312 mapped to the closest extremal position).
314 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
315 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
316 the cache-id will clear the cache.
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
345 BODY...)
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
381 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
382 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
383 BODY...)
393 ;;;***
394 \f
395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (0 0 0 0))
396 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
399 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
400 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
401 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
402 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
403 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
404 rule's `separate' attribute).
406 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
407 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
408 `separate' attribute set.
410 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
411 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
412 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
413 on the format of these lists.
418 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
419 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
420 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
422 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
423 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
425 Fred (123) 456-7890
426 Alice (123) 456-7890
427 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
428 Joe (123) 456-7890
430 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
432 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
434 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
436 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
437 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
438 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
440 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
441 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
442 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
443 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
444 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
445 throughout the line.
447 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
449 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
452 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
453 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
458 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
459 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
460 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
461 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
462 align that section.
467 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
468 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
469 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
470 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
471 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
472 been used to align that section.
477 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
478 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
479 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
480 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
481 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
482 to be colored.
487 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
492 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
493 The alignment is done by calling `align' on the region that was
494 indented.
500 ;;;***
501 \f
502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (0 0 0 0))
503 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
507 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
509 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
514 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
516 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
517 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
519 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
520 `allout-auto-activation'.
525 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
527 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
528 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
529 file variable `allout-layout'.
532 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
533 specified layout is applied.
536 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
539 Auto-layout is not.
545 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
549 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
559 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
561 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
563 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
565 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
567 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
571 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
574 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
579 Toggle Allout outline mode.
580 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
581 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
582 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
585 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
586 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
587 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
588 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
589 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
590 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
591 outline.)
593 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
595 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
596 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
597 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
598 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
599 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
601 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
602 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
604 and many other features.
606 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
607 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
608 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
609 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
610 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
612 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
613 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
615 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
617 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
619 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
620 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
621 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
623 Exposure Control:
624 ----------------
631 Navigation:
632 ----------
639 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
641 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
642 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
645 Topic Header Production:
646 -----------------------
649 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
651 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
652 ---------------------------------
655 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
656 current topic
658 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
659 are alternated according to nesting depth.
661 the offspring are not affected.
662 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
664 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
665 ----------------------------------
667 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
671 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
672 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
675 Topic-oriented Encryption:
676 -------------------------
678 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
680 Misc commands:
681 -------------
682 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
683 and establish a default file-var setting
684 for `allout-layout'.
687 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
688 buffer with name derived from derived from that
691 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
692 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
693 format.
695 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
696 auto-activation.
698 Topic Encryption
700 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
701 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
702 pending encryption on save.
704 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
705 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
706 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
707 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
708 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
710 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
711 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
712 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
713 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
714 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
715 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
716 signal.
718 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
719 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
720 for details.
722 HOT-SPOT Operation
724 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
725 navigation and exposure control.
727 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
728 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
733 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
734 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
736 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
737 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
740 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
741 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
742 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
743 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
744 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
745 at the beginning of the current entry.
747 Extending Allout
749 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
750 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
751 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
753 `allout-mode-hook'
754 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
755 `allout-mode-off-hook'
756 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
757 `allout-structure-added-functions'
758 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
759 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
760 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
761 `allout-post-undo-hook'
763 Terminology
765 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
767 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
768 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
769 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
770 CURRENT ITEM:
771 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
772 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
773 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
774 called the:
775 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
777 ANCESTORS:
778 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
779 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
780 of the ITEM.
781 OFFSPRING:
782 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
783 SUBTOPIC:
784 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
785 CHILD:
786 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
787 SIBLINGS:
788 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
790 Topic text constituents:
792 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
793 text.
794 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
795 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
796 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
797 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
798 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
799 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
800 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
801 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
802 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
803 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
804 the PREFIX.
806 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
807 of the ITEM.
808 PREFIX-LEAD:
809 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
810 It can be customized by changing the setting of
811 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
813 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
814 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
815 program code without interfering with processing of the text
816 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
817 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
818 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
819 docstring for more detail.
820 PREFIX-PADDING:
821 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
822 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
823 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
824 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
825 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
826 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
827 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
829 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
830 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
831 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
832 more details.
833 EXPOSURE:
834 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
835 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
836 CONCEALED:
837 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
840 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
841 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
842 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
849 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
851 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
852 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
856 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout" '("allout-")))
858 ;;;***
859 \f
860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (0 0 0
861 ;;;;;; 0))
862 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
866 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
868 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
873 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
875 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
876 visiting an outline.
878 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
879 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
881 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
882 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
883 you want allout widgets operation.
889 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
892 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
893 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
894 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
895 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
897 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
898 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
899 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
901 The graphics include:
903 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
905 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
906 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
908 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
909 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
911 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
912 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
913 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
917 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout-widgets" '("allout-")))
919 ;;;***
920 \f
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
922 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
927 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
928 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
929 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
930 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
931 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
940 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ange-ftp" '("ange-ftp-" "ftp-error" "internal-ange-ftp-mode")))
942 ;;;***
943 \f
944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (0 0 0 0))
945 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
948 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
949 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
950 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
951 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
952 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
953 in the current window.
958 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
959 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
960 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
961 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
962 buffer if one does not exist.
967 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
968 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
969 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
970 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
974 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "animate" '("animat")))
976 ;;;***
977 \f
978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (0 0 0 0))
979 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
983 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
988 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
990 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
991 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
992 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
993 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
995 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
996 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
998 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
1002 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ansi-color" '("ansi-color-")))
1004 ;;;***
1005 \f
1006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (0 0
1007 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1008 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
1012 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
1013 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1014 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1015 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1018 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1020 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1021 the rules.
1023 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1024 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1025 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1026 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1031 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1036 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1037 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1041 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "antlr-mode" '("antlr-")))
1043 ;;;***
1044 \f
1045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (0 0 0 0))
1046 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1049 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1050 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1051 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1052 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1053 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1058 Toggle checking of appointments.
1059 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1060 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1066 ;;;***
1067 \f
1068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (0 0 0 0))
1069 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1072 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1073 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1074 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1076 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1077 kind of objects to search.
1082 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1083 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1084 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1085 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1086 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1089 variables, not just user options.
1094 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1095 With the optional argument DO-NOT-ALL non-nil (or when called
1097 options only, i.e. behave like `apropos-user-option'.
1102 Show buffer-local variables that match PATTERN.
1103 Optional arg BUFFER (default: current buffer) is the buffer to check.
1105 The output includes variables that are not yet set in BUFFER, but that
1106 will be buffer-local when set.
1113 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1114 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1115 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1116 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1117 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1120 noninteractive functions.
1122 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1123 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1125 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1126 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1131 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1136 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1137 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1138 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1146 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1148 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1153 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1154 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1155 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1156 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1161 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1162 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1163 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1164 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1165 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1168 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1169 names and values of properties.
1171 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1176 Show buffer-local variables whose values match PATTERN.
1177 This is like `apropos-value', but only for buffer-local variables.
1178 Optional arg BUFFER (default: current buffer) is the buffer to check.
1183 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1184 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1185 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1186 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1187 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1189 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1191 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1192 documentation strings.
1194 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1198 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "apropos" '("apropos-")))
1200 ;;;***
1201 \f
1202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1203 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1206 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1207 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1208 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1209 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1210 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1212 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1213 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1214 archive.
1220 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "arc-mode" '("archive-")))
1222 ;;;***
1223 \f
1224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (0 0 0 0))
1225 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1228 Major mode for editing arrays.
1230 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1231 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1232 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1234 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1236 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1237 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1238 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1240 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1241 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1242 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1243 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1244 The variables are:
1246 Variables you assign:
1247 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1248 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1249 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1250 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1251 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1252 row numbers in the buffer.
1254 Variables which are calculated:
1255 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1256 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1258 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1259 take a numeric prefix argument):
1277 between that of point and mark.
1285 newlines inside rows)
1289 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1293 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "array" '("array-" "current-line" "limit-index" "move-to-column-untabify" "untabify-backward" "xor")))
1295 ;;;***
1296 \f
1297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (0 0 0 0))
1298 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1302 Toggle Artist mode.
1303 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1304 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1305 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1307 How to quit Artist mode
1312 How to submit a bug report
1317 Drawing with the mouse:
1319 mouse-2
1320 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1321 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1322 below).
1324 mouse-1
1325 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1326 or pastes:
1328 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1329 --------------------------------------------------------------
1330 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1331 to new point
1332 --------------------------------------------------------------
1333 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1334 --------------------------------------------------------------
1335 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1336 --------------------------------------------------------------
1337 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1338 --------------------------------------------------------------
1339 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1340 --------------------------------------------------------------
1341 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1342 --------------------------------------------------------------
1343 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1344 --------------------------------------------------------------
1345 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1346 --------------------------------------------------------------
1347 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1348 lines
1349 --------------------------------------------------------------
1350 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1351 --------------------------------------------------------------
1352 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1353 --------------------------------------------------------------
1354 Paste Paste Paste
1355 --------------------------------------------------------------
1356 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1357 --------------------------------------------------------------
1359 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1360 or diagonally.
1362 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1363 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1364 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1365 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1366 poly-lines.
1368 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1369 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1370 overwrite means the opposite.
1372 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1373 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1374 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1376 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1378 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1381 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1382 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1383 are currently drawing something.
1385 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1386 some time to fill.
1389 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1390 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1393 Settings
1395 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1397 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1399 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1401 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1403 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1404 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1406 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1409 Drawing with keys
1412 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1414 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1415 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1416 When pasting: Pastes
1420 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1430 Arrows
1433 of the line/poly-line
1436 of the line/poly-line
1439 Selecting operation
1441 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1465 Variables
1467 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1470 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1471 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1472 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1473 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1474 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1475 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1476 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1477 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1478 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1479 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1480 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1481 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1482 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1483 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1484 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1485 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1486 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1490 Hooks
1492 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1495 Keymap summary
1501 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "artist" '("artist-")))
1503 ;;;***
1504 \f
1505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1506 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1509 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1510 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1517 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1520 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1521 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1523 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1525 Special commands:
1530 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "asm-mode" '("asm-")))
1532 ;;;***
1533 \f
1534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "auth-source.el" (0 0 0 0))
1535 ;;; Generated autoloads from auth-source.el
1538 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1539 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1544 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "auth-source" '("auth-source")))
1546 ;;;***
1547 \f
1548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source-pass" "auth-source-pass.el" (0
1549 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
1550 ;;; Generated autoloads from auth-source-pass.el
1554 Enable auth-source-password-store.
1558 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "auth-source-pass" '("auth-source-pass-")))
1560 ;;;***
1561 \f
1562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (0 0 0 0))
1563 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1566 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1567 See the `autoarg-mode' command
1573 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1574 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1575 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1576 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1579 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1580 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1581 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1583 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1585 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1587 For example:
1589 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1599 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1600 See the `autoarg-kp-mode' command
1601 for a description of this minor mode.
1602 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1603 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1609 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1610 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1611 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1612 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1615 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1616 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1622 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoarg" '("autoarg-")))
1624 ;;;***
1625 \f
1626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
1627 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1630 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1634 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoconf" '("autoconf-")))
1636 ;;;***
1637 \f
1638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1639 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1642 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1643 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1648 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1649 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1650 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1655 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1656 See the `auto-insert-mode' command
1657 for a description of this minor mode.
1658 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1659 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1665 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1666 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1667 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1668 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1670 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1671 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1675 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoinsert" '("auto-insert")))
1677 ;;;***
1678 \f
1679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (0 0 0
1680 ;;;;;; 0))
1681 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1690 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1691 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1693 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1694 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1695 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1696 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1697 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1699 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1704 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1705 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1706 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1707 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1709 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1710 directory or directories specified.
1712 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1713 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1714 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1715 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1716 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1717 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1722 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1723 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1724 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1725 should be non-nil).
1729 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoload" '("autoload-" "generate" "make-autoload" "no-update-autoloads")))
1731 ;;;***
1732 \f
1733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1734 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1737 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto-Revert Mode).
1738 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Mode if ARG is
1739 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1740 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1742 Auto-Revert Mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1743 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1744 disk changes.
1746 When a buffer is reverted, a message is generated. This can be
1747 suppressed by setting `auto-revert-verbose' to nil.
1749 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1750 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1751 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1756 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1758 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1764 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1765 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail Mode if ARG
1766 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1767 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1769 When Auto-Revert Tail Mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1770 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1771 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1772 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1773 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1775 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1776 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1777 writing before you save the file!
1779 When a buffer is reverted, a message is generated. This can be
1780 suppressed by setting `auto-revert-verbose' to nil.
1782 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1787 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1789 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1795 Non-nil if Global Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1796 See the `global-auto-revert-mode' command
1797 for a description of this minor mode.
1798 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1799 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1805 Toggle Global Auto-Revert Mode.
1806 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto-Revert Mode if ARG
1807 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1808 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1810 Global Auto-Revert Mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1811 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1812 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1814 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1815 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1816 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1817 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1818 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1820 When a buffer is reverted, a message is generated. This can be
1821 suppressed by setting `auto-revert-verbose' to nil.
1823 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1824 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1825 specifies in the mode line.
1829 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autorevert" '("auto-revert-" "global-auto-revert-")))
1831 ;;;***
1832 \f
1833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avl-tree" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" (0 0 0
1834 ;;;;;; 0))
1835 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el
1837 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avl-tree" '("avl-tree-")))
1839 ;;;***
1840 \f
1841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (0 0 0 0))
1842 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1845 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1846 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1847 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1853 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1854 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1855 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1857 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1858 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1859 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1861 Effects of the different modes:
1862 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1863 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1864 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1865 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1866 a random distance & direction.
1867 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1868 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1869 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1872 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1877 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avoid" '("mouse-avoidance-")))
1879 ;;;***
1880 \f
1881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1882 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1887 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1889 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1890 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1891 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1897 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bat-mode" '("bat-")))
1899 ;;;***
1900 \f
1901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (0 0 0 0))
1902 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1906 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1907 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1908 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1913 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1914 See the `display-battery-mode' command
1915 for a description of this minor mode.
1916 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1917 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1923 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1924 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1925 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1926 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1928 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1929 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1930 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1931 seconds.
1935 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "battery" '("battery-")))
1937 ;;;***
1938 \f
1939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (0 0
1940 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1941 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1944 Time execution of FORMS.
1945 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1946 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1947 FORMS once.
1948 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1949 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1950 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1957 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1958 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1959 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1960 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1967 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1968 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg, and
1969 the command prompts for the form to benchmark.
1970 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1971 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1975 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "benchmark" '("benchmark-elapse")))
1977 ;;;***
1978 \f
1979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bib-mode" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1980 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bib-mode.el
1982 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bib-mode" '("addbib" "bib-" "mark-bib" "return-key-bib" "unread-bib")))
1984 ;;;***
1985 \f
1986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (0 0 0 0))
1987 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1990 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1991 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1992 of corresponding buffers.
1993 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1994 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1995 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1996 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1997 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1999 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
2000 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
2001 does not use `bibtex-mode',
2006 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
2008 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
2010 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
2012 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
2015 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
2016 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
2017 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
2018 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
2022 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
2025 Special information:
2029 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
2030 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
2031 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
2036 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
2042 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
2043 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
2044 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
2045 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
2046 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
2047 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
2048 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
2050 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
2052 ----------------------------------------------------------
2053 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
2054 if that value is non-nil.
2061 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
2062 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
2063 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
2064 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
2065 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
2066 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
2067 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
2068 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
2069 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
2070 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
2071 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
2075 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex" '("bibtex-")))
2077 ;;;***
2078 \f
2079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
2080 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2081 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
2084 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
2088 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex-style" '("bibtex-style-")))
2090 ;;;***
2091 \f
2092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bindat" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" (0 0 0 0))
2093 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bindat.el
2095 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bindat" '("bindat-")))
2097 ;;;***
2098 \f
2099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (0 0 0 0))
2100 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
2102 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
2106 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
2107 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
2112 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
2117 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2121 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "binhex" '("binhex-")))
2123 ;;;***
2124 \f
2125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (0 0 0 0))
2126 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2129 Play blackbox.
2130 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2132 What is blackbox?
2134 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2135 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2136 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2137 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2138 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2139 your score.
2141 Overview of play:
2144 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2145 four.
2147 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2148 movement keys.
2150 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2151 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2153 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2156 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2158 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2159 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2160 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2161 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2163 Details:
2165 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2167 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2168 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2169 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2170 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2172 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2173 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2174 denoted by the letter `R'.
2176 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2177 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2178 denoted by the letter `H'.
2180 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2181 example.
2183 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2184 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2185 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2186 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2188 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2189 ray.
2191 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2192 degree deflection it causes.
2194 1
2195 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2196 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2197 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2198 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2199 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2200 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2201 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2202 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2203 2 3
2205 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2206 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2209 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2210 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2211 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2212 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2213 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2214 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2215 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2216 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2218 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2219 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2220 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2221 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2222 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2223 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2224 emerging from the box.
2226 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2228 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2229 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2230 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2231 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2232 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2233 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2234 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2235 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2237 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2238 a reflection.
2242 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "blackbox" '("bb-" "blackbox-")))
2244 ;;;***
2245 \f
2246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (0 0 0 0))
2247 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2253 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2254 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2255 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2256 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2257 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2262 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2263 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2265 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2266 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2267 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2268 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2269 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2270 recent one.
2272 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2273 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2274 yank successive words.
2276 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2277 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2278 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2279 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2280 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2283 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2284 the list of bookmarks.)
2289 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2290 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2292 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2293 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2294 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2295 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2296 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2297 ever deletes the most recent one.
2299 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2300 is nil, raise an error.
2302 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2303 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2304 yank successive words.
2306 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2307 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2308 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2309 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2310 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2313 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2314 the list of bookmarks.)
2319 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2320 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2321 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2322 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2323 this.
2325 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2326 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2327 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2328 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2330 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2331 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2333 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2334 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2335 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2340 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2345 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2347 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2348 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2349 after a bookmark was set in it.
2354 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2356 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2357 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2364 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2365 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2366 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2368 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2369 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2370 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2372 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2373 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2374 name.
2379 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2380 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2382 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2383 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2384 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2385 this.
2390 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2392 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2393 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2395 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2396 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2397 probably because we were called from there.
2402 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2409 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2410 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2411 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2412 \(second argument).
2414 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2415 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2416 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2417 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2418 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2420 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2422 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2423 `bookmark-default-file'.
2428 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2429 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2430 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2431 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2432 while loading.
2434 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2435 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2436 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2437 place. Your own personal bookmark file, specified by the variable
2438 `bookmark-default-file', is maintained automatically by Emacs; you
2439 shouldn't need to load it explicitly.
2441 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2442 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2448 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2449 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2450 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2451 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2460 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2464 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2466 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2468 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bookmark" '("bookmark" "with-buffer-modified-unmodified")))
2470 ;;;***
2471 \f
2472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (0 0 0 0))
2473 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2475 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2476 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2477 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2478 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2480 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2481 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2482 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2483 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2486 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2488 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2489 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2490 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2491 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2492 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2493 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2495 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2497 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2498 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2499 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2500 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2501 narrowed.
2503 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2505 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2506 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2508 \(fn)" t nil)
2510 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2511 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2513 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2515 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2516 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2517 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2518 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2519 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2520 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2521 first, if that exists.
2523 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2524 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2525 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2526 ignore it).
2527 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2528 as ARGS.
2530 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2532 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2533 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2534 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2535 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2536 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2540 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2541 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2542 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2543 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2544 says which browser to use.
2546 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2548 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2550 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2551 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2553 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2555 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2556 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2557 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2558 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2560 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2561 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2562 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2563 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2565 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2566 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2567 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2569 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2570 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2572 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2574 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2576 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2577 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2578 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2579 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2581 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2582 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2583 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2584 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2586 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2587 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2588 new tab in an existing window instead.
2590 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2591 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2593 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2595 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2596 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2597 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2598 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2600 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2601 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2602 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2604 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2605 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2606 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2608 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2609 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2611 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2613 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2614 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2615 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2616 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2617 Chromium.
2618 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2620 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2622 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2623 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2624 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2625 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2627 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2628 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2629 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2630 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2632 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2633 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2634 new tab in an existing window instead.
2636 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2637 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2639 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2641 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2643 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2644 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2645 Optional argument SAME-WINDOW non-nil means show the URL in the
2646 currently selected window instead.
2648 \(fn URL &optional SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
2650 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2651 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2652 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2653 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2655 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2656 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2657 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2658 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2660 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2661 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2663 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2665 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2667 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2668 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2670 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2671 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2672 program is invoked according to the variable
2673 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2675 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2676 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2677 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2678 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2680 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2681 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2683 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2685 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2687 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2688 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2689 Default to the URL around or before point.
2691 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2692 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2693 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2695 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2696 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2697 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2698 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2700 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2701 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2703 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2705 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2707 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2708 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2709 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2710 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2712 When called interactively, if variable
2713 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2714 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2715 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2716 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2718 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2719 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2720 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2722 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2723 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2725 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2727 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2728 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2729 Default to the URL around or before point.
2731 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2732 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2733 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2735 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2736 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2738 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2740 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2741 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2742 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2743 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2745 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2747 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2749 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2750 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2751 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2752 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2753 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2754 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2755 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2757 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2759 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2760 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2761 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2762 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2763 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2765 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2766 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2767 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2768 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2770 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2771 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2773 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2775 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2776 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2777 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2778 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2779 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2780 current one.
2782 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2783 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2784 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2785 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2787 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2788 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2790 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2792 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2793 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2794 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2795 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2796 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2797 don't offer a form of remote control.
2799 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2801 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2802 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2803 Default to the URL around or before point.
2804 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2806 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2808 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2809 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2810 Default to the URL around the point.
2812 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2813 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2815 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2816 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2818 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2820 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "browse-url" '("browse-url-")))
2822 ;;;***
2823 \f
2824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (0 0 0 0))
2825 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2826 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2828 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2829 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2830 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2831 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2833 \(fn)" t nil)
2835 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2836 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2837 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2838 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2840 \(fn)" t nil)
2842 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2843 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2845 \(fn)" t nil)
2847 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2848 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2850 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2851 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2852 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2857 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2858 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2859 name of buffer configuration.
2861 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2863 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bs" '("bs-")))
2865 ;;;***
2866 \f
2867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (0 0 0 0))
2868 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2870 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2871 Play Bubbles game.
2873 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2875 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2876 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2877 columns on its right towards the left.
2884 \(fn)" t nil)
2886 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bubbles" '("bubbles-")))
2888 ;;;***
2889 \f
2890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2891 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2892 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2894 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2896 (put 'bug-reference-bug-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
2898 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2899 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2900 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2901 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2902 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2904 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2906 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2907 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2909 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2911 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bug-reference" '("bug-reference-")))
2913 ;;;***
2914 \f
2915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "byte-opt" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" (0 0 0
2916 ;;;;;; 0))
2917 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el
2919 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "byte-opt" '("byte-" "disassemble-offset")))
2921 ;;;***
2922 \f
2923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (0 0 0
2924 ;;;;;; 0))
2925 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2926 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2927 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2928 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2929 (put 'byte-compile-error-on-warn 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2931 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2933 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2934 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2935 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2936 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2937 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2938 else the global value will be modified.
2940 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2942 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2943 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2944 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2945 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2946 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2947 else the global value will be modified.
2949 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2951 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2952 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2953 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2955 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2957 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2958 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2959 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2960 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2962 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2963 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2964 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2965 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2966 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2967 before scanning it.
2969 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2970 that already has a `.elc' file.
2972 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2973 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2975 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2976 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2977 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2978 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2979 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2980 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2982 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2984 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2985 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2986 Print the result in the echo area.
2987 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2991 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2992 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2993 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2995 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2997 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2998 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2999 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
3000 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
3001 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
3002 all functions called by those functions.
3004 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
3005 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
3006 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
3008 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
3009 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
3010 invoked interactively.
3012 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
3014 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
3015 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
3016 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
3017 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
3019 \(fn)" nil nil)
3021 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
3022 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
3023 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
3024 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
3025 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
3027 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
3028 already up-to-date.
3030 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
3032 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
3033 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
3034 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
3035 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
3037 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
3038 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
3039 and corresponding effects.
3041 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
3043 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bytecomp" '("batch-byte-compile-file" "byte-" "displaying-byte-compile-warnings" "emacs-lisp-file-regexp" "no-byte-compile")))
3045 ;;;***
3046 \f
3047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-bahai" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" (0 0 0
3048 ;;;;;; 0))
3049 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-bahai.el
3051 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-bahai" '("calendar-bahai-" "diary-bahai-" "holiday-bahai")))
3053 ;;;***
3054 \f
3055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (0 0 0
3056 ;;;;;; 0))
3057 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
3059 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
3061 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-china" '("calendar-chinese-" "diary-chinese-" "holiday-chinese")))
3063 ;;;***
3064 \f
3065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-coptic" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" (0 0
3066 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3067 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-coptic.el
3069 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-coptic" '("calendar-" "diary-")))
3071 ;;;***
3072 \f
3073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (0 0 0 0))
3074 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
3076 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
3078 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
3080 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
3082 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-dst" '("calendar-" "dst-")))
3084 ;;;***
3085 \f
3086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-french" "calendar/cal-french.el" (0 0
3087 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3088 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-french.el
3090 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-french" '("calendar-french-" "diary-french-date")))
3092 ;;;***
3093 \f
3094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (0 0
3095 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3096 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
3098 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
3099 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
3100 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
3101 from the cursor position.
3103 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
3105 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-hebrew" '("calendar-hebrew-" "diary-hebrew-" "holiday-hebrew")))
3107 ;;;***
3108 \f
3109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-html" "calendar/cal-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
3110 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-html.el
3112 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-html" '("cal-html-")))
3114 ;;;***
3115 \f
3116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-islam" "calendar/cal-islam.el" (0 0 0
3117 ;;;;;; 0))
3118 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-islam.el
3120 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-islam" '("calendar-islamic-" "diary-islamic-" "holiday-islamic")))
3122 ;;;***
3123 \f
3124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-iso" "calendar/cal-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
3125 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-iso.el
3127 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-iso" '("calendar-iso-" "diary-iso-date")))
3129 ;;;***
3130 \f
3131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-julian" "calendar/cal-julian.el" (0 0
3132 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3133 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-julian.el
3135 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-julian" '("calendar-" "diary-" "holiday-julian")))
3137 ;;;***
3138 \f
3139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-mayan" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" (0 0 0
3140 ;;;;;; 0))
3141 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-mayan.el
3143 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-mayan" '("calendar-mayan-" "diary-mayan-date")))
3145 ;;;***
3146 \f
3147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-menu" "calendar/cal-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3148 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-menu.el
3150 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-menu" '("cal")))
3152 ;;;***
3153 \f
3154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-move" "calendar/cal-move.el" (0 0 0 0))
3155 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-move.el
3157 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-move" '("calendar-")))
3159 ;;;***
3160 \f
3161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-persia" "calendar/cal-persia.el" (0 0
3162 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3163 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-persia.el
3165 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-persia" '("calendar-persian-" "diary-persian-date")))
3167 ;;;***
3168 \f
3169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-tex" "calendar/cal-tex.el" (0 0 0 0))
3170 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-tex.el
3172 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-tex" '("cal-tex-")))
3174 ;;;***
3175 \f
3176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-x" "calendar/cal-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
3177 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-x.el
3179 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-x" '("calendar-" "diary-frame")))
3181 ;;;***
3182 \f
3183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (0 0 0 0))
3184 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
3185 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
3187 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
3190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3192 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
3195 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3197 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
3198 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
3200 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3202 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
3203 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
3204 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
3205 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
3207 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
3209 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
3210 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
3211 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
3212 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
3214 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3216 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
3218 This is most useful in the X window system.
3220 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
3222 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3224 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
3226 See calc-keypad for details.
3228 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3230 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
3231 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3233 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3235 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
3236 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3238 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3240 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
3241 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
3243 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
3245 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
3246 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
3249 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
3251 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3252 Define Calc function.
3254 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3255 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3256 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3258 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3259 actual Lisp function name.
3261 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3263 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3265 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3267 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc" '("calc" "defcalcmodevar" "inexact-result" "math-" "var-")))
3269 ;;;***
3270 \f
3271 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-aent" "calc/calc-aent.el"
3272 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3273 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-aent.el
3275 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-aent" '("calc" "math-")))
3277 ;;;***
3278 \f
3279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-alg" "calc/calc-alg.el" (0 0 0 0))
3280 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-alg.el
3282 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-alg" '("calc" "math-")))
3284 ;;;***
3285 \f
3286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-arith" "calc/calc-arith.el" (0 0 0 0))
3287 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-arith.el
3289 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-arith" '("calc" "math-")))
3291 ;;;***
3292 \f
3293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-bin" "calc/calc-bin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3294 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-bin.el
3296 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-bin" '("calc" "math-")))
3298 ;;;***
3299 \f
3300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-comb" "calc/calc-comb.el" (0 0 0 0))
3301 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-comb.el
3303 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-comb" '("calc" "math-")))
3305 ;;;***
3306 \f
3307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-cplx" "calc/calc-cplx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3308 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-cplx.el
3310 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-cplx" '("calc" "math-")))
3312 ;;;***
3313 \f
3314 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-embed" "calc/calc-embed.el"
3315 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3316 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-embed.el
3318 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-embed" '("calc-")))
3320 ;;;***
3321 \f
3322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
3323 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
3325 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-ext" '("calc" "math-" "var-")))
3327 ;;;***
3328 \f
3329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-fin" "calc/calc-fin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3330 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-fin.el
3332 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-fin" '("calc" "math-c")))
3334 ;;;***
3335 \f
3336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-forms" "calc/calc-forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
3337 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-forms.el
3339 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-forms" '("calc" "math-" "var-TimeZone")))
3341 ;;;***
3342 \f
3343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-frac" "calc/calc-frac.el" (0 0 0 0))
3344 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-frac.el
3346 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-frac" '("calc" "math-")))
3348 ;;;***
3349 \f
3350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-funcs" "calc/calc-funcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3351 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-funcs.el
3353 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-funcs" '("calc" "math-")))
3355 ;;;***
3356 \f
3357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-graph" "calc/calc-graph.el" (0 0 0 0))
3358 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-graph.el
3360 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-graph" '("calc-")))
3362 ;;;***
3363 \f
3364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-help" "calc/calc-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
3365 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-help.el
3367 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-help" '("calc-")))
3369 ;;;***
3370 \f
3371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-incom" "calc/calc-incom.el" (0 0 0 0))
3372 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-incom.el
3374 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-incom" '("calc-")))
3376 ;;;***
3377 \f
3378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-keypd" "calc/calc-keypd.el" (0 0 0 0))
3379 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-keypd.el
3381 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-keypd" '("calc-")))
3383 ;;;***
3384 \f
3385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-lang" "calc/calc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
3386 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-lang.el
3388 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-lang" '("calc-" "math-")))
3390 ;;;***
3391 \f
3392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-macs" "calc/calc-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3393 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-macs.el
3395 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-macs" '("Math-" "calc-" "math-")))
3397 ;;;***
3398 \f
3399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-map" "calc/calc-map.el" (0 0 0 0))
3400 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-map.el
3402 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-map" '("calc" "math-")))
3404 ;;;***
3405 \f
3406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-math" "calc/calc-math.el" (0 0 0 0))
3407 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-math.el
3409 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-math" '("calc" "math-")))
3411 ;;;***
3412 \f
3413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-menu" "calc/calc-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3414 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-menu.el
3416 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-menu" '("calc-")))
3418 ;;;***
3419 \f
3420 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-misc" "calc/calc-misc.el"
3421 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3422 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-misc.el
3424 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-misc" '("math-iipow")))
3426 ;;;***
3427 \f
3428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mode" "calc/calc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3429 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mode.el
3431 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mode" '("calc-" "math-get-modes-vec")))
3433 ;;;***
3434 \f
3435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mtx" "calc/calc-mtx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3436 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mtx.el
3438 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mtx" '("calc" "math-")))
3440 ;;;***
3441 \f
3442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-nlfit" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" (0 0 0 0))
3443 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-nlfit.el
3445 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-nlfit" '("calc-fit-" "math-nlfit-")))
3447 ;;;***
3448 \f
3449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-poly" "calc/calc-poly.el" (0 0 0 0))
3450 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-poly.el
3452 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-poly" '("calcFunc-" "math-")))
3454 ;;;***
3455 \f
3456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-prog" "calc/calc-prog.el" (0 0 0 0))
3457 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-prog.el
3459 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-prog" '("calc" "math-" "var-q")))
3461 ;;;***
3462 \f
3463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rewr" "calc/calc-rewr.el" (0 0 0 0))
3464 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rewr.el
3466 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rewr" '("calc" "math-")))
3468 ;;;***
3469 \f
3470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rules" "calc/calc-rules.el" (0 0 0 0))
3471 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rules.el
3473 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rules" '("calc-")))
3475 ;;;***
3476 \f
3477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-sel" "calc/calc-sel.el" (0 0 0 0))
3478 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-sel.el
3480 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-sel" '("calc-")))
3482 ;;;***
3483 \f
3484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stat" "calc/calc-stat.el" (0 0 0 0))
3485 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stat.el
3487 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stat" '("calc" "math-")))
3489 ;;;***
3490 \f
3491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-store" "calc/calc-store.el" (0 0 0 0))
3492 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-store.el
3494 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-store" '("calc")))
3496 ;;;***
3497 \f
3498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stuff" "calc/calc-stuff.el" (0 0 0 0))
3499 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stuff.el
3501 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stuff" '("calc" "math-")))
3503 ;;;***
3504 \f
3505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-trail" "calc/calc-trail.el" (0 0 0 0))
3506 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-trail.el
3508 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-trail" '("calc-trail-")))
3510 ;;;***
3511 \f
3512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
3513 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3515 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3518 \(fn N)" t nil)
3520 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-undo" '("calc-")))
3522 ;;;***
3523 \f
3524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-units" "calc/calc-units.el" (0 0 0 0))
3525 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-units.el
3527 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-units" '("calc" "math-")))
3529 ;;;***
3530 \f
3531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-vec" "calc/calc-vec.el" (0 0 0 0))
3532 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-vec.el
3534 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-vec" '("calc" "math-")))
3536 ;;;***
3537 \f
3538 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-yank" "calc/calc-yank.el"
3539 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3540 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-yank.el
3542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-yank" '("calc-" "math-number-regexp")))
3544 ;;;***
3545 \f
3546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg2" "calc/calcalg2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3547 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg2.el
3549 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg2" '("calc" "math-" "var-IntegLimit")))
3551 ;;;***
3552 \f
3553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg3" "calc/calcalg3.el" (0 0 0 0))
3554 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg3.el
3556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg3" '("calc" "math-")))
3558 ;;;***
3559 \f
3560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calccomp" "calc/calccomp.el" (0 0 0 0))
3561 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calccomp.el
3563 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calccomp" '("calcFunc-c" "math-")))
3565 ;;;***
3566 \f
3567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcsel2" "calc/calcsel2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3568 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcsel2.el
3570 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcsel2" '("calc-")))
3572 ;;;***
3573 \f
3574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (0 0 0 0))
3575 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3577 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3578 Run the Emacs calculator.
3579 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3581 \(fn)" t nil)
3583 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calculator" '("calculator-")))
3585 ;;;***
3586 \f
3587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (0 0 0 0))
3588 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3590 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3591 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3592 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3593 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3594 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3595 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3597 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3598 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3599 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3600 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3601 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3602 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3603 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3605 window.
3607 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3608 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3610 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3611 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3612 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3613 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3614 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3615 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3617 Runs the following hooks:
3619 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3620 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3621 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3623 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3625 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3627 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calendar" '("calendar-" "diary-" "holiday-buffer" "lunar-phases-buffer" "solar-sunrises-buffer")))
3629 ;;;***
3630 \f
3631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (0 0 0 0))
3632 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3634 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3635 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3637 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3639 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3640 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3641 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3642 it fails.
3644 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3646 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "canlock" '("canlock-")))
3648 ;;;***
3649 \f
3650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-align" "progmodes/cc-align.el" (0 0 0 0))
3651 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-align.el
3653 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-align" '("c-")))
3655 ;;;***
3656 \f
3657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-awk" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" (0 0 0 0))
3658 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-awk.el
3660 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-awk" '("awk-" "c-awk-")))
3662 ;;;***
3663 \f
3664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-bytecomp" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" (0
3665 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
3666 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el
3668 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-bytecomp" '("cc-")))
3670 ;;;***
3671 \f
3672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-cmds" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" (0 0 0 0))
3673 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-cmds.el
3675 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-cmds" '("c-")))
3677 ;;;***
3678 \f
3679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-defs" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3680 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-defs.el
3682 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-defs" '("c-" "cc-bytecomp-compiling-or-loading")))
3684 ;;;***
3685 \f
3686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (0 0 0
3687 ;;;;;; 0))
3688 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3690 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3691 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3693 \(fn)" nil nil)
3695 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-engine" '("c-")))
3697 ;;;***
3698 \f
3699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-fonts" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" (0 0 0 0))
3700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-fonts.el
3702 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-fonts" '("autodoc-" "c++-font-lock-keywords" "c-" "gtkdoc-font-lock-" "idl-font-lock-keywords" "java" "objc-font-lock-keywords" "pike-font-lock-keywords")))
3704 ;;;***
3705 \f
3706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (0 0 0 0))
3707 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3709 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3710 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3712 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3713 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3715 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3716 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3718 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3720 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3721 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3722 made from scratch.
3724 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3726 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3727 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3729 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3730 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3731 made from scratch.
3733 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3735 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3736 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3738 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3740 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3741 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3742 made from scratch.
3744 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3746 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3747 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3749 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3750 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3751 made from scratch.
3753 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3755 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3756 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3758 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3760 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3761 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3762 made from scratch.
3764 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3766 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3767 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3769 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3770 variables are guessed:
3772 * `c-basic-offset', and
3773 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3774 `c-offsets-alist'.
3776 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3777 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3779 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3780 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3782 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3783 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3784 guess is made from scratch.
3786 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3787 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3789 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3791 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3792 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3793 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3794 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3796 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3797 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3798 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3800 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3802 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-guess" '("c-guess-")))
3804 ;;;***
3805 \f
3806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3807 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
3809 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-langs" '("c-")))
3811 ;;;***
3812 \f
3813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-menus" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" (0 0 0 0))
3814 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-menus.el
3816 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-menus" '("cc-imenu-")))
3818 ;;;***
3819 \f
3820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3821 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3823 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3824 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3825 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3826 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3827 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3828 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3831 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3842 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3843 Major mode for editing C code.
3846 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3847 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3848 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3852 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3853 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3855 Key bindings:
3858 \(fn)" t nil)
3860 (autoload 'c-or-c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3861 Analyze buffer and enable either C or C++ mode.
3863 Some people and projects use .h extension for C++ header files
3864 which is also the one used for C header files. This makes
3865 matching on file name insufficient for detecting major mode that
3866 should be used.
3868 This function attempts to use file contents to determine whether
3869 the code is C or C++ and based on that chooses whether to enable
3870 `c-mode' or `c++-mode'.
3872 \(fn)" nil nil)
3874 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3875 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3877 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3878 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3879 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3880 message.
3884 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3885 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3887 Key bindings:
3890 \(fn)" t nil)
3893 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3894 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3896 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3897 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3898 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3899 message.
3903 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3904 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3906 Key bindings:
3909 \(fn)" t nil)
3912 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3913 Major mode for editing Java code.
3915 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3916 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3917 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3918 message.
3922 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3923 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3925 Key bindings:
3928 \(fn)" t nil)
3931 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3932 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3934 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3935 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3936 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3937 message.
3941 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3942 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3944 Key bindings:
3947 \(fn)" t nil)
3949 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3951 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3952 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3954 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3955 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3956 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3957 message.
3961 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3962 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3964 Key bindings:
3967 \(fn)" t nil)
3969 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3970 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3971 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3972 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3974 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3975 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3977 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3978 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3979 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3983 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3984 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3986 Key bindings:
3989 \(fn)" t nil)
3991 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-mode" '("awk-mode-map" "c++-mode-" "c-" "idl-mode-" "java-mode-" "objc-mode-" "pike-mode-")))
3993 ;;;***
3994 \f
3995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (0 0 0
3996 ;;;;;; 0))
3997 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3999 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
4000 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
4001 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
4002 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
4004 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
4007 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
4008 might get set too.
4010 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
4011 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
4012 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
4013 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
4014 in this way.
4016 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
4017 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
4018 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
4019 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
4020 a null operation.
4022 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
4024 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
4025 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
4026 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
4027 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
4029 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
4031 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
4032 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
4033 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
4035 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
4037 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
4038 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
4039 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
4040 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
4041 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
4043 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
4045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-styles" '("c-" "cc-choose-style-for-mode")))
4047 ;;;***
4048 \f
4049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
4050 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
4051 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4052 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4053 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
4055 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-vars" '("awk-mode-hook" "c++-" "c-" "defcustom-c-stylevar" "idl-" "java-" "objc-" "pike-")))
4057 ;;;***
4058 \f
4059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4060 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
4062 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
4063 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
4065 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
4067 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
4068 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
4070 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
4072 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4073 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
4075 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
4076 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
4077 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
4078 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
4079 execution.
4081 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
4083 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
4085 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4086 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
4088 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
4089 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
4090 CCL_MAIN_CODE
4091 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
4093 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
4094 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
4095 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
4096 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
4097 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
4098 `write' commands.
4100 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
4101 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
4102 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
4103 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
4105 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
4106 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
4107 semantics.
4109 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4111 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4113 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4115 STATEMENT :=
4116 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
4117 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
4119 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
4120 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
4121 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
4122 | integer
4124 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
4126 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
4127 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
4128 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4130 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
4131 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
4132 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4134 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
4136 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
4137 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
4138 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
4139 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
4140 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
4141 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
4142 ;; last STATEMENT.
4143 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4145 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
4146 BREAK := (break)
4148 REPEAT :=
4149 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
4150 (repeat)
4151 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
4152 ;; (repeat))
4153 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
4154 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
4155 ;; (read REG)
4156 ;; (repeat))
4157 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
4158 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
4159 ;; (read REG)
4160 ;; (repeat))
4161 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
4163 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
4164 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
4165 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4166 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4167 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
4168 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4169 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4170 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
4171 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4172 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
4173 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
4174 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
4175 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
4176 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
4177 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
4178 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4180 WRITE :=
4181 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
4182 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4183 ;; representation.
4184 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4185 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
4186 ;; (write r7))
4187 | (write EXPRESSION)
4188 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
4189 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4190 ;; representation.
4191 | (write integer)
4192 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
4193 ;; buffer.
4194 | (write string)
4195 ;; Same as: (write string)
4196 | string
4197 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
4198 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
4199 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
4200 ;; representation.
4201 | (write REG ARRAY)
4202 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
4203 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
4204 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
4205 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
4206 ;; is the second code point of the character.
4207 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4209 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
4210 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
4212 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
4213 END := (end)
4215 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
4216 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
4217 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
4219 ARG := REG | integer
4221 OPERATOR :=
4222 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
4223 + | - | * | / | %
4225 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
4226 | & | `|' | ^
4228 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
4229 | << | >>
4231 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
4232 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
4233 | <8
4235 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
4236 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
4237 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
4238 | >8
4240 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
4241 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
4242 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
4243 | //
4245 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
4246 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
4248 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
4249 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
4250 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
4251 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
4252 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
4253 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
4254 ;; second code point of CHAR.
4255 | de-sjis
4257 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
4258 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
4259 ;; Shift-JIS code,
4260 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
4261 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
4262 ;; (r7 = LOW))
4263 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
4264 ;; byte of SJIS.
4265 | en-sjis
4267 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
4268 ;; Same meaning as C code
4269 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
4271 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
4272 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
4273 ;; (REG |= ARG))
4274 | <8=
4276 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
4277 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
4278 ;; (REG >>= 8))
4280 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
4281 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
4282 ;; (REG /= ARG))
4283 | //=
4285 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
4288 TRANSLATE :=
4289 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
4290 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
4291 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
4292 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4293 ;; respectively.
4294 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
4295 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
4296 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
4297 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
4299 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
4300 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
4301 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4303 LOOKUP :=
4304 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4305 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
4306 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4307 ;; respectively.
4308 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
4309 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4310 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4312 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4313 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
4314 ;; REG.
4315 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
4316 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4317 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
4319 MAP :=
4320 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
4321 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
4322 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
4323 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
4325 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
4326 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
4327 MAP-ID := integer
4329 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
4331 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
4333 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4334 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4335 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4336 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4337 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4338 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4340 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
4342 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
4343 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4344 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4346 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4348 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4350 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ccl" '("ccl-")))
4352 ;;;***
4353 \f
4354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (0 0 0 0))
4355 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
4357 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
4358 Main entry point for closure conversion.
4359 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
4360 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
4362 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
4364 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4366 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
4367 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
4369 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4371 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cconv" '("cconv-")))
4373 ;;;***
4374 \f
4375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cdl" "cdl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4376 ;;; Generated autoloads from cdl.el
4378 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cdl" '("cdl-")))
4380 ;;;***
4381 \f
4382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (0 0 0 0))
4383 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
4384 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4386 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet" '("cedet-")))
4388 ;;;***
4389 \f
4390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-cscope" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" (0 0
4391 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4392 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-cscope.el
4394 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-cscope" '("cedet-cscope-")))
4396 ;;;***
4397 \f
4398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-files" "cedet/cedet-files.el" (0 0 0
4399 ;;;;;; 0))
4400 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-files.el
4402 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-files" '("cedet-")))
4404 ;;;***
4405 \f
4406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-global" "cedet/cedet-global.el" (0 0
4407 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4408 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-global.el
4410 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-global" '("cedet-g")))
4412 ;;;***
4413 \f
4414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-idutils" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" (0
4415 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
4416 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-idutils.el
4418 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-idutils" '("cedet-idutils-")))
4420 ;;;***
4421 \f
4422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (0 0 0 0))
4423 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4424 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
4426 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
4427 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
4428 There are no special keybindings by default.
4431 to the action header.
4433 \(fn)" t nil)
4435 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
4436 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
4437 There are no special keybindings by default.
4440 to the action header.
4442 \(fn)" t nil)
4444 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
4445 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
4447 \(fn)" t nil)
4449 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cfengine" '("cfengine")))
4451 ;;;***
4452 \f
4453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "char-fold" "char-fold.el" (0 0 0 0))
4454 ;;; Generated autoloads from char-fold.el
4456 (autoload 'char-fold-to-regexp "char-fold" "\
4457 Return a regexp matching anything that char-folds into STRING.
4458 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
4459 `char-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
4460 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
4462 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
4463 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
4465 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
4466 from which to start.
4468 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
4470 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "char-fold" '("char-fold-")))
4472 ;;;***
4473 \f
4474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (0 0 0 0))
4475 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
4476 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4478 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chart" '("chart")))
4480 ;;;***
4481 \f
4482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
4483 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4484 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
4486 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
4487 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
4488 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
4490 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
4492 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
4493 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
4494 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
4496 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
4498 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "check-declare" '("check-declare-")))
4500 ;;;***
4501 \f
4502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (0 0 0
4503 ;;;;;; 0))
4504 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4505 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4506 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4507 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4508 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4509 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4510 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4511 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4512 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4513 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4515 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
4516 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
4518 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
4519 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4520 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4522 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
4523 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4524 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4525 the users will view as each check is completed.
4527 \(fn)" t nil)
4529 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4530 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4531 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4532 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4533 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4534 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4535 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4536 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4538 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4540 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4541 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4542 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4543 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4544 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4545 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4546 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4547 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4549 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4551 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4552 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4553 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4554 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4555 spacing are all verified.
4557 \(fn)" t nil)
4559 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4560 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4561 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4562 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4563 otherwise stop after the first error.
4565 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4567 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
4568 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4570 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
4572 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
4573 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4574 Only documentation strings are checked.
4575 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4576 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4577 a separate buffer.
4579 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4581 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
4582 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4583 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4584 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4585 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4587 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4589 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
4590 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4591 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4592 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4593 if there is one.
4595 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4597 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
4598 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4599 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4600 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4601 if there is one.
4602 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4604 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4606 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4607 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4608 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4610 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4612 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
4613 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4614 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4615 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4616 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4618 \(fn)" t nil)
4620 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
4621 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4622 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4623 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4624 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4625 space at the end of each line.
4627 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4629 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
4630 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4631 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4632 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
4634 \(fn)" t nil)
4636 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4637 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4638 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4639 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4641 \(fn)" t nil)
4643 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4644 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4645 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4646 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4648 \(fn)" t nil)
4650 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4651 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4652 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4653 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4655 \(fn)" t nil)
4657 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4658 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4659 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4660 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4662 \(fn)" t nil)
4664 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4665 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4666 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4667 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4669 \(fn)" t nil)
4671 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4672 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4673 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4674 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4676 \(fn)" t nil)
4678 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4679 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4680 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4681 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4683 \(fn)" t nil)
4685 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4686 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4687 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4688 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4690 \(fn)" t nil)
4692 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4693 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4694 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4695 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4696 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4698 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4699 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4700 checking of documentation strings.
4704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4706 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4707 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4709 \(fn)" t nil)
4711 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "checkdoc" '("checkdoc-")))
4713 ;;;***
4714 \f
4715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (0 0
4716 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4717 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4719 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4720 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4721 Return the length of resulting text.
4723 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4725 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4726 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4728 \(fn)" t nil)
4730 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4731 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4732 Return the length of resulting text.
4734 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4736 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4737 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4739 \(fn)" t nil)
4741 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4744 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4746 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4749 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4751 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "china-util" '("decode-hz-line-continuation" "hz-" "hz/zw-start-gb" "iso2022-" "zw-start-gb")))
4753 ;;;***
4754 \f
4755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
4756 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4758 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4759 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4760 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4761 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4762 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4763 editing and the result is evaluated.
4765 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4767 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4768 List history of commands that used the minibuffer.
4769 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4770 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4771 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4773 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4775 \(fn)" t nil)
4777 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4778 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4779 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4780 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4781 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4783 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4784 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4787 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4788 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4790 \(fn)" t nil)
4792 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chistory" '("command-history-" "default-command-history-filter" "list-command-history-")))
4794 ;;;***
4795 \f
4796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4797 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4799 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl" '("cl-" "define-" "defsetf" "flet" "labels" "lexical-let")))
4801 ;;;***
4802 \f
4803 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-extra" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
4804 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4805 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el
4807 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-extra" '("cl-")))
4809 ;;;***
4810 \f
4811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-generic" "emacs-lisp/cl-generic.el" (0
4812 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
4813 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-generic.el
4814 (push (purecopy '(cl-generic 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4816 ;;;***
4817 \f
4818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (0 0
4819 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4820 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4822 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4823 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4824 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4825 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4826 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4827 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4828 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4829 of this function.
4831 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4832 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4833 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4834 property are:
4836 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4837 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4839 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4840 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4841 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4842 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4843 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4844 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4845 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4846 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4847 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4848 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4849 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4850 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4852 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4853 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4854 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4856 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4857 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4858 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4859 list elements are:
4861 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4863 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4865 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4867 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4868 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4870 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4871 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4873 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4874 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4875 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4876 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4877 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4878 value specified by their associated list element.
4880 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4882 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4883 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4884 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4886 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4887 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4888 * indent the first argument by 4.
4889 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4890 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4891 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4893 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4894 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4895 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4896 instead.
4898 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4900 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-indent" '("common-lisp-" "lisp-")))
4902 ;;;***
4903 \f
4904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (0 0 0 0))
4905 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4906 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4908 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4910 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4911 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4912 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4913 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4914 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4915 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4917 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4918 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4920 (defvar cl-old-struct-compat-mode nil "\
4921 Non-nil if Cl-Old-Struct-Compat mode is enabled.
4922 See the `cl-old-struct-compat-mode' command
4923 for a description of this minor mode.
4924 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4925 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4926 or call the function `cl-old-struct-compat-mode'.")
4928 (custom-autoload 'cl-old-struct-compat-mode "cl-lib" nil)
4930 (autoload 'cl-old-struct-compat-mode "cl-lib" "\
4931 Enable backward compatibility with old-style structs.
4932 This can be needed when using code byte-compiled using the old
4933 macro-expansion of `cl-defstruct' that used vectors objects instead
4934 of record objects.
4936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4938 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-lib" '("cl-")))
4940 ;;;***
4941 \f
4942 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-macs" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
4943 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4944 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el
4946 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-macs" '("cl-")))
4948 ;;;***
4949 \f
4950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-print" "emacs-lisp/cl-print.el" (0 0 0
4951 ;;;;;; 0))
4952 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-print.el
4953 (push (purecopy '(cl-print 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4955 (autoload 'cl-print-object "cl-print" "\
4956 Dispatcher to print OBJECT on STREAM according to its type.
4957 You can add methods to it to customize the output.
4958 But if you just want to print something, don't call this directly:
4959 call other entry points instead, such as `cl-prin1'.
4961 \(fn OBJECT STREAM)" nil nil)
4963 (autoload 'cl-prin1 "cl-print" "\
4964 Print OBJECT on STREAM according to its type.
4965 Output is further controlled by the variables
4966 `cl-print-readably', `cl-print-compiled', along with output
4967 variables for the standard printing functions. See Info
4968 node `(elisp)Output Variables'.
4970 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
4972 (autoload 'cl-prin1-to-string "cl-print" "\
4973 Return a string containing the `cl-prin1'-printed representation of OBJECT.
4975 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
4977 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-print" '("cl-print-" "help-byte-code")))
4979 ;;;***
4980 \f
4981 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-seq" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
4982 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4983 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el
4985 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-seq" '("cl--")))
4987 ;;;***
4988 \f
4989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (0 0 0 0))
4990 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4992 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4993 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4994 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4995 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4997 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4998 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4999 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
5000 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
5002 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
5003 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
5005 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
5007 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmacexp" '("c-macro-")))
5009 ;;;***
5010 \f
5011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
5012 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
5014 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
5015 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
5016 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
5017 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
5018 of `scheme-program-name').
5019 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
5020 it is given as initial input.
5021 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
5022 discards input when it starts up.
5023 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
5024 is run).
5027 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
5029 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmuscheme" '("cmuscheme-load-hook" "inferior-scheme-" "scheme-" "switch-to-scheme")))
5031 ;;;***
5032 \f
5033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (0 0 0 0))
5034 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
5036 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
5037 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
5041 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
5042 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
5044 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
5045 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
5046 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
5048 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
5050 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "color" '("color-")))
5052 ;;;***
5053 \f
5054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (0 0 0 0))
5055 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
5057 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
5058 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
5059 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
5060 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
5061 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
5062 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
5063 functions have already modified the buffer.
5065 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
5067 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
5068 either globally or locally.")
5070 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
5071 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
5072 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
5073 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
5075 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
5076 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
5077 `start-file-process'
5078 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
5079 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
5080 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
5082 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
5083 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
5085 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
5087 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
5089 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5091 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
5092 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
5093 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
5094 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
5095 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
5096 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
5097 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
5098 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
5099 process as its initial input.
5101 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
5103 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
5105 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5107 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
5108 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
5109 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
5110 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
5111 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
5112 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
5114 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
5116 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
5118 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
5119 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
5120 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
5121 directory tracking functions.")
5123 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
5124 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5125 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
5127 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5129 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5131 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
5132 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5133 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
5135 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5137 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5139 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
5140 Send COMMAND to current process.
5141 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5142 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5144 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5146 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
5147 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
5148 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5149 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5151 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5153 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "comint" '("comint-" "send-invisible" "shell-strip-ctrl-m")))
5155 ;;;***
5156 \f
5157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (0 0 0 0))
5158 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
5160 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
5161 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
5162 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
5163 to get another window.
5165 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
5166 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
5168 This command pushes the mark in each window
5169 at the prior location of point in that window.
5170 If both windows display the same buffer,
5171 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
5172 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
5174 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
5175 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
5176 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
5177 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
5178 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
5179 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
5180 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
5181 ignored.
5183 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
5184 this command work in interlaced mode:
5185 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
5186 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
5187 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
5189 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
5191 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compare-w" '("compare-")))
5193 ;;;***
5194 \f
5195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compface" "image/compface.el" (0 0 0 0))
5196 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/compface.el
5198 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compface" '("uncompface")))
5200 ;;;***
5201 \f
5202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (0 0 0 0))
5203 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
5205 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
5206 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
5208 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
5210 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
5211 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
5212 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
5214 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
5216 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
5217 Number of lines in a compilation window.
5218 If nil, use Emacs default.")
5220 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
5222 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
5223 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
5224 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
5225 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
5226 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
5228 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
5229 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
5230 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
5231 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
5234 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
5235 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
5236 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
5237 and a string describing how the process finished.")
5238 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5240 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
5242 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
5244 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
5246 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
5247 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
5248 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
5249 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
5251 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
5253 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
5254 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
5256 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
5257 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
5260 (lambda ()
5265 (if buffer-file-name
5266 (shell-quote-argument
5267 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))
5269 It's often useful to leave a space at the end of the value.")
5271 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
5272 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
5274 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
5275 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
5276 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
5277 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
5279 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
5281 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
5282 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
5283 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
5284 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
5287 and move to the source code that caused it.
5289 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
5290 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
5292 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
5293 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
5294 With prefix arg, always prompts.
5295 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
5296 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
5298 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
5299 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
5301 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
5303 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
5304 kills its subprocesses.
5306 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
5307 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
5308 to a function that generates a unique name.
5310 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
5312 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
5313 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
5314 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
5315 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
5317 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
5318 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
5320 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
5321 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
5322 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
5323 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
5325 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
5326 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
5327 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
5329 Returns the compilation buffer created.
5331 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
5333 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
5334 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
5339 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
5343 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
5345 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
5347 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
5348 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
5349 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
5350 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
5351 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5353 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
5354 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
5355 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
5356 See `compilation-mode'.
5358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5360 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
5361 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
5362 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
5363 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5364 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5366 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
5367 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
5368 `compilation-mode'.
5370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5372 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
5373 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
5374 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
5376 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
5378 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compile" '("compil" "define-compilation-mode" "kill-compilation" "recompile")))
5380 ;;;***
5381 \f
5382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (0 0 0 0))
5383 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
5385 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
5386 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
5387 See the `dynamic-completion-mode' command
5388 for a description of this minor mode.
5389 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5390 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5391 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
5393 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
5395 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
5396 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
5397 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5398 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5399 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5401 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5403 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "completion" '("*c-def-regexp*" "*lisp-def-regexp*" "accept-completion" "add-" "cdabbrev-" "check-completion-length" "clear-all-completions" "cmpl-" "complet" "current-completion-source" "delete-completion" "enable-completion" "find-" "initialize-completions" "inside-locate-completion-entry" "interactive-completion-string-reader" "kill-" "list-all-completions" "make-c" "next-cdabbrev" "num-cmpl-sources" "reset-cdabbrev" "save" "set-c" "symbol-" "use-completion-")))
5405 ;;;***
5406 \f
5407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (0 0 0
5408 ;;;;;; 0))
5409 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5411 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
5412 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5413 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5414 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5415 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5416 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5417 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5419 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5420 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5421 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5423 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5424 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5425 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5427 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5428 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5429 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5430 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5432 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5433 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5434 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5435 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5436 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5437 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5438 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5442 \(fn)" t nil)
5444 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
5445 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5446 Comments start with `#'. For details see `conf-mode'.
5448 \(fn)" t nil)
5450 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
5451 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5452 Comments start with `;'.
5453 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5457 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5458 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5459 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5461 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5462 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5464 \(fn)" t nil)
5466 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
5467 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5468 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5469 between `/*' and `*/'.
5470 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5473 // another kind of comment
5474 /* yet another */
5476 name:value
5477 name=value
5478 name value
5479 x.1 =
5480 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5481 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5483 \(fn)" t nil)
5485 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
5486 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5488 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5489 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5490 `conf-space-keywords'.
5491 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5492 in an interactive fashion instead.
5494 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5498 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5499 image/png png
5500 image/tiff tiff tif
5502 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5503 class desktop
5504 # Standard multimedia devices
5505 add /dev/audio desktop
5506 add /dev/mixer desktop
5508 \(fn)" t nil)
5510 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
5511 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5512 See `conf-space-mode'.
5514 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5516 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
5517 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5519 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5526 \(fn)" t nil)
5528 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
5529 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5531 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5535 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5538 \(fn)" t nil)
5540 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
5541 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5543 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5547 *background: gray99
5548 *foreground: black
5550 \(fn)" t nil)
5552 (autoload 'conf-toml-mode "conf-mode" "\
5553 Conf Mode starter for TOML files.
5555 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5559 \[entry]
5562 \(fn)" t nil)
5564 (autoload 'conf-desktop-mode "conf-mode" "\
5565 Conf Mode started for freedesktop.org Desktop files.
5567 For details see `conf-mode'.
5570 [Desktop Entry]
5571 Name=GNU Image Manipulation Program
5572 Name[oc]=Editor d'imatge GIMP
5573 Exec=gimp-2.8 %U
5574 Terminal=false
5576 \(fn)" t nil)
5578 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "conf-mode" '("conf-")))
5580 ;;;***
5581 \f
5582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (0 0 0 0))
5583 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5585 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
5586 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5587 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5588 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5589 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
5590 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
5592 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
5594 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
5595 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5596 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5597 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5599 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5601 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
5602 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5603 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5604 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5606 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5608 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cookie1" '("cookie")))
5610 ;;;***
5611 \f
5612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (0 0
5613 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5614 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5615 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5616 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5617 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5619 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
5620 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
5621 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5622 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5623 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5624 following the copyright are updated as well.
5625 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5626 interactively.
5628 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5630 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
5631 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5632 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5633 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
5634 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
5636 \(fn)" t nil)
5638 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
5639 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5641 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5643 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
5644 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
5645 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
5647 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
5649 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "copyright" '("copyright-")))
5651 ;;;***
5652 \f
5653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (0 0
5654 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5655 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5656 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5657 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5658 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5659 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5660 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5661 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5662 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5664 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
5665 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5666 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5667 Tab indents for Perl code.
5668 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5669 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5671 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5672 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5673 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5677 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5678 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5679 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
5680 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5681 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5684 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5686 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5687 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5689 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5691 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5692 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5693 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
5695 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5696 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5699 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5703 bite if angry;
5705 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5706 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5707 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5708 to nil.)
5711 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5712 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5714 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5716 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5717 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5718 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5720 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5724 if (A) { B }
5726 into
5728 B if A;
5732 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5733 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5734 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5735 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5736 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5737 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5738 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5739 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5740 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5741 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5742 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5743 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5746 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5748 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5749 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5750 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5751 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5753 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5755 man via menu.
5757 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5758 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5759 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5760 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5764 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5765 span the needed amount of lines.
5767 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5768 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5769 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5770 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5772 Variables controlling indentation style:
5773 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5774 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5775 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5776 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5777 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5778 `cperl-auto-newline'
5779 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5780 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5782 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5783 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5784 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5785 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5786 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5787 `cperl-indent-level'
5788 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5789 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5790 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5791 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5792 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5793 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5794 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5795 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5796 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5797 `cperl-brace-offset'
5798 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5799 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5800 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5801 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5802 `cperl-label-offset'
5803 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5804 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5805 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5807 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5808 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5809 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5810 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5811 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5812 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5814 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5817 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5819 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5820 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5821 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5822 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5824 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5825 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5827 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5828 column 0 is indented on
5829 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5831 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5832 with no args.
5834 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5835 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5836 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5838 \(fn)" t nil)
5840 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5841 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5843 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5845 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5846 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5848 \(fn)" t nil)
5850 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cperl-mode" '("cperl-" "pod2man-program")))
5852 ;;;***
5853 \f
5854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (0 0 0 0))
5855 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5857 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5858 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5859 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5860 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5861 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5863 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5865 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5866 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5868 \(fn)" t nil)
5870 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cpp" '("cpp-")))
5872 ;;;***
5873 \f
5874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (0 0 0 0))
5875 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5877 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5878 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5879 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5881 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5882 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5886 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5889 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5893 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5894 with empty strings removed.
5896 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5898 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "crm" '("crm-")))
5900 ;;;***
5901 \f
5902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
5903 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5905 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5906 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets (CSS).
5908 This mode provides syntax highlighting, indentation, completion,
5909 and documentation lookup for CSS.
5912 pseudo-elements, pseudo-classes, at-rules, bang-rules, and HTML
5913 tags, classes and IDs. Completion candidates for HTML class
5914 names and IDs are found by looking through open HTML mode
5915 buffers.
5918 pseudo-classes, and pseudo-elements on the Mozilla Developer
5919 Network (MDN).
5923 \(fn)" t nil)
5926 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5929 \(fn)" t nil)
5931 (autoload 'css-lookup-symbol "css-mode" "\
5932 Display the CSS documentation for SYMBOL, as found on MDN.
5933 When this command is used interactively, it picks a default
5934 symbol based on the CSS text before point -- either an @-keyword,
5935 a property name, a pseudo-class, or a pseudo-element, depending
5936 on what is seen near point.
5938 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5940 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "css-mode" '("css-" "scss-")))
5942 ;;;***
5943 \f
5944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (0 0 0 0))
5945 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5947 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5948 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5949 See the `cua-mode' command
5950 for a description of this minor mode.
5951 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5952 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5953 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5955 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5957 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5958 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5959 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5960 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5961 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5963 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5964 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5965 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5966 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5967 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5968 normal function of these prefix keys.
5970 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5971 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5972 options:
5973 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5974 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5975 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5977 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5978 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5979 the prefix fallback behavior.
5981 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5983 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5984 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5986 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5988 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-base" '("cua-")))
5990 ;;;***
5991 \f
5992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-gmrk" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" (0 0 0 0))
5993 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-gmrk.el
5995 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-gmrk" '("cua-")))
5997 ;;;***
5998 \f
5999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (0 0 0 0))
6000 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
6002 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
6003 Toggle the region as rectangular.
6004 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
6006 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6008 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-rect" '("cua-")))
6010 ;;;***
6011 \f
6012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
6013 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
6014 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
6016 (defvar cursor-sensor-inhibit nil)
6018 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
6019 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
6021 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6023 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
6024 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
6025 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
6026 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
6027 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
6028 the cursor and DIR can be `entered' or `left' depending on whether the cursor
6029 is entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
6031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6033 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cursor-sensor" '("cursor-sensor-")))
6035 ;;;***
6036 \f
6037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-dep" "cus-dep.el" (0 0 0 0))
6038 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-dep.el
6040 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-dep" '("custom-" "generated-custom-dependencies-file")))
6042 ;;;***
6043 \f
6044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
6045 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
6047 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
6048 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
6050 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
6052 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
6053 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
6055 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
6057 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
6058 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
6060 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
6062 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
6063 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
6065 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
6066 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
6068 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
6069 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
6071 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
6073 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
6075 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
6076 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
6077 VALUE is a Lisp object.
6079 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
6080 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
6082 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
6083 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
6085 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
6086 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
6088 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
6090 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
6092 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
6093 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
6094 Return VALUE.
6096 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
6097 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
6099 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
6100 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
6102 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
6103 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
6105 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
6107 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
6109 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
6110 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
6111 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
6112 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
6114 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
6115 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
6116 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
6118 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
6120 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
6121 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
6123 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
6124 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
6126 \(fn)" t nil)
6128 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
6129 Customize options related to a major or minor mode.
6130 By default the current major mode is used. With a prefix
6131 argument or if the current major mode has no known group, prompt
6132 for the MODE to customize.
6134 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
6136 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
6137 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
6138 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
6140 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6142 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6143 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
6145 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
6147 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
6149 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
6150 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6152 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6154 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
6156 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6157 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6158 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
6160 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6162 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
6163 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
6164 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
6165 as part of Emacs itself.
6167 Each elements looks like this:
6169 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
6171 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
6172 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
6173 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
6174 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
6175 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
6176 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
6177 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
6178 and `defface'.
6180 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
6188 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
6189 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
6190 the user might see the value in an error message, a good choice is
6191 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
6193 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
6195 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
6196 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
6197 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
6198 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
6199 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
6200 release.
6202 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
6203 that were added or redefined since that version.
6205 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
6207 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
6208 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
6209 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
6210 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6212 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
6214 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6215 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6217 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6219 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6220 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
6221 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6223 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6224 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6226 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
6228 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
6229 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
6231 \(fn)" t nil)
6233 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
6234 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
6236 \(fn)" t nil)
6238 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
6239 Customize all saved options and faces.
6241 \(fn)" t nil)
6243 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
6244 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
6245 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
6246 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
6247 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
6248 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
6250 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
6251 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
6252 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
6254 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
6256 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
6257 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
6259 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
6261 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
6262 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
6264 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6266 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
6267 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
6269 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6271 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
6272 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
6273 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
6274 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
6276 \(fn)" nil nil)
6278 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
6279 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
6280 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6281 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6282 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6283 that option.
6284 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6286 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6288 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6289 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
6290 The result includes selecting that window.
6291 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6292 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6293 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6294 that option.
6295 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6297 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6299 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
6300 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
6302 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
6304 (defvar custom-file nil "\
6305 File used for storing customization information.
6306 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
6307 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
6308 it should be an absolute file name.
6310 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
6311 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
6312 something like the following in your init file:
6315 \(load custom-file)
6317 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
6318 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
6320 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
6321 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
6322 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
6323 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
6324 This will preserve your existing customizations.
6326 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
6327 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
6328 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
6329 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
6330 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
6331 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
6333 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
6334 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
6335 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
6337 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
6339 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
6340 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
6342 \(fn)" nil nil)
6344 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
6345 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
6347 \(fn)" t nil)
6349 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6350 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6351 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
6353 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
6355 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6356 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6357 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
6358 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
6359 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
6361 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
6363 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-edit" '("Custom-" "custom" "widget-")))
6365 ;;;***
6366 \f
6367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (0 0 0 0))
6368 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
6370 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
6371 Create or edit a custom theme.
6372 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
6373 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
6374 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
6375 from the Custom save file.
6376 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
6377 named *Custom Theme*.
6379 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
6381 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
6382 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
6384 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6386 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
6387 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
6389 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6391 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
6392 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
6393 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
6394 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
6396 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6398 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-theme" '("custom-" "describe-theme-1")))
6400 ;;;***
6401 \f
6402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (0 0 0 0))
6403 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
6405 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
6406 Mode used for cvs status output.
6408 \(fn)" t nil)
6410 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cvs-status" '("cvs-")))
6412 ;;;***
6413 \f
6414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (0 0 0 0))
6415 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6416 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6418 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6419 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6421 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
6423 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6424 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6425 C++ modes are included.
6427 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
6428 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
6429 if ARG is omitted or nil.
6431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6433 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
6435 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6436 Non-nil if Global Cwarn mode is enabled.
6437 See the `global-cwarn-mode' command
6438 for a description of this minor mode.
6439 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6440 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6441 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6443 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
6445 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6446 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
6447 With prefix ARG, enable Global Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
6448 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
6449 ARG is omitted or nil.
6451 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
6452 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
6453 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
6455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6457 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cwarn" '("cwarn-" "turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled")))
6459 ;;;***
6460 \f
6461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (0 0
6462 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6463 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6465 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
6466 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6468 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6470 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
6471 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6473 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6475 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
6476 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6477 For readability, the table is slightly
6478 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6480 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6481 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6482 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6483 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6484 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6486 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6488 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cyril-util" '("cyrillic-language-alist")))
6490 ;;;***
6491 \f
6492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (0 0 0 0))
6493 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6494 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
6495 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
6496 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6497 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6499 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
6500 Completion on current word.
6502 and presents suggestions for completion.
6504 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6505 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6506 completions.
6509 then it searches *all* buffers.
6511 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6513 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
6516 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6517 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6518 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6519 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6520 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function', if `dabbrev-check-other-buffers'
6521 says so. Then, if `dabbrev-check-all-buffers' is non-nil, look in
6522 all the other buffers, subject to constraints specified
6523 by `dabbrev-ignored-buffer-names' and `dabbrev-ignored-regexps'.
6525 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6526 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6528 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6529 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6530 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6532 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6533 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6537 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6539 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dabbrev" '("dabbrev-")))
6541 ;;;***
6542 \f
6543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6544 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
6546 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
6547 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
6549 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
6551 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "data-debug" '("data-debug-")))
6553 ;;;***
6554 \f
6555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (0 0 0 0))
6556 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
6558 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
6559 Handle events from the D-Bus.
6560 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
6561 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
6562 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
6564 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
6566 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dbus" '("dbus-")))
6568 ;;;***
6569 \f
6570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
6571 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6573 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
6574 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6576 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6577 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6578 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6580 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6581 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6582 Data lines are not indented.
6584 Key bindings:
6587 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6594 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6596 dcl-basic-offset
6597 Extra indentation within blocks.
6599 dcl-continuation-offset
6600 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6602 dcl-margin-offset
6603 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6605 dcl-margin-label-offset
6606 Indentation for a label.
6608 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6609 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6611 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6612 dcl-block-end-regexp
6613 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6614 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
6615 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6616 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6617 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6619 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6620 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6621 Two such functions are included in the package:
6622 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6623 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6625 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6626 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6627 One such function is included in the package:
6628 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6630 dcl-tab-always-indent
6631 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6632 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6633 margin.
6635 dcl-electric-characters
6636 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6637 typed.
6639 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6640 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6641 which words trigger electric indentation.
6643 dcl-tempo-comma
6644 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6645 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6646 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6648 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6649 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6650 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6651 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6653 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6654 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6655 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6656 dcl-imenu-label-call
6657 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6659 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6660 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6661 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6662 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6665 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6667 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6668 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6669 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6670 $ i = 1
6671 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6672 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6673 $ label:
6674 $ if i.eq.1
6675 $ then
6676 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6677 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6678 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6679 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6682 $ type sys$input
6683 Data lines are not indented at all.
6684 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6685 $ endif
6686 $
6689 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6690 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6692 \(fn)" t nil)
6694 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dcl-mode" '("dcl-")))
6696 ;;;***
6697 \f
6698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6699 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6701 (setq debugger 'debug)
6703 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
6705 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6706 of the evaluator.
6708 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6709 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6710 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6712 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
6714 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6715 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6717 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6719 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6720 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6721 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6722 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6723 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6724 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6727 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6729 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6731 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6733 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6734 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6735 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6737 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6739 (autoload 'debug-on-variable-change "debug" "\
6740 Trigger a debugger invocation when VARIABLE is changed.
6742 When called interactively, prompt for VARIABLE in the minibuffer.
6744 This works by calling `add-variable-watch' on VARIABLE. If you
6745 quit from the debugger, this will abort the change (unless the
6746 change is caused by the termination of a let-binding).
6748 The watchpoint may be circumvented by C code that changes the
6749 variable directly (i.e., not via `set'). Changing the value of
6750 the variable (e.g., `setcar' on a list variable) will not trigger
6751 watchpoint.
6754 this command. Uninterning VARIABLE or making it an alias of
6755 another symbol also cancels it.
6757 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
6759 (defalias 'debug-watch #'debug-on-variable-change)
6761 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-variable-change "debug" "\
6763 If VARIABLE is nil, cancel debug-on-variable-change for all variables.
6764 When called interactively, prompt for VARIABLE in the minibuffer.
6765 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6767 \(fn &optional VARIABLE)" t nil)
6769 (defalias 'cancel-debug-watch #'cancel-debug-on-variable-change)
6771 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "debug" '("debug" "inhibit-debug-on-entry")))
6773 ;;;***
6774 \f
6775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (0 0 0 0))
6776 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6778 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
6779 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6781 \(fn)" t nil)
6783 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
6784 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6785 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6786 Upper-case letters are commands.
6788 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6789 modify it.
6791 The most useful commands are:
6795 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6799 \(fn)" t nil)
6801 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "decipher" '("decipher-")))
6803 ;;;***
6804 \f
6805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (0 0 0 0))
6806 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6807 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6809 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
6810 Customization of `columns' group.
6812 \(fn)" t nil)
6814 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
6815 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6817 START and END delimits the text region.
6819 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6821 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
6822 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6824 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6826 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6828 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delim-col" '("delimit-columns-")))
6830 ;;;***
6831 \f
6832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (0 0 0 0))
6833 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6835 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
6837 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6838 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6839 See the `delete-selection-mode' command
6840 for a description of this minor mode.
6841 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6842 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6843 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6845 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
6847 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
6848 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6849 Interactively, with a prefix argument, enable
6850 Delete Selection mode if the prefix argument is positive,
6851 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, toggle
6852 the mode if ARG is `toggle', disable the mode if ARG is
6853 a non-positive integer, and enable the mode otherwise
6854 \(including if ARG is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6856 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
6857 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
6858 point regardless of any selection.
6860 See `delete-selection-helper' and `delete-selection-pre-hook' for
6861 information on adapting behavior of commands in Delete Selection mode.
6863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6865 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delsel" '("del" "minibuffer-keyboard-quit")))
6867 ;;;***
6868 \f
6869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (0 0 0 0))
6870 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6872 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
6873 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6875 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6877 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6878 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6879 or nil if there is no parent.
6881 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6882 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6883 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6884 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6886 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6887 arguments are currently understood:
6888 :group GROUP
6889 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6890 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6891 :syntax-table TABLE
6892 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
6893 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6894 :abbrev-table TABLE
6895 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
6896 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6897 :after-hook FORM
6898 A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks have been
6899 run. It should not be quoted.
6901 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6905 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6906 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6907 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6909 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6910 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6914 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6916 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6917 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6919 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6920 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6922 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6924 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6926 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6928 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6929 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6930 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6931 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6932 the first time the mode is used.
6934 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6936 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "derived" '("derived-mode-")))
6938 ;;;***
6939 \f
6940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (0 0 0 0))
6941 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6943 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6944 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6945 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6946 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6947 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6948 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6949 otherwise.
6951 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6953 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6954 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6955 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6956 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6958 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6959 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6960 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6962 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6963 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6964 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6965 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6966 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6967 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6968 relevant to POS.
6970 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6972 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6973 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6975 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6976 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6977 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6978 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6979 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6980 minibuffer window for width limit.
6982 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6983 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6985 \(fn)" nil nil)
6987 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "descr-text" '("describe-")))
6989 ;;;***
6990 \f
6991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (0 0 0 0))
6992 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6994 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6995 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6996 See the `desktop-save-mode' command
6997 for a description of this minor mode.
6998 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6999 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7000 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
7002 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
7004 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
7005 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
7006 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
7007 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
7008 is omitted or nil.
7010 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
7011 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
7012 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
7013 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
7018 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
7019 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
7021 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
7023 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
7025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7027 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system buffer-display-time indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
7028 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
7029 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
7030 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
7032 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
7034 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
7035 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
7037 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
7038 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
7039 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
7041 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
7044 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
7045 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
7046 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
7048 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
7049 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
7050 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
7051 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
7053 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
7055 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
7056 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
7058 Handlers are called with argument list
7060 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
7062 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
7064 `desktop-file-version'
7065 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
7066 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
7067 `desktop-buffer-point'
7068 `desktop-buffer-mark'
7069 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
7070 `desktop-buffer-locals'
7072 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
7073 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
7075 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
7076 code like
7078 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
7079 ...
7083 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
7085 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
7087 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
7089 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
7090 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
7091 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
7092 List elements must have the form
7094 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
7096 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
7097 function.
7099 Handlers are called with argument list
7101 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
7103 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
7105 `desktop-file-version'
7106 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
7107 `desktop-buffer-name'
7108 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
7109 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
7110 `desktop-buffer-point'
7111 `desktop-buffer-mark'
7112 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
7113 `desktop-buffer-misc'
7115 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
7116 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
7117 created and set.
7119 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
7120 code like
7122 (defun foo-desktop-restore
7123 ...
7127 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
7129 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
7131 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
7133 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
7135 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
7136 Empty the Desktop.
7137 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
7138 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
7139 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
7140 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
7141 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
7142 if different).
7144 \(fn)" t nil)
7146 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
7147 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
7148 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
7149 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this
7150 desktop. If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current
7151 desktop information to that in the desktop file, and if the
7152 desktop information has not changed since it was last saved then
7153 do not rewrite the file.
7155 This function can save the desktop in either format version
7156 208 (which only Emacs 25.1 and later can read) or version
7157 206 (which is readable by any Emacs from version 22.1 onwards).
7158 By default, it will use the same format the desktop file had when
7159 it was last saved, or version 208 when writing a fresh desktop
7160 file.
7162 To upgrade a version 206 file to version 208, call this command
7163 explicitly with a bare prefix argument: C-u M-x desktop-save.
7164 You are recommended to do this once you have firmly upgraded to
7165 Emacs 25.1 (or later). To downgrade a version 208 file to version
7166 206, use a double command prefix: C-u C-u M-x desktop-save.
7167 Confirmation will be requested in either case. In a non-interactive
7168 call, VERSION can be given as an integer, either 206 or 208, which
7169 will be accepted as the format version in which to save the file
7170 without further confirmation.
7172 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED VERSION)" t nil)
7174 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
7175 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
7176 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
7178 \(fn)" t nil)
7180 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
7181 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
7182 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
7183 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
7184 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
7185 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
7186 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
7187 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
7189 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
7191 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
7192 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
7193 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
7194 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
7195 directory DIRNAME.
7197 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
7199 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
7200 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
7202 \(fn)" t nil)
7204 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
7205 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
7207 \(fn)" t nil)
7209 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "desktop" '("desktop-")))
7211 ;;;***
7212 \f
7213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (0 0 0 0))
7214 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
7216 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
7217 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
7218 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
7219 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
7220 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
7221 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7223 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7225 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
7226 Repair a broken attribution line.
7227 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7229 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7231 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7232 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
7233 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
7234 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7236 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7238 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7239 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
7241 \(fn)" t nil)
7243 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "deuglify" '("gnus-")))
7245 ;;;***
7246 \f
7247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dframe" "dframe.el" (0 0 0 0))
7248 ;;; Generated autoloads from dframe.el
7250 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dframe" '("dframe-")))
7252 ;;;***
7253 \f
7254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (0 0 0
7255 ;;;;;; 0))
7256 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
7258 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
7259 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
7260 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
7261 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
7262 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
7264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7266 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
7267 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
7268 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
7269 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
7271 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
7272 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
7273 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
7274 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
7276 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
7277 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
7279 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
7284 \(diary-mail-entries)
7286 # diary-rem.el ends here
7288 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
7290 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
7291 Major mode for editing the diary file.
7293 \(fn)" t nil)
7295 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diary-lib" '("calendar-mark-" "diary-")))
7297 ;;;***
7298 \f
7299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
7300 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
7302 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
7303 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
7305 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
7307 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
7308 The command to use to run diff.")
7310 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
7312 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
7313 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
7314 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
7315 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
7316 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
7317 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
7319 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
7320 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
7321 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
7323 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
7325 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
7326 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7327 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7328 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7329 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7330 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
7332 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7334 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
7335 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
7337 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
7339 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
7340 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
7341 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
7343 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
7345 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff" '("diff-")))
7347 ;;;***
7348 \f
7349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7350 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
7352 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
7353 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
7354 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
7355 normal diffs.
7357 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
7358 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
7359 headers for you on-the-fly.
7367 \(fn)" t nil)
7369 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
7370 Toggle Diff minor mode.
7371 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
7372 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7373 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7379 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff-mode" '("diff-")))
7381 ;;;***
7382 \f
7383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (0 0 0 0))
7384 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
7386 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
7387 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
7388 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
7390 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
7392 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dig" '("dig-" "query-dig")))
7394 ;;;***
7395 \f
7396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
7397 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
7399 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
7400 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
7401 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
7402 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
7403 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
7404 Options that include embedded whitespace must be quoted
7406 `combine-and-quote-strings' to produce the correct quoting of
7407 each option.
7408 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
7409 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
7410 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
7412 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
7414 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
7415 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
7416 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
7417 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
7418 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
7419 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
7421 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
7423 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
7424 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
7426 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
7427 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
7429 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
7430 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
7431 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
7432 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
7433 listing have no effect.
7439 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
7441 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7442 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
7444 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
7447 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7448 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
7450 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
7453 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7455 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
7456 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
7458 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7460 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
7463 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
7466 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
7469 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
7471 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
7474 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7475 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7476 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7477 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7479 to see why something went wrong.
7484 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7491 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7492 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
7495 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
7497 again for the directory tree.
7500 for more info):
7502 `dired-listing-switches'
7503 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7504 `dired-marker-char'
7505 `dired-del-marker'
7506 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7507 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7508 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7509 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7513 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7514 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7515 `dired-mode-hook'
7516 `dired-load-hook'
7518 Keybindings:
7521 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7522 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7524 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired" '("dired-")))
7526 ;;;***
7527 \f
7528 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el"
7529 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
7530 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7532 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-aux" '("dired-" "minibuffer-default-add-dired-shell-commands")))
7534 ;;;***
7535 \f
7536 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7537 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
7538 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7540 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-x" '("dired-" "virtual-dired")))
7542 ;;;***
7543 \f
7544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (0 0 0 0))
7545 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7547 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
7548 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
7549 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
7550 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7551 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7553 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
7554 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
7555 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
7557 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
7558 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
7559 directory.
7561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7563 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
7564 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
7565 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
7566 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
7567 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
7568 from `default-directory'.
7570 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7572 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dirtrack" '("dirtrack-")))
7574 ;;;***
7575 \f
7576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (0 0 0 0))
7577 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7579 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
7580 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7581 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7582 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7583 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7584 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7586 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7588 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disass" '("disassemble-")))
7590 ;;;***
7591 \f
7592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (0 0 0 0))
7593 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7595 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
7596 Return a new, empty display table.
7598 \(fn)" nil nil)
7600 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7601 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7602 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7603 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7604 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7606 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7608 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7609 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7610 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7611 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7612 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7614 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7616 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
7617 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7619 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7621 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
7622 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7624 \(fn)" t nil)
7626 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
7627 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
7629 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
7630 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
7632 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
7633 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
7634 byte.
7636 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
7637 in the default way after this call.
7639 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7641 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
7642 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7644 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7646 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
7647 Display character C using printable string S.
7649 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7651 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
7652 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7653 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7654 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7656 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7658 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
7659 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7660 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7661 X frame.
7663 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7665 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
7666 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7668 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7670 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
7671 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7673 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7675 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
7676 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7678 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7680 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
7681 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7683 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7685 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
7686 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7688 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7690 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
7691 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7693 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
7694 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
7696 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
7697 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
7699 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7700 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7701 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7702 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7704 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7705 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
7706 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
7707 in `.emacs'.
7709 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7711 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disp-table" '("display-table-print-array")))
7713 ;;;***
7714 \f
7715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "display-line-numbers" "display-line-numbers.el"
7716 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
7717 ;;; Generated autoloads from display-line-numbers.el
7719 (autoload 'display-line-numbers-mode "display-line-numbers" "\
7720 Toggle display of line numbers in the buffer.
7721 This uses `display-line-numbers' internally.
7723 To change the type of line numbers displayed by default,
7724 customize `display-line-numbers-type'. To change the type while
7725 the mode is on, set `display-line-numbers' directly.
7727 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7729 (defvar global-display-line-numbers-mode nil "\
7730 Non-nil if Global Display-Line-Numbers mode is enabled.
7731 See the `global-display-line-numbers-mode' command
7732 for a description of this minor mode.
7733 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7734 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7735 or call the function `global-display-line-numbers-mode'.")
7737 (custom-autoload 'global-display-line-numbers-mode "display-line-numbers" nil)
7739 (autoload 'global-display-line-numbers-mode "display-line-numbers" "\
7740 Toggle Display-Line-Numbers mode in all buffers.
7741 With prefix ARG, enable Global Display-Line-Numbers mode if ARG is positive;
7742 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
7743 ARG is omitted or nil.
7745 Display-Line-Numbers mode is enabled in all buffers where
7746 `display-line-numbers--turn-on' would do it.
7747 See `display-line-numbers-mode' for more information on Display-Line-Numbers mode.
7749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7751 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "display-line-numbers" '("display-line-numbers-")))
7753 ;;;***
7754 \f
7755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (0 0 0 0))
7756 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7758 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
7759 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7760 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7761 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7762 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7763 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7764 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7765 Default is 2.
7767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7769 ;;;***
7770 \f
7771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (0 0 0 0))
7772 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7774 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
7775 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7776 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7777 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7778 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7779 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7780 private or ask).
7781 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7782 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7783 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7784 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7785 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7787 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
7789 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dnd" '("dnd-")))
7791 ;;;***
7792 \f
7793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns" "net/dns.el" (0 0 0 0))
7794 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dns.el
7796 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns" '("dns-")))
7798 ;;;***
7799 \f
7800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7801 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7803 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
7804 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7805 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7806 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7807 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7808 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7809 table and its own syntax table.
7811 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7813 \(fn)" t nil)
7814 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7816 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
7817 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7819 \(fn)" t nil)
7821 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns-mode" '("dns-mode-")))
7823 ;;;***
7824 \f
7825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
7826 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
7828 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
7829 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
7830 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
7831 OpenDocument format).
7833 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
7835 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
7836 Major mode in DocView buffers.
7838 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
7839 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
7842 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
7845 \(fn)" t nil)
7847 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
7848 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
7849 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
7850 to the next best mode.
7852 \(fn)" nil nil)
7854 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
7855 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
7856 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
7857 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7858 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7860 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
7862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7864 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
7867 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
7869 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doc-view" '("doc-view-")))
7871 ;;;***
7872 \f
7873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (0 0 0 0))
7874 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7876 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
7877 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7879 \(fn)" t nil)
7881 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doctor" '("doc" "make-doctor-variables")))
7883 ;;;***
7884 \f
7885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dom" "dom.el" (0 0 0 0))
7886 ;;; Generated autoloads from dom.el
7888 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dom" '("dom-")))
7890 ;;;***
7891 \f
7892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-fns" "dos-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
7893 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-fns.el
7895 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-fns" '("dos")))
7897 ;;;***
7898 \f
7899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-vars" "dos-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
7900 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-vars.el
7902 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-vars" '("dos-codepage-setup-hook" "msdos-shells")))
7904 ;;;***
7905 \f
7906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-w32" "dos-w32.el" (0 0 0 0))
7907 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-w32.el
7909 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-w32" '("file-name-buffer-file-type-alist" "find-" "w32-")))
7911 ;;;***
7912 \f
7913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (0 0 0 0))
7914 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7916 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
7917 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
7918 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
7919 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7920 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7922 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
7923 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
7925 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7927 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "double" '("double-")))
7929 ;;;***
7930 \f
7931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (0 0 0 0))
7932 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7933 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7935 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
7936 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7938 \(fn)" t nil)
7940 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dunnet" '("dun" "obj-special")))
7942 ;;;***
7943 \f
7944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dynamic-setting" "dynamic-setting.el" (0 0
7945 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7946 ;;; Generated autoloads from dynamic-setting.el
7948 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dynamic-setting" '("dynamic-setting-handle-config-changed-event" "font-setting-change-default-font")))
7950 ;;;***
7951 \f
7952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (0
7953 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
7954 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7956 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
7958 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7959 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7960 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
7961 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
7962 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7964 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
7965 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
7966 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
7967 and disables it otherwise.
7969 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
7970 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
7971 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
7972 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
7974 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
7975 documenting what its argument does.
7977 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7978 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
7979 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7980 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
7981 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
7982 (KEY . BINDING) pairs where KEY and BINDING are suitable for
7983 `define-key'. If you supply a KEYMAP argument that is not a
7984 symbol, this macro defines the variable MODE-map and gives it
7985 the value that KEYMAP specifies.
7987 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
7988 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
7989 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
7990 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
7991 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
7992 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
7993 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
7994 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
7995 the minor mode is global):
7997 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7999 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
8000 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
8001 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
8002 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
8003 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
8004 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
8005 Not used if you also specify :variable.
8006 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
8007 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
8008 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
8009 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
8010 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
8011 named variable, or a generalized variable.
8012 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
8013 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
8014 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
8015 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
8016 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
8017 in :variable).
8019 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
8020 have been run. It should not be quoted.
8022 For example, you could write
8025 ...BODY CODE...)
8027 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
8029 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
8031 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
8033 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
8035 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
8036 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
8037 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
8038 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
8039 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
8040 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
8041 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
8042 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
8043 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
8044 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
8045 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
8046 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
8048 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
8049 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
8050 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
8051 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
8052 call another major mode in their body.
8054 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
8055 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
8056 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
8058 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
8060 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
8062 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
8063 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
8064 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
8065 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
8066 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
8067 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
8068 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
8070 Valid keywords and arguments are:
8072 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
8073 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
8074 :inherit Parent keymap.
8075 :group Ignored.
8076 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
8077 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
8079 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
8081 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
8082 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
8083 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
8084 the constant's documentation.
8086 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
8088 (function-put 'easy-mmode-defmap 'lisp-indent-function '1)
8090 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
8091 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
8092 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
8094 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
8096 (function-put 'easy-mmode-defsyntax 'lisp-indent-function '1)
8098 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easy-mmode" '("easy-mmode-")))
8100 ;;;***
8101 \f
8102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (0 0 0
8103 ;;;;;; 0))
8104 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
8106 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
8107 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
8108 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
8109 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
8111 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
8112 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
8113 as a top-level menu bar item.
8115 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
8116 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
8117 pairs:
8119 :filter FUNCTION
8120 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
8121 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
8122 items to actually display.
8124 :visible INCLUDE
8125 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
8126 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
8127 alias for `:visible'.
8129 :active ENABLE
8130 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
8131 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
8132 an alias for `:active'.
8134 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
8135 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
8137 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
8139 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
8141 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
8142 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
8144 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
8145 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
8147 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
8149 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
8151 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
8152 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
8154 :keys KEYS
8155 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
8156 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
8157 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
8158 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
8160 :key-sequence KEYS
8161 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
8162 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
8163 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
8164 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
8166 :active ENABLE
8167 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
8168 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
8169 alias for `:active'.
8171 :visible INCLUDE
8172 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
8173 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
8174 `:visible'.
8176 :label FORM
8177 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
8178 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
8180 :suffix FORM
8181 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
8182 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
8184 :style STYLE
8185 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
8186 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
8187 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
8189 :selected SELECTED
8190 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
8191 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
8193 :help HELP
8194 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
8196 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
8197 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
8198 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
8200 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
8201 MENU. This is a submenu.
8203 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
8205 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
8207 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
8210 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
8212 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
8213 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
8214 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
8215 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
8217 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
8219 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
8220 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
8221 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
8222 should contain a submenu named NAME.
8223 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
8224 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
8226 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
8227 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
8228 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
8230 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
8231 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
8232 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8234 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8235 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8237 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8239 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easymenu" '("add-submenu" "easy-menu-")))
8241 ;;;***
8242 \f
8243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-abn" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" (0 0 0 0))
8244 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-abn.el
8246 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-abn" '("ebnf-abn-")))
8248 ;;;***
8249 \f
8250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-bnf" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" (0 0 0 0))
8251 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el
8253 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-bnf" '("ebnf-")))
8255 ;;;***
8256 \f
8257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-dtd" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" (0 0 0 0))
8258 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el
8260 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-dtd" '("ebnf-dtd-")))
8262 ;;;***
8263 \f
8264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-ebx" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" (0 0 0 0))
8265 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el
8267 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-ebx" '("ebnf-ebx-")))
8269 ;;;***
8270 \f
8271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-iso" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
8272 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-iso.el
8274 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-iso" '("ebnf-")))
8276 ;;;***
8277 \f
8278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-otz" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" (0 0 0 0))
8279 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-otz.el
8281 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-otz" '("ebnf-")))
8283 ;;;***
8284 \f
8285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-yac" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" (0 0 0 0))
8286 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-yac.el
8288 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-yac" '("ebnf-yac-")))
8290 ;;;***
8291 \f
8292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (0 0 0 0))
8293 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8294 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8296 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
8297 Customization for ebnf group.
8299 \(fn)" t nil)
8301 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8302 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8304 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8306 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8307 processed.
8309 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8311 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8313 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8314 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8316 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8317 killed after process termination.
8319 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8321 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8323 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8324 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8327 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8328 it to the printer.
8330 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8331 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8332 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8333 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8335 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8337 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8338 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8339 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8341 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8343 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8344 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8346 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8348 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8349 processed.
8351 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8353 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8355 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8356 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8358 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8359 killed after process termination.
8361 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8363 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8365 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8366 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8367 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8368 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8370 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8372 \(fn)" t nil)
8374 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8375 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8376 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8378 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8380 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8382 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8383 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8385 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8387 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8388 processed.
8390 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8392 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8394 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8395 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8397 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8398 killed after EPS generation.
8400 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8402 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8404 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8405 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8407 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8408 The EPS file name has the following form:
8410 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8412 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8415 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8416 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8417 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8421 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8422 files.
8424 \(fn)" t nil)
8426 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8427 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8429 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8430 The EPS file name has the following form:
8432 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8434 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8437 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8438 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8439 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8443 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8444 files.
8446 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8448 (defalias 'ebnf-despool #'ps-despool)
8450 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8451 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8453 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8455 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8456 are processed.
8458 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8460 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8462 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8463 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8465 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8466 killed after syntax checking.
8468 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8470 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8472 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8473 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8475 \(fn)" t nil)
8477 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8478 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
8480 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8482 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
8483 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8485 \(fn)" nil nil)
8487 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8488 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
8490 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8492 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8494 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8495 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8497 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8499 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8501 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8502 Delete style NAME.
8504 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8506 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8508 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8509 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8511 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8513 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8515 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8516 Set STYLE as the current style.
8518 Returns the old style symbol.
8520 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8522 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8524 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8525 Reset current style.
8527 Returns the old style symbol.
8529 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8531 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8533 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8534 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8536 Returns the old style symbol.
8538 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8540 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8542 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8544 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8545 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8547 Returns the old style symbol.
8549 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8551 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8553 \(fn)" t nil)
8555 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf2ps" '("ebnf-")))
8557 ;;;***
8558 \f
8559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (0 0 0 0))
8560 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8562 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
8563 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8564 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8565 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8566 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8569 Tree mode key bindings:
8572 \(fn)" t nil)
8574 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
8575 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8577 \(fn)" t nil)
8579 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
8580 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8582 \(fn)" t nil)
8584 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8585 View declaration of member at point.
8587 \(fn)" t nil)
8589 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8590 Find declaration of member at point.
8592 \(fn)" t nil)
8594 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
8595 View definition of member at point.
8597 \(fn)" t nil)
8599 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
8600 Find definition of member at point.
8602 \(fn)" t nil)
8604 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8605 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8607 \(fn)" t nil)
8609 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8610 View definition of member at point in other window.
8612 \(fn)" t nil)
8614 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8615 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8617 \(fn)" t nil)
8619 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8620 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8622 \(fn)" t nil)
8624 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8625 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8627 \(fn)" t nil)
8629 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8630 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8632 \(fn)" t nil)
8634 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
8635 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8636 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8637 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8638 completion.
8640 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8642 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
8643 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8644 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8645 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8647 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8649 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
8650 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8651 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8652 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8654 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8656 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
8657 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8658 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8660 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8662 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
8663 Search for call sites of a member.
8664 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8665 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8666 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8667 looks like a function call to the member.
8669 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8671 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8672 Move backward in the position stack.
8673 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8675 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8677 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8678 Move forward in the position stack.
8679 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8681 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8683 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
8684 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8686 \(fn)" t nil)
8688 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
8689 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8691 \(fn)" t nil)
8693 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
8694 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8695 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8696 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8698 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8700 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
8701 Display statistics for a class tree.
8703 \(fn)" t nil)
8705 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebrowse" '("ebrowse-" "electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook")))
8707 ;;;***
8708 \f
8709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
8710 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8712 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
8714 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
8716 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
8717 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
8718 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8720 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8723 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
8724 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
8725 also has this effect.
8727 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
8738 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8740 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebuff-menu" '("Electric-buffer-menu-" "electric-buffer-")))
8742 ;;;***
8743 \f
8744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
8745 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8747 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
8748 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8749 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8751 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8753 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "echistory" '("Electric-history-" "electric-")))
8755 ;;;***
8756 \f
8757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "ecomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
8758 ;;; Generated autoloads from ecomplete.el
8760 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
8761 Read the .ecompleterc file.
8763 \(fn)" nil nil)
8765 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ecomplete" '("ecomplete-")))
8767 ;;;***
8768 \f
8769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (0 0 0 0))
8770 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
8771 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
8773 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
8774 Non-nil if Global Ede mode is enabled.
8775 See the `global-ede-mode' command
8776 for a description of this minor mode.
8777 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8778 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8779 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
8781 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
8783 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
8784 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
8785 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
8786 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8787 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8789 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
8790 an EDE controlled project.
8792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8794 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede" '("ede" "global-ede-mode-map" "project-try-ede")))
8796 ;;;***
8797 \f
8798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/auto" "cedet/ede/auto.el" (0 0 0 0))
8799 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/auto.el
8801 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/auto" '("ede-")))
8803 ;;;***
8804 \f
8805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/autoconf-edit" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
8806 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8807 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el
8809 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/autoconf-edit" '("autoconf-")))
8811 ;;;***
8812 \f
8813 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/base" "cedet/ede/base.el"
8814 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8815 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/base.el
8817 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/base" '("ede-")))
8819 ;;;***
8820 \f
8821 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/config" "cedet/ede/config.el"
8822 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8823 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/config.el
8825 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/config" '("ede-")))
8827 ;;;***
8828 \f
8829 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/cpp-root"
8830 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" (0 0 0 0))
8831 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/cpp-root.el
8833 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/cpp-root" '("ede-c")))
8835 ;;;***
8836 \f
8837 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/custom" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
8838 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8839 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/custom.el
8841 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/custom" '("ede-" "eieio-ede-old-variables")))
8843 ;;;***
8844 \f
8845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/detect" "cedet/ede/detect.el" (0 0 0 0))
8846 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/detect.el
8848 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/detect" '("ede-")))
8850 ;;;***
8851 \f
8852 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/dired" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
8853 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8854 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/dired.el
8856 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/dired" '("ede-dired-")))
8858 ;;;***
8859 \f
8860 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/emacs" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
8861 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8862 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/emacs.el
8864 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/emacs" '("ede-emacs-")))
8866 ;;;***
8867 \f
8868 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/files" "cedet/ede/files.el"
8869 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8870 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/files.el
8872 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/files" '("ede-")))
8874 ;;;***
8875 \f
8876 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/generic"
8877 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" (0 0 0 0))
8878 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/generic.el
8880 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/generic" '("ede-generic-")))
8882 ;;;***
8883 \f
8884 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/linux" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
8885 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8886 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/linux.el
8888 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/linux" '("ede-linux-" "project-linux-")))
8890 ;;;***
8891 \f
8892 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/locate" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
8893 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8894 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/locate.el
8896 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/locate" '("ede-locate-")))
8898 ;;;***
8899 \f
8900 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/make" "cedet/ede/make.el"
8901 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8902 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/make.el
8904 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/make" '("ede-make-")))
8906 ;;;***
8907 \f
8908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/makefile-edit" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
8909 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8910 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el
8912 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/makefile-edit" '("makefile-")))
8914 ;;;***
8915 \f
8916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pconf" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
8917 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pconf.el
8919 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pconf" '("ede-pconf-create-file-query")))
8921 ;;;***
8922 \f
8923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pmake" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" (0 0 0 0))
8924 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pmake.el
8926 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pmake" '("ede-pmake-")))
8928 ;;;***
8929 \f
8930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj" "cedet/ede/proj.el" (0 0 0 0))
8931 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj.el
8933 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj" '("ede-proj-")))
8935 ;;;***
8936 \f
8937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-archive" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
8938 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8939 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-archive.el
8941 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-archive" '("ede-")))
8943 ;;;***
8944 \f
8945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-aux" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" (0 0
8946 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8947 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-aux.el
8949 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-aux" '("ede-")))
8951 ;;;***
8952 \f
8953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-comp" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" (0
8954 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8955 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-comp.el
8957 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-comp" '("ede-" "proj-comp-insert-variable-once")))
8959 ;;;***
8960 \f
8961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-elisp" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
8962 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8963 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el
8965 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-elisp" '("ede-")))
8967 ;;;***
8968 \f
8969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-info" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" (0
8970 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8971 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-info.el
8973 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-info" '("ede-")))
8975 ;;;***
8976 \f
8977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-misc" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" (0
8978 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8979 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-misc.el
8981 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-misc" '("ede-")))
8983 ;;;***
8984 \f
8985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-obj" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" (0 0
8986 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8987 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-obj.el
8989 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-obj" '("ede-")))
8991 ;;;***
8992 \f
8993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-prog" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" (0
8994 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8995 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-prog.el
8997 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-prog" '("ede-proj-target-makefile-program")))
8999 ;;;***
9000 \f
9001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-scheme" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
9002 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9003 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el
9005 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-scheme" '("ede-proj-target-scheme")))
9007 ;;;***
9008 \f
9009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-shared" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
9010 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9011 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-shared.el
9013 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-shared" '("ede-")))
9015 ;;;***
9016 \f
9017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/project-am" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
9018 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9019 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/project-am.el
9021 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/project-am" '("project-am-")))
9023 ;;;***
9024 \f
9025 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/shell" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
9026 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9027 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/shell.el
9029 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/shell" '("ede-shell-run-command")))
9031 ;;;***
9032 \f
9033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/simple" "cedet/ede/simple.el" (0 0 0 0))
9034 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/simple.el
9036 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/simple" '("ede-simple-")))
9038 ;;;***
9039 \f
9040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/source" "cedet/ede/source.el" (0 0 0 0))
9041 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/source.el
9043 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/source" '("ede-source")))
9045 ;;;***
9046 \f
9047 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/speedbar"
9048 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" (0 0 0 0))
9049 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/speedbar.el
9051 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/speedbar" '("ede-")))
9053 ;;;***
9054 \f
9055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/srecode" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" (0 0 0
9056 ;;;;;; 0))
9057 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/srecode.el
9059 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/srecode" '("ede-srecode-")))
9061 ;;;***
9062 \f
9063 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/util" "cedet/ede/util.el"
9064 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9065 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/util.el
9067 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/util" '("ede-make-buffer-writable")))
9069 ;;;***
9070 \f
9071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (0 0 0 0))
9072 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
9074 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
9075 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
9076 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
9077 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
9078 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
9080 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
9081 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
9083 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
9085 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
9087 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
9088 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
9089 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
9090 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
9092 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
9094 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
9095 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
9096 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
9097 `edebug-form-spec' property.
9099 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
9101 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
9103 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
9104 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
9105 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
9106 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
9107 using `eval-expression' (which see).
9109 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
9110 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
9111 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
9112 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
9113 instrumented for Edebug.
9115 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
9116 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
9117 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
9118 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
9119 already is one.)
9121 \(fn)" t nil)
9123 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
9124 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
9126 \(fn)" t nil)
9128 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
9129 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
9131 \(fn)" t nil)
9133 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edebug" '("cancel-edebug-on-entry" "edebug" "get-edebug-spec" "global-edebug-")))
9135 ;;;***
9136 \f
9137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (0 0 0 0))
9138 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
9139 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9141 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
9142 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
9143 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9144 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9146 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9148 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
9149 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
9150 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9151 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9153 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9155 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
9157 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
9159 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
9160 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
9161 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
9162 nothing to revert then this command fails.
9164 \(fn)" t nil)
9166 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
9167 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
9168 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
9169 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
9171 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9173 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
9174 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
9175 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9176 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers. JOB-NAME is a
9177 symbol describing the Ediff job type; it defaults to
9178 `ediff-buffers', but can also be one of
9179 `ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor', `ediff-last-dir-ancestor',
9180 `ediff-last-dir-C', `ediff-buffers3', `ediff-merge-buffers', or
9181 `ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor'.
9183 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
9185 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
9187 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
9188 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
9189 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9190 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers. JOB-NAME is a
9191 symbol describing the Ediff job type; it defaults to
9192 `ediff-buffers3', but can also be one of
9193 `ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor', `ediff-last-dir-ancestor',
9194 `ediff-last-dir-C', `ediff-buffers', `ediff-merge-buffers', or
9195 `ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor'.
9197 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
9199 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
9201 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
9202 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
9203 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
9204 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9206 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
9208 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
9210 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
9211 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
9212 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9213 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9215 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
9217 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
9219 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
9220 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
9221 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
9222 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9224 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
9226 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
9228 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
9229 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
9230 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
9231 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9232 MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR is the directory in which to store merged files.
9234 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9236 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
9238 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9239 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
9240 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
9241 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
9242 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
9243 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9244 MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR is the directory in which to store merged files.
9246 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9248 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
9249 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
9250 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9251 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9252 MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR is the directory in which to store merged files.
9254 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9256 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
9258 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9259 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
9260 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9261 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9262 MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR is the directory in which to store merged files.
9264 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9266 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
9268 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
9270 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
9271 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
9272 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9273 follows:
9274 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9275 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9276 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9277 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9279 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9281 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
9282 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
9283 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9284 follows:
9285 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9286 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9287 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9288 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9290 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9292 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
9293 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9294 BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B are the buffers to be compared.
9295 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9296 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
9297 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
9298 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9299 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9301 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9303 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
9304 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9305 BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B are the buffers to be compared.
9306 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9307 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
9308 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
9309 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
9310 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9311 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9313 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9315 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
9317 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
9318 Merge two files without ancestor.
9319 FILE-A and FILE-B are the names of the files to be merged.
9320 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9321 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers. MERGE-BUFFER-FILE
9322 is the name of the file to be associated with the merge buffer..
9324 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9326 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9327 Merge two files with ancestor.
9328 FILE-A and FILE-B are the names of the files to be merged, and
9329 FILE-ANCESTOR is the name of the ancestor file. STARTUP-HOOKS is
9330 a list of functions that Emacs calls without arguments after
9331 setting up the Ediff buffers. MERGE-BUFFER-FILE is the name of
9332 the file to be associated with the merge buffer.
9334 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9336 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
9338 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
9339 Merge buffers without ancestor.
9340 BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B are the buffers to be merged.
9341 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9342 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers. JOB-NAME is a
9343 symbol describing the Ediff job type; it defaults to
9344 `ediff-merge-buffers', but can also be one of
9345 `ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor', `ediff-last-dir-ancestor',
9346 `ediff-last-dir-C', `ediff-buffers', `ediff-buffers3', or
9347 `ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor'. MERGE-BUFFER-FILE is the
9348 name of the file to be associated with the merge buffer.
9350 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9352 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9353 Merge buffers with ancestor.
9354 BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B are the buffers to be merged, and
9355 BUFFER-ANCESTOR is their ancestor. STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of
9356 functions that Emacs calls without arguments after setting up the
9357 Ediff buffers. JOB-NAME is a symbol describing the Ediff job
9358 type; it defaults to `ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor', but can
9359 also be one of `ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor',
9360 `ediff-last-dir-ancestor', `ediff-last-dir-C', `ediff-buffers',
9361 `ediff-buffers3', or `ediff-merge-buffers'. MERGE-BUFFER-FILE is
9362 the name of the file to be associated with the merge buffer.
9364 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9366 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
9367 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
9368 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the
9369 current buffer. STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs
9370 calls without arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9371 MERGE-BUFFER-FILE is the name of the file to be associated with
9372 the merge buffer.
9374 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9376 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9377 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
9378 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the
9379 current buffer. STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs
9380 calls without arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9381 MERGE-BUFFER-FILE is the name of the file to be associated with
9382 the merge buffer.
9384 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9386 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
9387 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
9388 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
9389 and don't ask the user.
9390 If prefix argument ARG, then: if even argument, assume that the
9391 patch is in a buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
9393 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9395 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
9396 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
9397 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
9398 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
9399 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
9400 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
9401 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
9402 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
9404 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9406 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
9408 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
9410 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
9411 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
9412 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
9413 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
9414 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
9415 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9416 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9418 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9420 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
9422 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
9423 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
9424 When called interactively, displays the version.
9426 \(fn)" t nil)
9428 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
9429 Display Ediff's manual.
9430 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
9432 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
9434 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
9435 Call `ediff-files' with the next two command line arguments.
9437 \(fn)" nil nil)
9439 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
9440 Call `ediff3-files' with the next three command line arguments.
9442 \(fn)" nil nil)
9444 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
9445 Call `ediff-merge-files' with the next two command line arguments.
9447 \(fn)" nil nil)
9449 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9450 Call `ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor' with the next three command line arguments.
9452 \(fn)" nil nil)
9454 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
9455 Call `ediff-directories' with the next three command line arguments.
9457 \(fn)" nil nil)
9459 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
9460 Call `ediff-directories3' with the next four command line arguments.
9462 \(fn)" nil nil)
9464 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
9465 Call `ediff-merge-directories' with the next three command line arguments.
9467 \(fn)" nil nil)
9469 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9470 Call `ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor' with the next four command line arguments.
9472 \(fn)" nil nil)
9474 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff" '("ediff-")))
9476 ;;;***
9477 \f
9478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-diff" "vc/ediff-diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
9479 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-diff.el
9481 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-diff" '("ediff-")))
9483 ;;;***
9484 \f
9485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
9486 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
9488 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
9491 \(fn)" t nil)
9493 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-help" '("ediff-")))
9495 ;;;***
9496 \f
9497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-init" "vc/ediff-init.el" (0 0 0 0))
9498 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-init.el
9500 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-init" '("ediff-" "stipple-pixmap")))
9502 ;;;***
9503 \f
9504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-merg" "vc/ediff-merg.el" (0 0 0 0))
9505 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-merg.el
9507 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-merg" '("ediff-")))
9509 ;;;***
9510 \f
9511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (0 0 0 0))
9512 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
9514 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
9515 Display Ediff's registry.
9517 \(fn)" t nil)
9519 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
9521 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-mult" '("ediff-")))
9523 ;;;***
9524 \f
9525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-ptch" "vc/ediff-ptch.el" (0 0 0 0))
9526 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-ptch.el
9528 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-ptch" '("ediff-")))
9530 ;;;***
9531 \f
9532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
9533 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
9535 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
9536 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
9537 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
9538 which see.
9540 \(fn)" t nil)
9542 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
9543 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
9544 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
9545 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
9547 \(fn)" t nil)
9549 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-util" '("ediff-")))
9551 ;;;***
9552 \f
9553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-vers" "vc/ediff-vers.el" (0 0 0 0))
9554 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-vers.el
9556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-vers" '("ediff-" "rcs-ediff-view-revision")))
9558 ;;;***
9559 \f
9560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-wind" "vc/ediff-wind.el" (0 0 0 0))
9561 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-wind.el
9563 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-wind" '("ediff-")))
9565 ;;;***
9566 \f
9567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (0 0 0 0))
9568 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
9569 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
9571 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9572 Edit a keyboard macro.
9573 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
9577 to edit a macro by its command name.
9578 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
9580 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
9582 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9583 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
9585 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9587 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9588 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
9590 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9592 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9593 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
9595 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
9599 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
9600 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
9601 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
9602 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
9604 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
9606 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9607 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
9608 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
9609 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
9610 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
9611 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
9613 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
9615 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edmacro" '("edmacro-")))
9617 ;;;***
9618 \f
9619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (0 0 0 0))
9620 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
9622 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
9623 Set scroll margins.
9624 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9625 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9627 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
9629 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
9630 Turn on EDT Emulation.
9632 \(fn)" t nil)
9634 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt" '("edt-")))
9636 ;;;***
9637 \f
9638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-lk201" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" (0 0 0
9639 ;;;;;; 0))
9640 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-lk201.el
9642 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-lk201" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9644 ;;;***
9645 \f
9646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-mapper" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" (0 0
9647 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9648 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-mapper.el
9650 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-mapper" '("edt-")))
9652 ;;;***
9653 \f
9654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-pc" "emulation/edt-pc.el" (0 0 0 0))
9655 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-pc.el
9657 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-pc" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9659 ;;;***
9660 \f
9661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-vt100" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" (0 0 0
9662 ;;;;;; 0))
9663 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-vt100.el
9665 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-vt100" '("edt-set-term-width-")))
9667 ;;;***
9668 \f
9669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9670 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
9672 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
9674 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
9675 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
9676 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
9677 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
9678 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
9680 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
9681 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9684 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
9685 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
9686 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
9688 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
9689 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
9690 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9692 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
9693 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
9694 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
9696 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
9698 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
9701 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
9703 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ehelp" '("ehelp-" "electric-")))
9705 ;;;***
9706 \f
9707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (0 0 0 0))
9708 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
9709 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9711 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio" '("child-of-class-p" "defclass" "eieio-" "find-class" "obj" "oref" "oset" "same-class-p" "set-slot-value" "slot-" "with-slots")))
9713 ;;;***
9714 \f
9715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-base" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" (0
9716 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9717 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el
9719 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-base" '("eieio-")))
9721 ;;;***
9722 \f
9723 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-compat"
9724 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
9725 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el
9727 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-compat" '("eieio--generic-static-symbol-specializers" "generic-p" "next-method-p" "no-")))
9729 ;;;***
9730 \f
9731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (0
9732 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
9734 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9736 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
9737 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
9738 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
9739 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
9740 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
9741 SUPERCLASSES as children.
9742 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
9744 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
9746 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-core" '("class-" "eieio-" "inconsistent-class-hierarchy" "invalid-slot-" "unbound-slot")))
9748 ;;;***
9749 \f
9750 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-custom"
9751 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" (0 0 0 0))
9752 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
9754 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-custom" '("eieio-")))
9756 ;;;***
9757 \f
9758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-datadebug" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
9759 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9760 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el
9762 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-datadebug" '("data-debug-insert-object-")))
9764 ;;;***
9765 \f
9766 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
9767 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9768 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
9770 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-opt" '("eieio-")))
9772 ;;;***
9773 \f
9774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-speedbar" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
9775 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9776 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el
9778 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-speedbar" '("eieio-speedbar")))
9780 ;;;***
9781 \f
9782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (0 0 0 0))
9783 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
9785 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
9786 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
9787 See the `electric-pair-mode' command
9788 for a description of this minor mode.
9789 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9790 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9791 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
9793 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
9795 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
9796 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
9797 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
9798 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9799 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9801 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
9802 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
9803 closing parenthesis, and vice versa. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
9804 If the region is active, the parentheses (brackets, etc.) are
9805 inserted around the region instead.
9807 To toggle the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
9809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9811 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
9812 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
9814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9816 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elec-pair" '("electric-pair-")))
9818 ;;;***
9819 \f
9820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (0 0 0 0))
9821 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
9823 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
9824 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
9826 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
9827 an elided material again.
9829 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
9831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9833 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elide-head" '("elide-head-")))
9835 ;;;***
9836 \f
9837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (0 0 0 0))
9838 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9840 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
9841 Lint the file FILE.
9843 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9845 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
9846 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
9847 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
9849 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9851 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
9852 Lint the current buffer.
9853 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9855 \(fn)" t nil)
9857 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
9858 Lint the function at point.
9859 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9861 \(fn)" t nil)
9863 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
9864 Initialize elint.
9865 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
9866 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
9868 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
9870 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elint" '("elint-")))
9872 ;;;***
9873 \f
9874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9875 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9877 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
9878 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9879 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9881 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9883 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
9884 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9885 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9886 If called interactively, prompt for LIST in the minibuffer;
9889 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9891 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
9892 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9893 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9897 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9899 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
9900 Display current profiling results.
9901 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9902 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
9903 displayed.
9905 \(fn)" t nil)
9907 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elp" '("elp-")))
9909 ;;;***
9910 \f
9911 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-alias" "eshell/em-alias.el"
9912 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9913 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-alias.el
9915 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-alias" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/alias")))
9917 ;;;***
9918 \f
9919 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-banner" "eshell/em-banner.el"
9920 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9921 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-banner.el
9923 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-banner" '("eshell-banner-")))
9925 ;;;***
9926 \f
9927 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-basic" "eshell/em-basic.el"
9928 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9929 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-basic.el
9931 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-basic" '("eshell")))
9933 ;;;***
9934 \f
9935 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-cmpl" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
9936 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9937 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-cmpl.el
9939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-cmpl" '("eshell-")))
9941 ;;;***
9942 \f
9943 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-dirs" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
9944 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9945 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-dirs.el
9947 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-dirs" '("eshell")))
9949 ;;;***
9950 \f
9951 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-glob" "eshell/em-glob.el"
9952 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9953 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-glob.el
9955 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-glob" '("eshell-")))
9957 ;;;***
9958 \f
9959 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-hist" "eshell/em-hist.el"
9960 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9961 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-hist.el
9963 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-hist" '("eshell")))
9965 ;;;***
9966 \f
9967 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-ls" "eshell/em-ls.el"
9968 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9969 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-ls.el
9971 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-ls" '("eshell")))
9973 ;;;***
9974 \f
9975 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-pred" "eshell/em-pred.el"
9976 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9977 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-pred.el
9979 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-pred" '("eshell-")))
9981 ;;;***
9982 \f
9983 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-prompt" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
9984 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9985 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-prompt.el
9987 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-prompt" '("eshell-")))
9989 ;;;***
9990 \f
9991 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-rebind" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
9992 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9993 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-rebind.el
9995 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-rebind" '("eshell-")))
9997 ;;;***
9998 \f
9999 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-script" "eshell/em-script.el"
10000 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10001 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-script.el
10003 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-script" '("eshell")))
10005 ;;;***
10006 \f
10007 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-smart" "eshell/em-smart.el"
10008 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10009 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-smart.el
10011 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-smart" '("eshell-")))
10013 ;;;***
10014 \f
10015 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-term" "eshell/em-term.el"
10016 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10017 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-term.el
10019 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-term" '("eshell-")))
10021 ;;;***
10022 \f
10023 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-tramp" "eshell/em-tramp.el"
10024 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10025 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-tramp.el
10027 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-tramp" '("eshell")))
10029 ;;;***
10030 \f
10031 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-unix" "eshell/em-unix.el"
10032 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10033 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-unix.el
10035 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-unix" '("eshell" "nil-blank-string" "pcomplete/")))
10037 ;;;***
10038 \f
10039 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-xtra" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
10040 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10041 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-xtra.el
10043 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-xtra" '("eshell/" "pcomplete/bcc")))
10045 ;;;***
10046 \f
10047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
10048 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
10050 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
10051 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
10052 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
10053 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
10054 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
10055 ARG is omitted or nil.
10057 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
10058 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
10059 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
10060 used instead.
10062 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
10064 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
10065 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
10066 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
10068 Other values are interpreted as usual.
10070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10072 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacs-lock" '("emacs-lock-" "toggle-emacs-lock")))
10074 ;;;***
10075 \f
10076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (0 0 0 0))
10077 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
10079 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
10080 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
10081 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
10083 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
10085 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
10087 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacsbug" '("report-emacs-bug-")))
10089 ;;;***
10090 \f
10091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (0 0 0 0))
10092 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
10094 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
10095 Run Emerge on two files.
10097 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10099 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
10100 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
10102 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10104 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
10105 Run Emerge on two buffers.
10107 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10109 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
10110 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
10112 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10114 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
10117 \(fn)" nil nil)
10119 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
10122 \(fn)" nil nil)
10124 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
10127 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
10129 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
10132 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
10134 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
10135 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
10137 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10139 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
10140 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
10142 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10144 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
10147 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
10149 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emerge" '("emerge-")))
10151 ;;;***
10152 \f
10153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (0 0 0 0))
10154 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
10156 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
10157 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
10158 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
10159 text/enriched format.
10161 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10162 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10163 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10165 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
10167 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
10170 Commands:
10174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10176 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
10179 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
10181 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
10184 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
10186 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "enriched" '("enriched-")))
10188 ;;;***
10189 \f
10190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (0 0 0 0))
10191 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
10193 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
10194 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
10196 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
10198 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
10199 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
10201 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
10203 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
10204 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
10205 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
10206 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
10207 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
10208 the keys are listed.
10209 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
10211 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
10213 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
10214 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
10215 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
10217 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
10219 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
10220 Verify FILE.
10222 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10224 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
10225 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
10227 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10229 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
10230 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
10232 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
10234 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
10235 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
10237 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
10238 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
10239 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
10240 proper place to insert the plaintext.
10242 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
10243 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10244 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10245 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
10246 should consider using the string based counterpart
10247 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
10248 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
10250 For example:
10253 (decode-coding-string
10254 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
10257 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
10259 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
10260 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
10262 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10263 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
10265 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10267 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
10269 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
10270 Verify the current region between START and END.
10272 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10273 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10274 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10275 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
10276 should consider using the string based counterpart
10277 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
10278 `epg-verify-file' instead.
10280 For example:
10283 (decode-coding-string
10284 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
10287 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10289 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
10291 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
10292 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
10293 between START and END.
10295 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10296 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
10298 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10300 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
10302 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
10303 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
10305 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10306 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10307 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10308 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10309 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
10310 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
10312 For example:
10315 (epg-sign-string
10316 context
10319 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10321 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
10323 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
10324 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
10326 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10327 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10328 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10329 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10330 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
10331 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
10333 For example:
10336 (epg-encrypt-string
10337 context
10339 nil))
10341 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
10343 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
10345 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
10346 Delete selected KEYS.
10348 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
10350 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
10351 Import keys from FILE.
10353 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10355 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
10356 Import keys from the region.
10358 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10360 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
10361 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
10362 between START and END.
10364 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10366 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
10367 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
10369 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
10371 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
10372 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
10374 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
10376 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa" '("epa-")))
10378 ;;;***
10379 \f
10380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
10381 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
10383 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
10384 Decrypt marked files.
10386 \(fn)" t nil)
10388 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
10389 Verify marked files.
10391 \(fn)" t nil)
10393 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
10394 Sign marked files.
10396 \(fn)" t nil)
10398 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
10399 Encrypt marked files.
10401 \(fn)" t nil)
10403 ;;;***
10404 \f
10405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
10406 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
10408 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
10411 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10413 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
10416 \(fn)" t nil)
10418 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
10421 \(fn)" t nil)
10423 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-file" '("epa-")))
10425 ;;;***
10426 \f
10427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (0 0 0 0))
10428 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
10430 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10431 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
10432 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10433 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10434 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10438 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
10439 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
10440 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10442 \(fn)" t nil)
10444 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
10446 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
10447 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
10448 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10450 \(fn)" t nil)
10452 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
10454 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
10455 Sign the current buffer.
10456 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10458 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10460 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
10462 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
10463 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
10464 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
10465 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
10466 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
10467 and also whether and how to sign.
10469 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
10470 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
10471 or nil meaning use the defaults.
10473 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
10475 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
10477 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
10478 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
10479 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10481 \(fn)" t nil)
10483 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
10485 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
10486 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
10487 See the `epa-global-mail-mode' command
10488 for a description of this minor mode.
10489 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10490 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
10491 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
10493 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
10495 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10496 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
10497 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10498 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10499 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10501 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10503 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-mail" '("epa-mail-")))
10505 ;;;***
10506 \f
10507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (0 0 0 0))
10508 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
10509 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10511 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
10512 Return a context object.
10514 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
10516 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg" '("epg-")))
10518 ;;;***
10519 \f
10520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (0 0 0 0))
10521 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
10523 (autoload 'epg-find-configuration "epg-config" "\
10524 Find or create a usable configuration to handle PROTOCOL.
10525 This function first looks at the existing configuration found by
10526 the previous invocation of this function, unless NO-CACHE is non-nil.
10528 Then it walks through PROGRAM-ALIST or
10529 `epg-config--program-alist'. If `epg-gpg-program' or
10530 `epg-gpgsm-program' is already set with custom, use it.
10531 Otherwise, it tries the programs listed in the entry until the
10532 version requirement is met.
10534 \(fn PROTOCOL &optional NO-CACHE PROGRAM-ALIST)" nil nil)
10536 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
10537 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
10539 \(fn)" nil nil)
10541 (make-obsolete 'epg-configuration 'epg-find-configuration '"25.1")
10543 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
10544 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
10546 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
10548 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
10549 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
10551 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
10553 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg-config" '("epg-")))
10555 ;;;***
10556 \f
10557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10558 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
10559 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10561 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
10562 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
10564 \(fn)" nil nil)
10566 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
10567 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
10568 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
10570 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
10572 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
10573 (server (erc-compute-server))
10574 (port (erc-compute-port))
10575 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
10576 password
10577 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
10579 That is, if called with
10583 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
10584 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
10585 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
10587 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
10589 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
10591 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
10592 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
10593 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
10595 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
10597 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
10598 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
10599 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
10600 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
10602 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
10604 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc" '("define-erc-module" "erc-")))
10606 ;;;***
10607 \f
10608 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-autoaway"
10609 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (0 0 0 0))
10610 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
10612 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-autoaway" '("erc-auto")))
10614 ;;;***
10615 \f
10616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-backend" "erc/erc-backend.el" (0 0 0 0))
10617 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-backend.el
10619 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-backend" '("erc-")))
10621 ;;;***
10622 \f
10623 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el"
10624 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10625 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
10627 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-button" '("erc-")))
10629 ;;;***
10630 \f
10631 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el"
10632 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10633 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
10635 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-capab" '("erc-capab-identify-")))
10637 ;;;***
10638 \f
10639 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el"
10640 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10641 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
10643 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-compat" '("erc-")))
10645 ;;;***
10646 \f
10647 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el"
10648 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10649 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
10651 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-dcc" '("erc-" "pcomplete/erc-mode/")))
10653 ;;;***
10654 \f
10655 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-desktop-notifications"
10656 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el" (0 0 0 0))
10657 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
10659 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-desktop-notifications" '("erc-notifications-")))
10661 ;;;***
10662 \f
10663 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-ezbounce"
10664 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (0 0 0 0))
10665 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
10667 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ezbounce" '("erc-ezb-")))
10669 ;;;***
10670 \f
10671 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el"
10672 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10673 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
10675 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-fill" '("erc-")))
10677 ;;;***
10678 \f
10679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-goodies" "erc/erc-goodies.el" (0 0 0 0))
10680 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-goodies.el
10682 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-goodies" '("erc-")))
10684 ;;;***
10685 \f
10686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ibuffer" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" (0 0 0 0))
10687 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ibuffer.el
10689 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ibuffer" '("erc-")))
10691 ;;;***
10692 \f
10693 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el"
10694 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10695 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
10697 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-identd" '("erc-identd-")))
10699 ;;;***
10700 \f
10701 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
10702 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10703 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
10705 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-imenu" '("erc-unfill-notice")))
10707 ;;;***
10708 \f
10709 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el"
10710 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10711 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
10713 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-join" '("erc-")))
10715 ;;;***
10716 \f
10717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-lang" "erc/erc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
10718 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-lang.el
10720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-lang" '("erc-cmd-LANG" "iso-638-languages" "language")))
10722 ;;;***
10723 \f
10724 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el"
10725 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10726 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
10728 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-list" '("erc-")))
10730 ;;;***
10731 \f
10732 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el"
10733 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10734 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
10736 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-log" '("erc-")))
10738 ;;;***
10739 \f
10740 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
10741 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10742 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
10744 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-match" '("erc-")))
10746 ;;;***
10747 \f
10748 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el"
10749 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10750 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
10752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-menu" '("erc-menu-")))
10754 ;;;***
10755 \f
10756 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-netsplit"
10757 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (0 0 0 0))
10758 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
10760 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-netsplit" '("erc-")))
10762 ;;;***
10763 \f
10764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (0 0 0
10765 ;;;;;; 0))
10766 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
10768 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
10770 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
10771 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
10773 \(fn)" nil nil)
10775 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
10776 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
10778 \(fn)" t nil)
10780 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-networks" '("erc-")))
10782 ;;;***
10783 \f
10784 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el"
10785 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10786 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
10788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-notify" '("erc-")))
10790 ;;;***
10791 \f
10792 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el"
10793 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10794 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
10796 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-page" '("erc-")))
10798 ;;;***
10799 \f
10800 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-pcomplete"
10801 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
10802 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
10804 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-pcomplete" '("erc-pcomplet" "pcomplete")))
10806 ;;;***
10807 \f
10808 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-replace"
10809 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-replace.el" (0 0 0 0))
10810 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
10812 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-replace" '("erc-replace-")))
10814 ;;;***
10815 \f
10816 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el"
10817 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10818 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
10820 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ring" '("erc-")))
10822 ;;;***
10823 \f
10824 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-services"
10825 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-services.el" (0 0 0 0))
10826 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
10828 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-services" '("erc-")))
10830 ;;;***
10831 \f
10832 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el"
10833 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10834 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
10836 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-sound" '("erc-")))
10838 ;;;***
10839 \f
10840 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-speedbar"
10841 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (0 0 0 0))
10842 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
10844 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-speedbar" '("erc-")))
10846 ;;;***
10847 \f
10848 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-spelling"
10849 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-spelling.el" (0 0 0 0))
10850 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
10852 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-spelling" '("erc-spelling-")))
10854 ;;;***
10855 \f
10856 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el"
10857 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10858 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
10860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-stamp" '("erc-")))
10862 ;;;***
10863 \f
10864 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
10865 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10866 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
10868 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-track" '("erc-")))
10870 ;;;***
10871 \f
10872 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-truncate"
10873 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-truncate.el" (0 0 0 0))
10874 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
10876 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-truncate" '("erc-max-buffer-size")))
10878 ;;;***
10879 \f
10880 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
10881 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10882 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
10884 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-xdcc" '("erc-")))
10886 ;;;***
10887 \f
10888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (0 0 0 0))
10889 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
10891 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
10892 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
10894 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
10895 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
10897 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
10898 useful for assertions in BODY.
10900 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
10902 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
10903 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
10904 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
10908 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
10910 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
10912 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
10914 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
10916 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
10917 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
10919 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
10920 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
10924 Returns the stats object.
10926 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
10928 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
10929 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
10931 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
10932 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
10933 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
10934 the tests).
10936 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
10938 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
10939 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
10941 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
10942 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
10943 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
10944 and how to display message.
10946 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
10948 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
10950 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
10951 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
10953 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
10955 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert" '("ert-")))
10957 ;;;***
10958 \f
10959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
10960 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
10962 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
10964 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
10965 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
10967 \(fn)" t nil)
10969 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert-x" '("ert-")))
10971 ;;;***
10972 \f
10973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-arg" "eshell/esh-arg.el" (0 0 0 0))
10974 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-arg.el
10976 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-arg" '("eshell-")))
10978 ;;;***
10979 \f
10980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-cmd" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
10981 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-cmd.el
10983 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-cmd" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/eshell-debug")))
10985 ;;;***
10986 \f
10987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-ext" "eshell/esh-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
10988 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-ext.el
10990 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-ext" '("eshell")))
10992 ;;;***
10993 \f
10994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-io" "eshell/esh-io.el" (0 0 0 0))
10995 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-io.el
10997 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-io" '("eshell-")))
10999 ;;;***
11000 \f
11001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
11002 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
11004 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
11005 Emacs shell interactive mode.
11007 \(fn)" t nil)
11009 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-mode" '("eshell")))
11011 ;;;***
11012 \f
11013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-module" "eshell/esh-module.el" (0 0 0
11014 ;;;;;; 0))
11015 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-module.el
11017 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-module" '("eshell-")))
11019 ;;;***
11020 \f
11021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-opt" "eshell/esh-opt.el" (0 0 0 0))
11022 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-opt.el
11024 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-opt" '("eshell-")))
11026 ;;;***
11027 \f
11028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-proc" "eshell/esh-proc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11029 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-proc.el
11031 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-proc" '("eshell")))
11033 ;;;***
11034 \f
11035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-util" "eshell/esh-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
11036 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-util.el
11038 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-util" '("eshell-")))
11040 ;;;***
11041 \f
11042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-var" "eshell/esh-var.el" (0 0 0 0))
11043 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-var.el
11045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-var" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/")))
11047 ;;;***
11048 \f
11049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (0 0 0 0))
11050 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
11051 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11053 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
11054 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
11055 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
11056 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
11057 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
11058 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
11059 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
11060 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
11061 buffer selected (or created).
11063 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11065 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
11066 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
11067 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
11069 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
11071 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
11072 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
11073 The result might be any Lisp object.
11074 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
11075 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
11076 corresponding to a successful execution.
11078 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
11080 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
11082 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eshell" '("eshell-")))
11084 ;;;***
11085 \f
11086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (0 0 0 0))
11087 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
11089 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
11090 File name of tags table.
11091 To switch to a new tags table, do not set this variable; instead,
11092 invoke `visit-tags-table', which is the only reliable way of
11093 setting the value of this variable, whether buffer-local or global.
11094 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11095 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
11096 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
11098 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
11099 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
11100 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
11101 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
11103 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
11105 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
11106 List of file names of tags tables to search.
11108 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
11109 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
11110 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11112 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
11114 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
11115 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
11116 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
11118 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
11120 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
11121 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
11122 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
11123 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
11124 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
11126 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
11128 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
11133 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
11135 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
11137 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
11138 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
11139 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
11141 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
11143 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
11144 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
11146 \(fn)" t nil)
11148 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
11149 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
11150 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
11151 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
11154 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead. When called
11155 from Lisp, if the optional arg LOCAL is non-nil, set the local value.
11157 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
11158 file the tag was in.
11160 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
11162 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
11163 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
11164 Optional arg CONT specifies which tags table to visit.
11165 If CONT is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
11166 If CONT is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
11167 If CONT is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
11168 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
11169 If CONT is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
11170 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
11171 Optional second arg CBUF, if non-nil, specifies the initial buffer,
11172 which is important if that buffer has a local value of `tags-file-name'.
11173 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
11175 \(fn &optional CONT CBUF)" nil nil)
11177 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
11178 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
11179 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
11180 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
11181 without directory names.
11183 \(fn)" nil nil)
11185 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
11188 \(fn)" nil nil)
11189 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
11190 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
11191 (progn
11192 (load "etags")
11193 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
11195 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
11196 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11197 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
11198 but does not select the buffer.
11199 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
11201 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11202 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11203 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11204 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11207 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11209 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11211 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11213 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11215 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11217 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
11218 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11219 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
11220 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
11222 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11223 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11224 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11225 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11228 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11230 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11232 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11234 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11236 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11238 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
11240 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
11241 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11242 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
11243 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11244 around or before point.
11246 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11247 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11248 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11249 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11252 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11254 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11256 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11258 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11260 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11262 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
11264 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
11265 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11266 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
11267 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11268 around or before point.
11270 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11271 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11272 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11273 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11276 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11278 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11280 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11282 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11284 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
11286 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
11288 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
11289 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
11290 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
11292 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11293 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11294 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11295 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11298 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
11300 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11302 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11304 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11306 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
11308 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11310 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
11312 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
11313 Select next file among files in current tags table.
11315 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
11316 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
11317 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
11319 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
11320 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
11322 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
11323 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
11325 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
11327 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
11329 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
11330 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
11332 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
11333 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
11334 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
11335 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
11336 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
11338 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
11340 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
11341 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
11342 Stops when a match is found.
11345 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
11346 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
11347 restricted to these files.
11349 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
11351 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11353 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
11354 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
11355 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
11358 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
11360 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
11361 produce the list of files to search.
11363 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
11365 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11367 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
11368 Display list of tags in file FILE.
11369 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
11370 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
11371 directory specification.
11373 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
11375 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
11376 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
11378 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11380 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11382 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
11383 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
11384 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
11385 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
11387 \(fn)" t nil)
11389 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
11390 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
11391 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
11392 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
11395 \(fn)" t nil)
11397 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
11400 \(fn)" nil nil)
11402 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "etags" '("default-tags-table-function" "etags-" "file-of-tag" "find-tag-" "goto-tag-location-function" "initialize-new-tags-table" "last-tag" "list-tags-function" "next-file-list" "select-tags-table-" "snarf-tag-function" "tag" "verify-tags-table-function" "xref-")))
11404 ;;;***
11405 \f
11406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (0 0
11407 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11408 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
11410 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
11413 \(fn)" nil nil)
11415 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11416 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
11418 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11419 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11421 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
11422 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11423 primary language.
11425 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
11426 even if the buffer is read-only.
11428 See also the descriptions of the variables
11429 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11431 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11433 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
11434 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
11436 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11437 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11439 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
11440 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11441 primary language.
11443 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
11444 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
11446 See also the descriptions of the variables
11447 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11449 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11451 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
11453 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
11456 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11458 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11459 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
11460 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11461 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11463 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
11464 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11465 primary language.
11467 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
11468 buffer is read-only.
11470 See also the descriptions of the variables
11471 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11472 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11474 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11476 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
11477 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
11479 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11480 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11482 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
11483 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
11484 the primary language.
11486 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
11487 buffer is read-only.
11489 See also the descriptions of the variables
11490 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11491 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11493 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11495 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
11499 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11501 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
11502 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
11504 \(fn)" t nil)
11506 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
11507 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
11509 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
11510 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
11511 be 1, 2, or 3.
11513 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
11514 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
11515 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
11517 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
11519 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
11521 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
11522 This function is deprecated.
11524 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11526 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11527 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
11529 \(fn)" t nil)
11531 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11532 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
11534 \(fn)" t nil)
11536 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11537 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
11540 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
11542 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
11543 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
11545 \(fn)" nil nil)
11547 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11548 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
11550 \(fn)" nil nil)
11552 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
11553 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
11555 \(fn)" nil nil)
11557 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
11558 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
11560 \(fn)" nil nil)
11562 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
11563 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
11564 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
11566 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11568 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
11571 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
11573 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ethio-util" '("ethio-" "exit-ethiopic-environment")))
11575 ;;;***
11576 \f
11577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11578 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
11580 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
11581 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
11582 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
11583 server for future sessions.
11585 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
11587 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
11588 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
11589 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11591 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11593 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
11594 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
11595 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11597 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11599 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
11600 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
11601 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
11602 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
11603 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
11604 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
11605 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
11606 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
11607 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
11608 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
11609 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
11610 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
11612 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
11614 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
11615 Display a form to query the directory server.
11616 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
11617 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
11619 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
11621 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
11622 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
11623 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
11625 \(fn)" t nil)
11627 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Servers"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Servers" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Servers" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Servers" (cdr menu)))))))))))
11631 ;;;***
11632 \f
11633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (0 0 0 0))
11634 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
11637 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
11642 Display URL and make it clickable.
11647 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
11652 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
11657 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
11662 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
11666 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-bob" '("eudc-")))
11668 ;;;***
11669 \f
11670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (0 0 0 0))
11671 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
11674 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
11675 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
11680 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
11684 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-export" '("eudc-")))
11686 ;;;***
11687 \f
11688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (0 0 0
11689 ;;;;;; 0))
11690 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
11693 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
11697 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-hotlist" '("eudc-hotlist-")))
11699 ;;;***
11700 \f
11701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-vars" "net/eudc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
11702 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-vars.el
11704 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-vars" '("eudc-")))
11706 ;;;***
11707 \f
11708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-bbdb" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" (0 0 0 0))
11709 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-bbdb.el
11711 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-bbdb" '("eudc-bbdb-")))
11713 ;;;***
11714 \f
11715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-ldap" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
11716 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-ldap.el
11718 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-ldap" '("eudc-")))
11720 ;;;***
11721 \f
11722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-mab" "net/eudcb-mab.el" (0 0 0 0))
11723 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-mab.el
11725 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-mab" '("eudc-")))
11727 ;;;***
11728 \f
11729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11730 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
11733 Create an empty ewoc.
11735 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
11737 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
11738 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
11739 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
11740 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
11741 `insert-before-markers'.
11743 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
11744 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
11745 respectively, of the ewoc.
11747 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
11748 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
11749 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
11755 ;;;***
11756 \f
11757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (0 0 0 0))
11758 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
11761 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
11762 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
11763 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
11769 Fetch URL and render the page.
11770 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
11771 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
11777 Render FILE using EWW.
11782 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
11783 If region is active (and not whitespace), search the web for
11784 the text between BEG and END. Else, prompt the user for a search
11785 string. See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search
11786 engine used.
11791 Mode for browsing the web.
11801 Display the bookmarks.
11807 ;;;***
11808 \f
11809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (0 0
11810 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11811 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
11814 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
11820 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11822 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
11823 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
11828 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
11829 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix-env',
11830 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
11831 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
11832 executable.
11837 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
11838 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
11839 file modes.
11843 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "executable" '("executable-")))
11845 ;;;***
11846 \f
11847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (0 0 0 0))
11848 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
11851 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
11852 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
11853 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
11855 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
11857 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
11858 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
11859 to generate such functions.
11861 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
11862 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
11863 beginning of the expanded text.
11865 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
11866 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
11867 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
11868 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
11870 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
11875 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
11876 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
11881 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
11882 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
11887 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
11888 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
11894 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "expand" '("expand-")))
11896 ;;;***
11897 \f
11898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ezimage" "ezimage.el" (0 0 0 0))
11899 ;;; Generated autoloads from ezimage.el
11901 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ezimage" '("ezimage-")))
11903 ;;;***
11904 \f
11905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (0 0 0 0))
11906 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
11909 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
11910 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
11918 Key definitions:
11921 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11923 `f90-do-indent'
11924 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
11925 `f90-if-indent'
11926 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
11927 `f90-type-indent'
11928 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
11929 `f90-program-indent'
11930 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
11931 (default 2).
11932 `f90-associate-indent'
11933 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
11934 `f90-critical-indent'
11935 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
11936 `f90-continuation-indent'
11937 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
11938 `f90-comment-region'
11941 `f90-indented-comment-re'
11942 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
11944 `f90-directive-comment-re'
11947 `f90-break-delimiters'
11948 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
11950 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
11951 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
11952 (default t).
11953 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
11954 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
11955 `f90-smart-end'
11956 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
11957 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
11958 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
11959 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
11960 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
11961 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
11962 `f90-leave-line-no'
11963 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
11965 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
11966 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11972 ;;;***
11973 \f
11974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (0 0 0 0))
11975 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
11978 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
11979 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
11980 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
11982 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
11983 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
11984 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
11985 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
11986 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
11988 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
11989 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
11990 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
11991 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
11992 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
11993 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
11994 attributes.
11996 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
11997 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
12002 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
12003 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
12004 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
12009 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
12010 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
12011 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
12013 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
12014 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
12015 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
12017 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
12018 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
12019 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
12020 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
12025 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
12026 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
12028 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
12029 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12030 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
12031 the same amount).
12036 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
12037 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
12039 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12040 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
12041 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
12042 will remove any scaling currently active.
12047 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
12048 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
12057 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
12059 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
12061 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
12062 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
12064 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
12065 - Decrease the default face height by one step
12066 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
12068 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
12069 the face height as long as the input event read
12070 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
12072 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12073 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
12074 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
12075 will remove any scaling currently active.
12077 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
12078 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
12079 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
12080 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
12081 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
12086 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
12087 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12088 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12089 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
12090 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
12095 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12096 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12097 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12098 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12099 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
12100 `buffer-face-mode'.
12102 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
12103 local, and sets it to FACE.
12108 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12109 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12110 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12111 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12112 `face' text property.
12114 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
12115 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
12116 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
12117 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
12119 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
12120 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
12125 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
12126 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
12127 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
12131 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "face-remap" '("buffer-face-mode-" "face-" "internal-lisp-face-attributes" "text-scale-m")))
12133 ;;;***
12134 \f
12135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "faceup" "emacs-lisp/faceup.el" (0 0 0 0))
12136 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/faceup.el
12140 Display the faceup representation of the current buffer.
12145 Save the faceup representation of the current buffer to the file FILE-NAME.
12147 Unless a name is given, the file will be named xxx.faceup, where
12148 xxx is the file name associated with the buffer.
12150 If optional second arg CONFIRM is non-nil, this function
12151 asks for confirmation before overwriting an existing file.
12152 Interactively, confirmation is required unless you supply a prefix argument.
12157 Convert BUFFER containing Faceup markup to a new buffer and display it.
12162 Remove faceup markup from buffer.
12167 Define an Ert explainer function for FUNCTION.
12169 FUNCTION must return an explanation when the test fails and
12170 `faceup-test-explain' is set.
12174 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "faceup" '("faceup-")))
12176 ;;;***
12177 \f
12178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
12179 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
12183 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
12184 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
12185 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
12190 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
12195 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
12196 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
12197 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
12202 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
12203 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
12204 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
12205 backup file names and the like).
12210 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
12211 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
12212 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
12213 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
12214 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
12215 internally by feedmail):
12217 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
12218 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
12219 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
12220 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
12222 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
12223 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
12224 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
12225 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
12226 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
12230 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "feedmail" '("feedmail-")))
12232 ;;;***
12233 \f
12234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (0 0 0 0))
12235 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
12238 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
12239 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
12240 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
12242 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
12243 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
12248 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
12249 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
12250 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
12251 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12252 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
12253 `ffap-url-unwrap-local', `ffap-url-unwrap-remote', and the functions
12254 `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
12261 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
12262 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
12263 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
12264 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
12265 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
12270 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
12271 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
12272 Return value:
12273 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
12274 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
12275 * otherwise, nil
12280 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
12281 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12286 Try to get a file name at point.
12287 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
12292 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
12296 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ffap" '("dired-at-point-" "ffap-" "find-file-literally-at-point")))
12298 ;;;***
12299 \f
12300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (0 0 0 0))
12301 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
12304 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
12305 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
12306 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
12311 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
12312 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
12313 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12314 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12315 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12320 Add FILE to the file cache.
12325 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
12326 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
12331 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
12332 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
12337 Add DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
12338 This function does not use any external programs.
12339 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12340 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12341 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12346 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
12347 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
12348 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
12349 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
12350 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
12351 \(directories) is done.
12355 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filecache" '("file-cache-")))
12357 ;;;***
12358 \f
12359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (0 0 0 0))
12360 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
12363 Handle file system monitoring event.
12364 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
12366 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
12368 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
12372 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filenotify" '("file-notify-")))
12374 ;;;***
12375 \f
12376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
12377 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
12380 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
12382 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12383 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
12384 Local Variables list.
12386 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
12387 then this function adds the first line containing the string
12388 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
12393 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
12398 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
12400 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12401 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
12402 the -*- line.
12404 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
12405 then this function adds it.
12410 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
12415 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
12420 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
12425 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
12430 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
12435 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
12443 Add PROFILES for CRITERIA.
12444 CRITERIA is a plist identifying a connection and the application
12445 using this connection, see `connection-local-criteria-alist'.
12446 PROFILES are the names of connection profiles (a symbol).
12448 When a connection to a remote server is opened and CRITERIA
12449 matches to that server, the connection-local variables from
12450 PROFILES are applied to the corresponding process buffer. The
12451 variables for a connection profile are defined using
12452 `connection-local-set-profile-variables'.
12457 Map the symbol PROFILE to a list of variable settings.
12458 VARIABLES is a list that declares connection-local variables for
12459 the connection profile. An element in VARIABLES is an alist
12460 whose elements are of the form (VAR . VALUE).
12462 When a connection to a remote server is opened, the server's
12463 connection profiles are found. A server may be assigned a
12464 connection profile using `connection-local-set-profiles'. Then
12465 variables are set in the server's process buffer according to the
12466 VARIABLES list of the connection profile. The list is processed
12467 in order.
12472 Apply connection-local variables identified by CRITERIA.
12473 Other local variables, like file-local and dir-local variables,
12474 will not be changed.
12479 Apply connection-local variables according to PROFILES in current buffer.
12480 Execute BODY, and unwind connection-local variables.
12486 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "files-x" '("connection-local-" "hack-connection-local-variables" "modify-" "read-file-local-variable")))
12488 ;;;***
12489 \f
12490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (0 0 0 0))
12491 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
12494 Filesets initialization.
12495 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
12499 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filesets" '("filesets-")))
12501 ;;;***
12502 \f
12503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
12504 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
12508 Initiate the building of a find command.
12509 For example:
12516 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
12517 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
12521 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-cmd" '("find-")))
12523 ;;;***
12524 \f
12525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
12526 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
12529 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
12530 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
12534 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
12540 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
12541 and run Dired on those files.
12542 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
12543 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
12547 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
12552 Find files in DIR that contain matches for REGEXP and start Dired on output.
12553 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
12558 where the first string in the value of the variable `find-ls-option'
12563 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-dired" '("find-" "kill-find" "lookfor-dired")))
12565 ;;;***
12566 \f
12567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
12568 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
12570 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
12571 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
12572 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
12573 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
12574 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
12575 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
12581 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12582 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
12584 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
12591 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12592 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
12594 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
12595 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
12597 Variables of interest include:
12599 - `ff-case-fold-search'
12600 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
12601 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
12603 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
12604 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
12605 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
12607 - `ff-ignore-include'
12608 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
12610 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
12611 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
12613 - `ff-quiet-mode'
12614 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
12616 - `ff-special-constructs'
12617 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
12618 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
12619 extracting the filename from that construct.
12621 - `ff-other-file-alist'
12622 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
12624 - `ff-search-directories'
12625 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
12626 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
12628 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
12629 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
12631 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
12632 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
12634 - `ff-post-load-hook'
12635 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
12637 - `ff-not-found-hook'
12638 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
12640 - `ff-file-created-hook'
12641 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
12646 Visit the file you click on.
12651 Visit the file you click on in another window.
12655 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-file" '("cc-" "ff-" "modula2-other-file-alist")))
12657 ;;;***
12658 \f
12659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (0 0
12660 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12661 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
12664 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
12666 Interactively, prompt for LIBRARY using the one at or near point.
12671 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY in another window.
12673 See `find-library' for more details.
12678 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY in another frame.
12680 See `find-library' for more details.
12685 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
12686 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
12687 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
12689 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
12690 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
12691 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
12692 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
12697 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
12699 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
12700 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
12701 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
12702 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
12704 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
12705 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
12706 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
12708 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
12709 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
12710 in `load-path'.
12715 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
12717 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
12718 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
12719 places point before the definition.
12720 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12722 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
12723 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12724 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12729 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12731 See `find-function' for more details.
12736 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12738 See `find-function' for more details.
12743 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
12745 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
12746 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
12747 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
12749 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
12750 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12755 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
12757 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
12758 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
12759 places point before the definition.
12761 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12763 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
12764 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12765 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12770 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
12772 See `find-variable' for more details.
12777 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
12779 See `find-variable' for more details.
12784 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
12785 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
12786 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
12787 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
12788 buffer nor display it.
12790 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
12791 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12796 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
12798 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
12799 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
12800 places point before the definition.
12802 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12804 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
12805 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12806 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12811 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
12812 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12817 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
12818 See `find-function-on-key'.
12823 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
12824 See `find-function-on-key'.
12829 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
12834 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
12839 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
12843 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-func" '("find-" "read-library-name")))
12845 ;;;***
12846 \f
12847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
12848 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
12851 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
12856 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
12861 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
12865 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-lisp" '("find-lisp-")))
12867 ;;;***
12868 \f
12869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (0 0 0 0))
12870 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
12874 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
12879 Display FILE's commentary section.
12880 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
12885 Find packages matching a given keyword.
12889 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "finder" '("finder-" "generated-finder-keywords-file")))
12891 ;;;***
12892 \f
12893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (0 0 0 0))
12894 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
12897 Toggle flow control handling.
12899 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
12904 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
12906 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
12908 to get the effect of a C-q.
12912 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-ctrl" '("flow-control-c-")))
12914 ;;;***
12915 \f
12916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "mail/flow-fill.el" (0 0 0 0))
12917 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/flow-fill.el
12929 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-fill" '("fill-flowed-")))
12931 ;;;***
12932 \f
12933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (0 0 0 0))
12934 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
12938 Log, at level LEVEL, the message MSG formatted with ARGS.
12939 LEVEL is passed to `display-warning', which is used to display
12940 the warning. If this form is included in a byte-compiled file,
12941 the generated warning contains an indication of the file that
12942 generated it.
12947 Make a Flymake diagnostic for BUFFER's region from BEG to END.
12948 TYPE is a key to `flymake-diagnostic-types-alist' and TEXT is a
12949 description of the problem detected in this region.
12954 Get Flymake diagnostics in region determined by BEG and END.
12956 If neither BEG or END is supplied, use the whole buffer,
12957 otherwise if BEG is non-nil and END is nil, consider only
12958 diagnostics at BEG.
12963 Compute BUFFER's region (BEG . END) corresponding to LINE and COL.
12964 If COL is nil, return a region just for LINE. Return nil if the
12965 region is invalid.
12970 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
12971 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
12972 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12973 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
12975 Flymake is an Emacs minor mode for on-the-fly syntax checking.
12976 Flymake collects diagnostic information from multiple sources,
12977 called backends, and visually annotates the buffer with the
12978 results.
12980 Flymake performs these checks while the user is editing. The
12981 customization variables `flymake-start-on-flymake-mode',
12982 `flymake-no-changes-timeout' and
12983 `flymake-start-syntax-check-on-newline' determine the exact
12984 circumstances whereupon Flymake decides to initiate a check of
12985 the buffer.
12987 The commands `flymake-goto-next-error' and
12988 `flymake-goto-prev-error' can be used to navigate among Flymake
12989 diagnostics annotated in the buffer.
12991 The visual appearance of each type of diagnostic can be changed
12992 in the variable `flymake-diagnostic-types-alist'.
12994 Activation or deactivation of backends used by Flymake in each
12995 buffer happens via the special hook
12996 `flymake-diagnostic-functions'.
12998 Some backends may take longer than others to respond or complete,
12999 and some may decide to disable themselves if they are not
13000 suitable for the current buffer. The commands
13001 `flymake-running-backends', `flymake-disabled-backends' and
13002 `flymake-reporting-backends' summarize the situation, as does the
13003 special *Flymake log* buffer.
13008 Turn Flymake mode on.
13013 Turn Flymake mode off.
13017 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flymake" '("flymake-")))
13019 ;;;***
13020 \f
13021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake-proc" "progmodes/flymake-proc.el"
13022 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
13023 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake-proc.el
13026 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flymake-proc" '("flymake-proc-")))
13028 ;;;***
13029 \f
13030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (0 0 0 0))
13031 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
13034 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
13040 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
13041 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
13042 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13043 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13045 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
13046 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
13047 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
13049 Bindings:
13055 Hooks:
13056 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
13058 Remark:
13059 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
13060 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
13061 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
13063 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
13064 consider adding:
13066 in your init file.
13074 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
13079 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
13084 Turn Flyspell mode off.
13089 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
13094 Flyspell whole buffer.
13098 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flyspell" '("flyspell-" "mail-mode-flyspell-verify" "make-flyspell-overlay" "sgml-mode-flyspell-verify" "tex")))
13100 ;;;***
13101 \f
13102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (0 0 0 0))
13103 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
13106 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "foldout" '("foldout-")))
13108 ;;;***
13109 \f
13110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (0 0 0 0))
13111 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
13114 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
13119 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
13124 Toggle Follow mode.
13125 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
13126 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13127 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13129 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
13130 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
13132 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
13133 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
13134 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
13136 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
13137 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
13138 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
13139 movement commands.
13141 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two or
13142 more side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of
13143 Follow mode, use these full-height windows as though they were one.
13144 Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, and
13145 being able to use 144 or 216 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
13146 mileage may vary).
13148 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
13151 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
13153 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
13155 Keys specific to Follow mode:
13161 Scroll text in a Follow mode window up by that window's size.
13162 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
13164 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
13165 the window will be visible after the scroll.
13167 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
13168 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
13170 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
13175 Scroll text in a Follow mode window down by that window's size.
13176 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
13178 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
13179 the window in the chain will be visible after the scroll.
13181 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
13182 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
13184 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
13189 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
13191 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
13192 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
13194 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
13195 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
13197 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
13202 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
13204 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
13205 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
13207 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
13208 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
13210 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
13215 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
13217 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
13218 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
13219 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
13220 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
13221 two windows always will display two successive pages.
13222 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
13224 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
13225 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
13226 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
13230 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "follow" '("follow-")))
13232 ;;;***
13233 \f
13234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fontset" "international/fontset.el" (0 0 0
13235 ;;;;;; 0))
13236 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
13238 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fontset" '("charset-script-alist" "create-" "fontset-" "generate-fontset-menu" "set" "standard-fontset-spec" "x-" "xlfd-")))
13240 ;;;***
13241 \f
13242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (0 0 0 0))
13243 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
13247 Toggle Footnote mode.
13248 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
13249 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13250 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13252 Footnote mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
13253 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
13254 play around with the following keys:
13259 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "footnote" '("footnote-")))
13261 ;;;***
13262 \f
13263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "format-spec" "format-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
13264 ;;; Generated autoloads from format-spec.el
13266 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "format-spec" '("format-spec")))
13268 ;;;***
13269 \f
13270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
13271 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
13274 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
13276 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
13277 TAB forms-next-field TAB
13278 C-c TAB forms-next-field
13279 C-c < forms-first-record <
13280 C-c > forms-last-record >
13281 C-c ? describe-mode ?
13282 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
13283 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
13284 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
13285 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
13286 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
13287 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
13288 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
13289 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
13290 C-c C-x forms-exit x
13295 Visit a file in Forms mode.
13300 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
13304 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "forms" '("forms-")))
13306 ;;;***
13307 \f
13308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (0 0 0 0))
13309 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
13312 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
13313 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
13316 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
13320 Key definitions:
13323 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
13325 `fortran-comment-line-start'
13327 `fortran-do-indent'
13328 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
13329 `fortran-if-indent'
13330 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
13331 `fortran-structure-indent'
13332 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
13333 (default 3)
13334 `fortran-continuation-indent'
13335 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
13336 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
13337 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
13338 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
13339 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
13340 nil don't change the indentation
13341 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13342 value of either
13343 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
13344 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
13345 depending on the continuation format in use.
13346 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13347 indentation for a line of code.
13348 (default `fixed')
13349 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
13350 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
13352 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
13353 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
13354 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
13355 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
13356 `fortran-line-number-indent'
13357 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
13358 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
13359 column 5.
13360 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
13362 statements (default nil).
13363 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
13365 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
13366 `fortran-continuation-string'
13367 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
13369 `fortran-comment-region'
13372 `fortran-electric-line-number'
13373 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
13374 as typed (default t).
13375 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
13376 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
13378 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
13379 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13383 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortran" '("fortran-")))
13385 ;;;***
13386 \f
13387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (0 0 0 0))
13388 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
13391 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
13393 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13394 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13399 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
13401 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13402 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13407 Compile fortune file.
13409 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
13410 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
13415 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
13417 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13418 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13419 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13420 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13425 Display a fortune cookie to the mini-buffer.
13426 If called with a prefix, it has the same behavior as `fortune'.
13427 Optional FILE is a fortune file from which a cookie will be selected.
13432 Display a fortune cookie.
13433 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13434 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13435 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13436 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13440 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortune" '("fortune-")))
13442 ;;;***
13443 \f
13444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (0 0 0 0))
13445 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
13447 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
13448 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
13451 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (client . :never) (delete-before . :never) (font . frameset-filter-font-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (frameset--text-pixel-height . :save) (frameset--text-pixel-width . :save) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-frame . :never) (parent-id . :never) (mouse-wheel-frame . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
13452 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
13456 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
13458 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
13459 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
13461 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
13462 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
13463 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
13464 intend to modify existing values, do
13466 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
13468 before changing anything.
13470 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
13471 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
13473 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
13474 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
13475 to restore the frame.
13477 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
13478 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
13479 parameter), and ACTION can be:
13481 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
13482 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
13483 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
13484 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
13485 FILTER A filter function.
13487 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
13488 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
13490 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
13492 where
13494 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
13495 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
13496 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
13497 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
13498 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
13499 before restoring it.
13500 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
13502 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
13503 It must return:
13504 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
13505 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
13506 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
13508 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
13512 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
13513 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
13514 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
13515 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
13516 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
13517 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
13522 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
13527 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
13528 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
13529 If nil, check all live frames.
13534 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
13535 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
13536 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
13537 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
13538 `frameset' defstruct for details.
13539 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
13540 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13541 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
13542 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
13543 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
13548 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
13550 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
13551 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
13552 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
13553 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
13554 and window-state is not restored.
13556 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
13557 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13559 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
13560 t All existing frames can be reused.
13561 nil No existing frame can be reused.
13562 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
13563 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
13564 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
13566 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
13567 t Frames are restored in the current display.
13568 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
13569 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
13570 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
13571 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
13572 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
13573 be created from that parameter alist.
13575 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
13576 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
13577 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
13578 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
13579 PRED A function called with three arguments,
13580 - the live frame just restored,
13581 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
13582 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
13583 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
13586 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
13587 nil Keep all frames.
13588 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
13589 - FRAME, a live frame.
13590 - ACTION, which can be one of
13591 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
13592 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
13593 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
13594 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
13595 Return value is ignored.
13597 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
13598 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
13599 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
13600 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
13601 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
13603 All keyword parameters default to nil.
13605 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
13608 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
13609 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
13614 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
13615 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
13620 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
13622 Argument is a character, naming the register.
13624 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
13628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "frameset" '("frameset-")))
13630 ;;;***
13631 \f
13632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fringe" "fringe.el" (0 0 0 0))
13633 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
13635 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fringe" '("fringe-" "set-fringe-")))
13637 ;;;***
13638 \f
13639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (0 0 0 0))
13640 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
13643 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gamegrid" '("gamegrid-")))
13645 ;;;***
13646 \f
13647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gametree" "play/gametree.el" (0 0 0 0))
13648 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gametree.el
13650 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gametree" '("gametree-")))
13652 ;;;***
13653 \f
13654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (0 0 0 0))
13655 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
13658 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
13659 See the `gdb-enable-debug' command
13665 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
13666 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
13667 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
13668 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
13669 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
13670 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
13675 Run gdb passing it COMMAND-LINE as arguments.
13677 If COMMAND-LINE names a program FILE to debug, gdb will run in
13678 a buffer named *gud-FILE*, and the directory containing FILE
13679 becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory
13680 for your debugger.
13681 If COMMAND-LINE requests that gdb attaches to a process PID, gdb
13682 will run in *gud-PID*, otherwise it will run in *gud*; in these
13683 cases the initial working directory is the default-directory of
13684 the buffer in which this command was invoked.
13689 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
13690 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
13691 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
13692 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
13694 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
13695 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
13696 shown in some of the buffers.
13698 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
13700 The following commands help control operation :
13702 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
13703 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
13705 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
13706 detailed description of this mode.
13709 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
13710 | GDB Toolbar |
13711 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13712 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
13713 | | |
13714 | | |
13715 | | |
13716 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13717 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
13718 | | (comint-mode) |
13719 | | |
13720 | | |
13721 | | |
13722 | | |
13723 | | |
13724 | | |
13725 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13726 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
13727 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
13728 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
13729 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
13730 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13734 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gdb-mi" '("breakpoint-" "def-gdb-" "gdb" "gud-" "nil")))
13736 ;;;***
13737 \f
13738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generator" "emacs-lisp/generator.el" (0 0
13739 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13740 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generator.el
13742 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generator" '("cps-" "iter-")))
13744 ;;;***
13745 \f
13746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (0 0 0 0))
13747 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
13750 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
13751 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
13755 Create a new generic mode MODE.
13757 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
13758 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
13759 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
13760 documentation string instead.
13762 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
13763 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
13767 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
13768 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
13769 enders are actually possible.
13771 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
13772 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
13774 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
13775 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
13776 `font-lock-keywords'.
13778 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
13779 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
13780 runs the macro expansion.
13782 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
13783 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
13784 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
13786 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
13788 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
13795 Go into the generic mode MODE.
13800 Enter generic mode MODE.
13802 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
13804 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
13806 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
13807 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
13812 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
13813 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
13814 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
13815 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
13816 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
13817 regular expression that can be used as an element of
13818 `font-lock-keywords'.
13824 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic" '("generic-")))
13826 ;;;***
13827 \f
13828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic-x" "generic-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
13829 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic-x.el
13831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic-x" '("default-generic-mode" "generic-")))
13833 ;;;***
13834 \f
13835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (0 0 0 0))
13836 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
13839 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
13840 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13841 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13842 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
13843 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
13847 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "glasses" '("glasses-")))
13849 ;;;***
13850 \f
13851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
13852 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
13855 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
13856 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
13861 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
13863 Guideline for numbers:
13864 1 - error messages
13865 3 - non-serious error messages
13866 5 - messages for things that take a long time
13867 7 - not very important messages on stuff
13868 9 - messages inside loops.
13873 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
13874 ARGS are passed to `message'.
13879 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
13884 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
13886 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
13887 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
13889 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
13890 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
13891 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
13893 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
13894 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
13899 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
13903 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gmm-utils" '("defun-gmm" "gmm-")))
13905 ;;;***
13906 \f
13907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (0 0 0 0))
13908 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
13914 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
13919 Read network news.
13920 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
13921 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
13922 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
13923 name of an NNTP server to use.
13924 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
13925 server.
13930 Read news as a slave.
13935 Pop up a frame to read news.
13936 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
13937 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
13938 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
13939 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
13940 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
13942 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
13943 current display is used.
13948 Read network news.
13949 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
13950 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
13951 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
13957 ;;;***
13958 \f
13959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (0 0 0 0))
13960 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
13963 Start Gnus unplugged.
13968 Start Gnus plugged.
13973 Read news as a slave unplugged.
13978 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
13980 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
13981 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
13982 customize gnus-agent to nil.
13984 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
13985 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
13986 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
13991 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
13996 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
13997 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
13998 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
13999 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
14000 supported.
14005 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
14006 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
14007 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
14008 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
14009 supported.
14014 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
14019 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
14020 downloaded into the agent.
14025 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
14026 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
14027 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
14032 Start Gnus and fetch session.
14037 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
14042 Regenerate all agent covered files.
14043 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
14047 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-agent" '("gnus-")))
14049 ;;;***
14050 \f
14051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (0 0 0 0))
14052 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
14055 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
14059 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-art" '("article-" "gnus-")))
14061 ;;;***
14062 \f
14063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-async" "gnus/gnus-async.el" (0 0 0 0))
14064 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-async.el
14066 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-async" '("gnus-")))
14068 ;;;***
14069 \f
14070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bcklg" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" (0 0 0 0))
14071 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bcklg.el
14073 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bcklg" '("gnus-backlog-")))
14075 ;;;***
14076 \f
14077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (0
14078 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14079 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
14082 Set a bookmark for this article.
14087 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
14092 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
14093 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
14094 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
14095 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
14099 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bookmark" '("gnus-bookmark-")))
14101 ;;;***
14102 \f
14103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
14104 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
14107 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
14109 Usage:
14110 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
14115 Generate the cache active file.
14120 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
14125 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
14126 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
14127 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
14128 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
14129 supported.
14134 Delete GROUP from the cache.
14135 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
14136 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
14137 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
14138 supported.
14142 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cache" '("gnus-")))
14144 ;;;***
14145 \f
14146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cite" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" (0 0 0 0))
14147 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cite.el
14149 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cite" '("gnus-" "turn-o")))
14151 ;;;***
14152 \f
14153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cloud" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" (0 0 0 0))
14154 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cloud.el
14156 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cloud" '("gnus-cloud-")))
14158 ;;;***
14159 \f
14160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cus" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" (0 0 0 0))
14161 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cus.el
14163 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cus" '("category-fields" "gnus-")))
14165 ;;;***
14166 \f
14167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (0 0 0 0))
14168 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
14171 Delay this article by some time.
14172 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
14174 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
14175 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
14177 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
14178 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
14180 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
14181 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
14186 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
14191 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
14192 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
14193 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
14195 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
14196 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
14200 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-delay" '("gnus-delay-")))
14202 ;;;***
14203 \f
14204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-demon" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" (0 0 0 0))
14205 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-demon.el
14207 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-demon" '("gnus-")))
14209 ;;;***
14210 \f
14211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (0 0 0 0))
14212 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
14224 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-diary" '("gnus-")))
14226 ;;;***
14227 \f
14228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
14229 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
14232 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
14236 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dired" '("gnus-dired-")))
14238 ;;;***
14239 \f
14240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (0 0 0 0))
14241 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
14244 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
14248 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-draft" '("gnus-")))
14250 ;;;***
14251 \f
14252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dup" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" (0 0 0 0))
14253 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dup.el
14255 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dup" '("gnus-")))
14257 ;;;***
14258 \f
14259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-eform" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" (0 0 0 0))
14260 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-eform.el
14262 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-eform" '("gnus-edit-form")))
14264 ;;;***
14265 \f
14266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (0 0 0 0))
14267 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
14270 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
14277 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14279 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14284 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14289 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
14291 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
14292 different input formats.
14297 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
14299 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
14300 different input formats.
14305 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
14306 The PNG is returned as a string.
14311 Convert FILE to a Face.
14312 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
14313 726 bytes.
14318 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
14320 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14325 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
14329 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-fun" '("gnus-")))
14331 ;;;***
14332 \f
14333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (0
14334 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14335 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
14338 Display gravatar in the From header.
14339 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
14344 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
14345 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
14349 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-gravatar" '("gnus-gravatar-")))
14351 ;;;***
14352 \f
14353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (0 0 0 0))
14354 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
14357 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
14358 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
14359 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
14364 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
14368 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-group" '("gnus-")))
14370 ;;;***
14371 \f
14372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
14373 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
14385 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-html" '("gnus-")))
14387 ;;;***
14388 \f
14389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-icalendar" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" (0
14390 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14391 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-icalendar.el
14393 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-icalendar" '("gnus-icalendar")))
14395 ;;;***
14396 \f
14397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-int" "gnus/gnus-int.el" (0 0 0 0))
14398 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-int.el
14400 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-int" '("gnus-")))
14402 ;;;***
14403 \f
14404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (0 0 0 0))
14405 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
14410 Run batched scoring.
14411 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
14415 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-kill" '("gnus-")))
14417 ;;;***
14418 \f
14419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-logic" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" (0 0 0 0))
14420 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-logic.el
14422 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-logic" '("gnus-")))
14424 ;;;***
14425 \f
14426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mh" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" (0 0 0 0))
14427 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mh.el
14429 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mh" '("gnus-")))
14431 ;;;***
14432 \f
14433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (0 0 0 0))
14434 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
14442 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
14443 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
14448 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
14454 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-ml" '("gnus-mailing-list-")))
14456 ;;;***
14457 \f
14458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (0 0 0 0))
14459 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
14462 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
14463 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
14464 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
14465 group parameters.
14467 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
14468 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
14469 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
14470 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
14472 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
14473 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
14474 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
14475 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
14476 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
14477 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
14478 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
14479 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
14480 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
14481 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
14486 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
14487 It does this by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
14489 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
14490 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
14495 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14496 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
14498 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
14503 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14504 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
14506 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
14508 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
14509 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
14510 existing groups are considered.
14512 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
14513 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
14514 returned.
14516 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
14517 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
14518 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
14519 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
14520 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
14521 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
14522 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
14523 clauses will be generated.
14525 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
14526 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
14527 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
14528 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
14529 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
14530 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
14532 For example, given the following group parameters:
14534 nnml:mail.bar:
14537 nnml:mail.foo:
14542 nnml:mail.others:
14543 \((split-spec . catch-all))
14555 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mlspl" '("gnus-group-split-")))
14557 ;;;***
14558 \f
14559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (0 0 0 0))
14560 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
14563 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14564 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
14565 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
14566 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
14567 instead.
14569 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
14572 Mail to ADDRESS.
14577 Like `message-reply'.
14581 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
14583 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-msg" '("gnus-")))
14585 ;;;***
14586 \f
14587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
14588 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
14589 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
14592 Send a notification on new message.
14593 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
14594 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
14595 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
14597 This is typically a function to add in
14598 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
14602 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-notifications" '("gnus-notifications-")))
14604 ;;;***
14605 \f
14606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (0 0 0 0))
14607 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
14610 Display picons in the From header.
14611 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14616 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
14617 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14622 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
14623 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14627 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-picon" '("gnus-picon-")))
14629 ;;;***
14630 \f
14631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (0 0 0 0))
14632 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
14635 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14636 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14637 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
14642 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14643 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14644 LIST1 is modified.
14649 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
14650 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14660 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
14661 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14666 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
14667 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
14674 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14675 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14680 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
14681 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14686 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14687 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14692 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
14696 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-range" '("gnus-")))
14698 ;;;***
14699 \f
14700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (0
14701 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14702 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
14705 Initialize the Gnus registry.
14710 Install the registry hooks.
14714 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-registry" '("gnus-")))
14716 ;;;***
14717 \f
14718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-rfc1843" "gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el" (0 0
14719 ;;;;;; 0 0))
14720 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el
14722 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-rfc1843" '("rfc1843-")))
14724 ;;;***
14725 \f
14726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-salt" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" (0 0 0 0))
14727 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-salt.el
14729 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-salt" '("gnus-")))
14731 ;;;***
14732 \f
14733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-score" "gnus/gnus-score.el" (0 0 0 0))
14734 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-score.el
14736 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-score" '("gnus-")))
14738 ;;;***
14739 \f
14740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (0 0 0 0))
14741 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
14744 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14745 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14746 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
14747 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
14748 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
14753 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14754 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14755 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
14756 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
14765 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sieve" '("gnus-sieve-")))
14767 ;;;***
14768 \f
14769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
14770 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
14773 Update the format specification near point.
14777 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-spec" '("gnus-")))
14779 ;;;***
14780 \f
14781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-srvr" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" (0 0 0 0))
14782 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-srvr.el
14784 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-srvr" '("gnus-")))
14786 ;;;***
14787 \f
14788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (0 0 0 0))
14789 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
14792 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
14796 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-start" '("gnus-")))
14798 ;;;***
14799 \f
14800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (0 0 0 0))
14801 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
14804 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
14805 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
14809 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sum" '("gnus-")))
14811 ;;;***
14812 \f
14813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-topic" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" (0 0 0 0))
14814 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-topic.el
14816 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-topic" '("gnus-")))
14818 ;;;***
14819 \f
14820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-undo" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
14821 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-undo.el
14823 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-undo" '("gnus-")))
14825 ;;;***
14826 \f
14827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-util" "gnus/gnus-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
14828 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-util.el
14830 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-util" '("gnus-")))
14832 ;;;***
14833 \f
14834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-uu" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
14835 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-uu.el
14837 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-uu" '("gnus-")))
14839 ;;;***
14840 \f
14841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-vm" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" (0 0 0 0))
14842 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-vm.el
14844 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-vm" '("gnus-")))
14846 ;;;***
14847 \f
14848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (0 0 0 0))
14849 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
14852 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
14856 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-win" '("gnus-")))
14858 ;;;***
14859 \f
14860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (0 0 0 0))
14861 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
14864 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
14865 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
14866 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
14867 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
14868 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
14874 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnutls" '("gnutls-" "open-gnutls-stream")))
14876 ;;;***
14877 \f
14878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (0 0 0 0))
14879 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
14882 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
14884 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
14885 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
14886 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
14888 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
14889 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
14890 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
14892 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
14895 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
14896 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
14902 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gomoku" '("gomoku-")))
14904 ;;;***
14905 \f
14906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (0 0 0 0))
14907 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
14910 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
14911 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
14912 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
14913 there, then load the URL at or before point.
14918 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
14919 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
14920 or to send e-mail.
14921 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
14922 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
14924 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
14925 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
14931 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
14932 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
14933 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
14934 if ARG is omitted or nil.
14939 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
14943 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "goto-addr" '("goto-address-")))
14945 ;;;***
14946 \f
14947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "image/gravatar.el" (0 0 0 0))
14948 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/gravatar.el
14951 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
14952 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
14957 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
14961 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gravatar" '("gravatar-")))
14963 ;;;***
14964 \f
14965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (0 0 0 0))
14966 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
14975 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
14976 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
14977 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
14979 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
14980 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
14987 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
14988 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
14998 (defconst grep-regexp-alist `((,(concat "^\\(?:" "\\(?1:[^\0\n]+\\)\\(?3:\0\\)\\(?2:[0-9]+\\):" "\\|" "\\(?1:[^\n:]+?[^\n/:]\\):[\11 ]*\\(?2:[1-9][0-9]*\\)[\11 ]*:" "\\)") 1 2 (,(lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) \, (lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) nil nil (3 '(face nil display ":"))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
14999 Regexp used to match grep hits.
15003 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
15007 The default find program.
15008 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
15012 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
15013 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
15017 How to invoke find and grep.
15018 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
15019 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
15020 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
15021 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
15032 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
15033 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
15043 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
15048 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
15050 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
15053 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
15054 arguments.
15056 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
15057 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
15059 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
15060 can easily repeat a grep command.
15062 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
15063 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
15064 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
15065 list is empty).
15070 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
15071 Collect output in a buffer.
15073 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
15075 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
15076 easily repeat a find command.
15083 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
15084 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
15085 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
15086 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'. As whitespace triggers
15087 completion when entering a pattern, including it requires
15091 before it is executed.
15094 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
15095 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
15096 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
15103 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
15104 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
15105 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
15106 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'. As whitespace triggers
15107 completion when entering a pattern, including it requires
15111 before it is executed.
15114 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
15115 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
15116 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
15121 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
15122 to specify a command to run.
15127 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
15128 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
15129 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
15135 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "grep" '("grep-" "kill-grep" "rgrep-")))
15137 ;;;***
15138 \f
15139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gssapi" "gnus/gssapi.el" (0 0 0 0))
15140 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gssapi.el
15142 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gssapi" '("gssapi-program" "open-gssapi-stream")))
15144 ;;;***
15145 \f
15146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (0 0 0 0))
15147 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
15150 Run gdb passing it COMMAND-LINE as arguments.
15151 If COMMAND-LINE names a program FILE to debug, gdb will run in
15152 a buffer named *gud-FILE*, and the directory containing FILE
15153 becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory
15154 for your debugger.
15155 If COMMAND-LINE requests that gdb attaches to a process PID, gdb
15156 will run in *gud-PID*, otherwise it will run in *gud*; in these
15157 cases the initial working directory is the default-directory of
15158 the buffer in which this command was invoked.
15163 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
15164 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15165 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15170 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
15171 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15172 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15177 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
15178 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15179 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15181 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
15182 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
15187 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
15188 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15189 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15194 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
15195 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15196 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15201 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
15202 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15203 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15208 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
15211 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
15213 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
15214 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
15215 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
15216 original source file access method.
15218 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
15219 gud, see `gud-mode'.
15224 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
15229 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
15230 See the `gud-tooltip-mode' command
15231 for a description of this minor mode.
15232 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15233 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15239 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
15240 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
15241 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15242 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
15246 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gud" '("gdb-" "gud-")))
15248 ;;;***
15249 \f
15250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (0 0 0 0))
15251 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
15254 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
15255 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
15256 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
15257 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
15258 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
15259 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
15260 set it to.
15261 DO must return an Elisp expression.
15266 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
15267 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
15268 of PLACE.
15269 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
15270 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
15271 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
15272 and SETTER.
15273 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
15274 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
15281 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
15282 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
15283 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
15284 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
15295 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
15297 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
15300 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
15301 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
15302 well for simple place forms.
15303 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
15304 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
15305 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
15306 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
15307 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
15308 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
15316 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
15317 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
15318 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
15319 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
15321 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
15322 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
15323 (let ((temp VAL))
15324 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
15325 temp)
15326 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
15331 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
15332 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
15333 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
15334 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
15335 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
15342 Return a reference to PLACE.
15343 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
15344 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
15346 binding mode.
15352 ;;;***
15353 \f
15354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (0 0 0 0))
15355 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
15359 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
15360 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
15362 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
15363 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
15364 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
15365 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
15369 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "handwrite" '("handwrite-" "menu-bar-handwrite-map")))
15371 ;;;***
15372 \f
15373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanja-util" "language/hanja-util.el" (0 0
15374 ;;;;;; 0 0))
15375 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/hanja-util.el
15377 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hanja-util" '("han")))
15379 ;;;***
15380 \f
15381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (0 0 0 0))
15382 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
15385 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
15390 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
15391 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
15392 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
15394 Repent before ring 31 moves.
15399 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
15400 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
15401 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
15402 to be updated.
15406 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hanoi" '("hanoi-")))
15408 ;;;***
15409 \f
15410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (0 0 0 0))
15411 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
15414 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
15419 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
15420 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
15425 Verify a hashcash payment
15430 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
15431 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
15432 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
15433 `mail-add-payment-async').
15438 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
15439 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
15440 Calculation is asynchronous.
15445 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
15446 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
15450 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hashcash" '("hashcash-")))
15452 ;;;***
15453 \f
15454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (0 0 0 0))
15455 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
15458 Return the help-echo string at point.
15459 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
15460 property, or nil, is returned.
15461 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
15462 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
15463 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
15468 Return the keyboard help string at point.
15469 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
15470 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
15471 If this produces no string either, return nil.
15476 Display local help in the echo area.
15477 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
15478 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
15479 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
15480 printed instead.
15482 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
15483 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
15484 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
15489 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
15490 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
15495 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
15496 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
15501 Automatically show local help on point-over.
15502 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
15503 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
15504 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
15505 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
15506 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
15507 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
15508 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
15509 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
15510 a non-empty list disables the feature.
15512 This variable only takes effect after a call to
15513 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
15514 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
15515 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
15516 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
15518 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
15519 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
15520 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
15521 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
15522 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
15523 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
15524 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
15530 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
15531 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
15532 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
15533 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
15534 considered different regions.
15536 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
15537 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
15538 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
15539 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
15540 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
15541 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
15542 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
15543 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
15544 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
15549 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
15550 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
15551 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
15552 different regions.
15554 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
15555 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
15556 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
15557 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
15558 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
15559 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
15560 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
15561 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
15563 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
15564 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
15565 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
15566 rarely happens in practice.
15571 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
15572 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
15573 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
15574 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
15575 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
15579 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-at-pt" '("help-at-pt-" "scan-buf-move-hook")))
15581 ;;;***
15582 \f
15583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
15584 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
15587 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
15588 When called from lisp, FUNCTION may also be a function object.
15593 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
15594 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
15599 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
15600 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
15601 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
15602 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
15603 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
15604 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
15606 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
15607 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
15608 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
15609 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
15610 suitable file is found, return nil.
15620 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
15621 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
15622 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
15627 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
15628 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
15629 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
15630 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
15631 it is displayed along with the global value.
15636 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
15637 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
15638 Optional arguments BUFFER and FRAME specify for which buffer and
15639 frame to show the information about SYMBOL; they default to the
15640 current buffer and the selected frame, respectively.
15645 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
15646 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
15647 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
15652 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
15653 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
15654 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
15655 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
15660 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
15665 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
15669 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-fns" '("describe-" "help-")))
15671 ;;;***
15672 \f
15673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (0 0 0 0))
15674 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
15677 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
15678 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
15679 window listing and describing the options.
15685 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-macro" '("make-help-screen")))
15687 ;;;***
15688 \f
15689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
15690 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
15693 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
15694 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
15695 Commands:
15701 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
15706 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
15713 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
15714 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
15715 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
15718 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
15720 restore it properly when going back.
15725 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
15726 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
15727 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
15728 from `help-mode'.
15730 it does not already exist.
15735 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
15737 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
15738 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
15739 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
15740 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
15741 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
15742 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
15743 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
15744 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
15746 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
15747 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
15748 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
15749 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
15751 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
15752 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
15753 that.
15758 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
15759 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
15760 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
15761 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
15762 See `help-make-xrefs'.
15767 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
15768 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
15769 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
15770 See `help-make-xrefs'.
15775 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
15782 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
15783 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
15784 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
15788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-mode" '("describe-symbol-backends" "help-")))
15790 ;;;***
15791 \f
15792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (0 0 0 0))
15793 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
15796 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
15801 Provide help for current mode.
15805 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "helper" '("Helper-")))
15807 ;;;***
15808 \f
15809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hex-util" "hex-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
15810 ;;; Generated autoloads from hex-util.el
15812 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hex-util" '("decode-hex-string" "encode-hex-string")))
15814 ;;;***
15815 \f
15816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (0 0 0 0))
15817 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
15821 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
15822 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
15823 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
15825 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
15826 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
15829 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
15830 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
15831 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
15833 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
15834 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
15835 periods.
15837 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
15838 in hexl format.
15840 A sample format:
15842 HEX ADDR: 0011 2233 4455 6677 8899 aabb ccdd eeff ASCII-TEXT
15843 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
15844 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
15845 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
15846 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
15847 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
15848 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
15849 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
15850 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
15851 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
15852 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
15853 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
15854 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
15855 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
15856 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
15858 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
15859 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
15860 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
15862 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
15863 also supported.
15865 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
15867 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
15868 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
15869 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
15872 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
15873 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
15876 into the buffer at the current point.
15879 into the buffer at the current point.
15882 into the buffer at the current point.
15886 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
15887 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
15896 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
15897 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
15898 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
15903 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
15904 This discards the buffer's undo information.
15908 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hexl" '("dehexlify-buffer" "hexl-")))
15910 ;;;***
15911 \f
15912 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "hfy-cmap" "hfy-cmap.el"
15913 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
15914 ;;; Generated autoloads from hfy-cmap.el
15916 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hfy-cmap" '("hfy-" "htmlfontify-unload-rgb-file")))
15918 ;;;***
15919 \f
15920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
15921 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
15924 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
15925 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
15926 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15927 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15929 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
15931 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
15932 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
15934 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
15935 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
15936 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
15937 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
15941 which can be called interactively, are:
15944 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
15947 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
15948 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
15949 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
15952 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
15955 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
15956 available face automatically.
15959 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
15962 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
15964 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
15966 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
15967 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
15968 `ask' and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
15969 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
15970 function returns t.
15973 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
15975 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
15976 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
15977 form:
15978 Hi-lock: FOO
15980 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
15981 position (number of characters into buffer)
15982 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
15983 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
15984 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
15989 Non-nil if Global Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
15990 See the `global-hi-lock-mode' command
15991 for a description of this minor mode.
15992 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15993 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15999 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
16000 With prefix ARG, enable Global Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
16001 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16002 ARG is omitted or nil.
16004 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
16005 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
16006 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
16013 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
16014 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
16015 Use the global history list for FACE.
16017 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
16018 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
16019 highlighting will not update as you type.
16026 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
16027 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
16028 Use the global history list for FACE.
16030 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
16031 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
16032 highlighting will not update as you type.
16039 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
16040 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
16041 Use the global history list for FACE.
16043 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
16044 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
16045 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
16047 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
16048 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
16049 highlighting will not update as you type.
16056 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
16057 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
16058 unless you use a prefix argument.
16059 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
16061 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
16062 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
16069 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
16070 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
16071 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
16073 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
16078 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
16080 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
16081 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
16082 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
16086 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hi-lock" '("hi-lock-" "turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled")))
16088 ;;;***
16089 \f
16090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (0 0 0 0))
16091 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
16094 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
16095 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
16096 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16097 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16099 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
16100 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
16101 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
16102 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
16104 `hide-ifdef-env'
16105 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
16106 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
16107 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
16108 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
16109 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
16110 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
16111 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
16113 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
16114 An association list of defined symbol lists.
16115 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
16116 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
16117 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
16119 `hide-ifdef-lines'
16120 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
16121 #endif lines when hiding.
16123 `hide-ifdef-initially'
16124 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
16125 is activated.
16127 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
16128 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
16129 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
16135 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hideif" '("backward-ifdef" "down-ifdef" "forward-ifdef" "hide-ifdef" "hif-" "intern-safe" "next-ifdef" "previous-ifdef" "show-ifdef" "up-ifdef")))
16137 ;;;***
16138 \f
16139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (0 0 0 0))
16140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
16142 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
16143 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
16144 Each element has the form
16145 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
16147 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
16148 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
16150 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
16151 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
16153 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
16154 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
16155 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
16156 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
16157 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
16158 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
16160 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
16161 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
16163 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
16164 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
16166 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
16167 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
16171 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
16172 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
16173 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16174 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16176 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
16177 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
16178 The value (hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
16180 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
16181 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
16182 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
16184 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
16185 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
16187 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
16189 Key bindings:
16195 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
16199 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hideshow" '("hs-")))
16201 ;;;***
16202 \f
16203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (0 0 0 0))
16204 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
16207 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
16208 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
16209 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
16210 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16212 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
16213 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
16215 this on and off.
16217 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
16222 through various faces.
16224 buffer with the contents of a file
16230 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
16231 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
16232 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
16233 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16235 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
16236 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
16237 in a distinctive face.
16239 The default value can be customized with variable
16240 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
16242 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
16247 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
16248 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
16253 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
16258 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
16263 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
16265 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
16266 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
16267 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
16268 shown in the last face in the list.
16270 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
16271 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
16272 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
16279 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
16281 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
16283 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
16284 to save the file.
16286 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
16287 written to a temporary file for comparison.
16289 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
16296 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
16298 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
16299 this function is called interactively.
16301 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
16302 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
16303 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
16305 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
16312 Non-nil if Global Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
16313 See the `global-highlight-changes-mode' command
16314 for a description of this minor mode.
16315 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16316 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16322 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
16323 With prefix ARG, enable Global Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
16324 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16325 ARG is omitted or nil.
16327 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
16328 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
16329 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
16333 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hilit-chg" '("global-highlight-changes" "highlight-" "hilit-chg-")))
16335 ;;;***
16336 \f
16337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (0 0 0 0))
16338 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
16341 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
16342 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
16343 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
16349 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
16350 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
16351 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
16352 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
16353 expansions.
16354 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
16356 undoes the expansion.
16361 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
16362 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
16363 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
16367 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hippie-exp" '("he-" "hippie-expand-" "try-")))
16369 ;;;***
16370 \f
16371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (0 0 0 0))
16372 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
16375 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
16376 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
16377 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16378 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16380 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
16381 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
16382 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
16383 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
16384 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
16385 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
16387 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
16388 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
16389 uses the function `hl-line-maybe-unhighlight' in
16390 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
16395 Non-nil if Global Hl-Line mode is enabled.
16396 See the `global-hl-line-mode' command
16397 for a description of this minor mode.
16398 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16399 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16405 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
16406 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
16407 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16408 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16410 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
16411 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all live
16412 windows.
16414 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-highlight'
16415 and `global-hl-line-maybe-unhighlight' on `post-command-hook'.
16419 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hl-line" '("global-hl-line-" "hl-line-")))
16421 ;;;***
16422 \f
16423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hmac-def" "net/hmac-def.el" (0 0 0 0))
16424 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/hmac-def.el
16426 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hmac-def" '("define-hmac-function")))
16428 ;;;***
16429 \f
16430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hmac-md5" "net/hmac-md5.el" (0 0 0 0))
16431 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/hmac-md5.el
16433 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hmac-md5" '("hmac-md5" "md5-binary")))
16435 ;;;***
16436 \f
16437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (0 0 0 0))
16438 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
16440 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
16441 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
16448 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
16449 Oriental holidays.
16457 Local holidays.
16465 User defined holidays.
16472 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
16473 Jewish holidays.
16480 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
16481 Christian holidays.
16488 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
16489 Islamic holidays.
16496 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
16497 Bahá’à holidays.
16504 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
16505 Sun-related holidays.
16515 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
16516 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16517 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
16522 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
16523 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
16524 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
16525 displayed, use a different list. For example,
16527 (list-holidays 2006 2006
16528 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
16530 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
16531 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
16533 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
16534 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
16535 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
16536 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
16537 of a holiday list.
16539 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
16545 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "holidays" '("calendar-" "holiday-")))
16547 ;;;***
16548 \f
16549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (0 0 0 0))
16550 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
16554 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
16555 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
16556 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
16557 as possible.
16559 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
16560 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
16561 fontified display.
16563 You should, however, note that random control or non-ASCII
16564 characters such as ^L (U+000C FORM FEED (FF)) or ¤ (U+00A4
16565 CURRENCY SIGN) won't get mapped yet.
16567 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
16568 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
16569 hyperlinks as appropriate.
16574 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
16575 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
16577 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
16581 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "htmlfontify" '("hfy-" "htmlfontify-")))
16583 ;;;***
16584 \f
16585 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el"
16586 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16587 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
16589 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuf-ext" '("alphabetic" "basename" "content" "derived-mode" "directory" "eval" "file" "ibuffer-" "major-mode" "mod" "name" "predicate" "print" "process" "query-replace" "rename-uniquely" "replace-regexp" "revert" "shell-command-" "size" "starred-name" "used-mode" "view-and-eval" "visiting-file")))
16591 ;;;***
16592 \f
16593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
16594 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
16597 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
16599 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
16600 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
16601 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
16603 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
16604 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
16605 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
16606 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
16607 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
16608 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
16610 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
16611 title of the column.
16613 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
16614 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
16615 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
16616 change its definition, you should explicitly call
16617 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
16624 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
16625 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
16626 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
16627 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
16629 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
16630 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
16640 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
16641 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
16642 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
16643 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
16644 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
16646 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
16647 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
16648 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
16649 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
16650 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
16651 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
16652 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
16653 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
16654 values are:
16655 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
16656 t - the function it always modifies buffers
16657 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
16658 buffer's modification flag.
16659 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
16660 prompted before performing this operation.
16661 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
16662 operation is complete, in the form:
16664 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
16665 confirmation message, in the form:
16667 BEFORE is a form to evaluate before start the operation.
16668 AFTER is a form to evaluate once the operation is complete.
16669 COMPLEX means this function is special; if COMPLEX is nil BODY
16670 evaluates once for each marked buffer, MBUF, with MBUF current
16671 and saving the point. If COMPLEX is non-nil, BODY evaluates
16672 without requiring MBUF current.
16673 BODY define the operation; they are forms to evaluate per each
16674 marked buffer. BODY is evaluated with `buf' bound to the
16675 buffer object.
16677 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING BEFORE AFTER COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
16684 Define a filter named NAME.
16685 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
16686 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
16687 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
16689 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
16690 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
16691 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
16692 bound to the current value of the filter.
16700 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuf-macs" '("ibuffer-")))
16702 ;;;***
16703 \f
16704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (0 0 0 0))
16705 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
16708 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
16709 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
16710 buffers which are visiting a file.
16715 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
16716 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
16717 buffers which are visiting a file.
16722 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
16723 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
16725 All arguments are optional.
16726 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
16728 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
16729 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
16730 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
16731 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
16732 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
16733 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
16734 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
16735 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
16736 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
16737 that value locally in this buffer.
16742 Call Ibuffer and set point at the line listing the current buffer.
16743 If optional arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, then use another window.
16747 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuffer" '("filename" "ibuffer-" "locked" "mark" "mod" "name" "process" "read-only" "size")))
16749 ;;;***
16750 \f
16751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (0 0 0
16752 ;;;;;; 0))
16753 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
16757 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
16758 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
16759 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
16764 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
16765 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
16766 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
16767 ICAL-FILENAME.
16768 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
16769 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
16770 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
16775 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
16776 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
16777 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
16778 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
16779 non-marking or not.
16784 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
16786 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
16787 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
16788 DIARY-FILENAME.
16790 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
16791 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
16792 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
16794 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
16795 non-marking.
16797 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
16798 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
16799 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
16803 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icalendar" '("icalendar-")))
16805 ;;;***
16806 \f
16807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
16808 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
16811 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
16812 See the `icomplete-mode' command
16813 for a description of this minor mode.
16814 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16815 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16821 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
16822 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
16823 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16824 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16826 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
16827 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
16828 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
16829 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
16831 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
16834 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
16835 completions:
16845 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icomplete" '("icomplete-")))
16847 ;;;***
16848 \f
16849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (0 0 0 0))
16850 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
16853 Major mode for editing Icon code.
16854 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
16855 Tab indents for Icon code.
16856 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16857 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16859 Variables controlling indentation style:
16860 icon-tab-always-indent
16861 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
16862 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16863 icon-auto-newline
16864 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
16865 inserted in Icon code.
16866 icon-indent-level
16867 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
16868 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
16869 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
16870 icon-continued-statement-offset
16871 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
16872 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
16873 icon-continued-brace-offset
16874 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
16875 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
16876 icon-brace-offset
16877 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
16878 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
16879 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
16880 this far to the right of the start of its line.
16882 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
16883 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
16887 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icon" '("beginning-of-icon-defun" "calculate-icon-indent" "electric-icon-brace" "end-of-icon-defun" "icon-" "indent-icon-exp" "mark-icon-function")))
16889 ;;;***
16890 \f
16891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-complete-structtag" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
16892 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16893 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el
16895 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-complete-structtag" '("idlwave-")))
16897 ;;;***
16898 \f
16899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-help" "progmodes/idlw-help.el" (0 0 0
16900 ;;;;;; 0))
16901 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-help.el
16903 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-help" '("idlwave-")))
16905 ;;;***
16906 \f
16907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (0 0
16908 ;;;;;; 0 0))
16909 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
16912 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
16913 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
16914 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
16916 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
16917 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
16918 separate frames.
16920 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
16921 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
16923 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
16924 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
16925 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
16931 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-shell" '("idlwave-")))
16933 ;;;***
16934 \f
16935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-toolbar" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
16936 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16937 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el
16939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-toolbar" '("idlwave-toolbar-")))
16941 ;;;***
16942 \f
16943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (0 0 0 0))
16944 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
16948 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
16950 The main features of this mode are
16952 1. Indentation and Formatting
16953 --------------------------
16954 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
16955 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
16958 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
16959 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
16960 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
16962 Comments are indented as follows:
16964 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
16965 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
16966 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
16968 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
16971 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
16972 relative to the first will be retained. Use
16974 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
16975 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
16977 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
16982 2. Routine Info
16983 ------------
16984 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
16985 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
16987 source file of a module. These commands know about system
16988 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
16989 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
16990 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
16991 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
16993 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
16995 3. Online IDL Help
16996 ---------------
16999 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
17000 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
17001 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
17003 4. Completion
17004 ----------
17006 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
17007 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
17008 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
17009 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
17010 upper case.
17012 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
17013 --------------------------------
17014 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
17029 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
17032 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
17033 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
17036 6. Automatic Case Conversion
17037 -------------------------
17038 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
17039 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
17041 7. Automatic END completion
17042 ------------------------
17043 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
17044 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
17046 8. Hooks
17047 -----
17048 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
17049 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
17051 9. Documentation and Customization
17052 -------------------------------
17053 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
17055 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
17056 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
17057 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
17058 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
17060 10.Keybindings
17061 -----------
17062 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
17064 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
17070 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlwave" '("idlwave-")))
17072 ;;;***
17073 \f
17074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (0 0 0 0))
17075 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
17078 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
17079 The following values are possible:
17080 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
17081 displaying...)
17082 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
17083 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
17084 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
17086 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17092 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
17093 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
17094 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
17095 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
17096 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
17097 However, if ARG arg equals `files', remap only commands for files, or
17098 if it equals `buffers', remap only commands for buffer switching.
17099 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
17104 Switch to another buffer.
17105 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
17106 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
17107 in another frame.
17109 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
17110 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
17111 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
17112 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
17115 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
17116 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
17123 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
17124 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
17125 in a separate window.
17139 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
17140 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17141 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17146 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
17147 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17148 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17153 Display a buffer preferably in another frame.
17154 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17155 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17160 Kill a buffer.
17161 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17162 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17167 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
17168 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17169 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17174 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
17175 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17176 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17181 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
17186 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
17187 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
17188 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
17189 in another frame.
17191 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
17192 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
17193 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
17194 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
17195 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
17198 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
17199 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
17206 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
17207 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
17208 in a separate window.
17231 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
17232 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17233 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17238 Find another file, select its buffer, kill previous buffer.
17239 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17240 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17245 Find file as a replacement for the file in the next window.
17246 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17247 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17252 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
17253 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17254 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17259 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
17260 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17261 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17266 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
17267 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17268 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17273 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
17274 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17275 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17280 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
17281 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17282 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17287 Write current buffer to a file.
17288 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17289 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17294 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
17295 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17296 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17301 Call `dired' the Ido way.
17302 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17303 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17309 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17310 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17316 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17317 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17322 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
17323 Return the name of a buffer selected.
17324 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
17325 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
17326 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
17327 Optional arg PREDICATE if non-nil is a function limiting the
17328 buffers that can be considered.
17333 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
17334 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
17335 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
17340 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
17341 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
17342 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
17347 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
17348 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
17349 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
17350 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
17351 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
17352 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
17353 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
17354 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
17355 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
17356 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
17357 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
17358 with point positioned at the end.
17359 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
17360 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
17362 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
17366 ;;;***
17367 \f
17368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (0 0 0 0))
17369 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
17372 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
17373 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
17374 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
17378 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ielm" '("ielm-" "inferior-emacs-lisp-mode")))
17380 ;;;***
17381 \f
17382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ietf-drums" "mail/ietf-drums.el" (0 0 0 0))
17383 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/ietf-drums.el
17385 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ietf-drums" '("ietf-drums-")))
17387 ;;;***
17388 \f
17389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (0 0 0 0))
17390 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
17395 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
17396 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
17397 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17398 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
17403 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iimage" '("iimage-" "turn-off-iimage-mode")))
17405 ;;;***
17406 \f
17407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (0 0 0 0))
17408 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
17411 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
17412 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
17413 be determined.
17418 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
17419 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
17420 be determined.
17425 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
17426 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
17427 be determined.
17432 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
17433 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
17434 be determined.
17439 Determine and return image type.
17440 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
17441 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
17442 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
17443 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
17444 use its file extension as image type.
17445 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
17450 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
17451 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
17456 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
17457 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
17459 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
17460 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
17461 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
17462 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
17463 must be available.
17468 Create an image.
17469 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
17470 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
17471 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
17472 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
17473 use its file extension as image type.
17474 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
17475 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
17476 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
17477 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
17479 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
17481 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
17483 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
17488 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
17489 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
17490 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
17491 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
17492 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
17493 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
17494 POS may be an integer or marker.
17495 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17496 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17497 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17498 means display it in the right marginal area.
17503 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
17504 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
17505 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
17506 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
17507 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17508 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17509 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17510 means display it in the right marginal area.
17511 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
17512 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
17513 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
17514 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
17515 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
17520 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
17521 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
17522 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
17523 STRING is a single space.
17524 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17525 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17526 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17527 means display it in the right marginal area.
17528 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
17533 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
17534 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
17535 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
17540 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
17542 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
17544 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
17545 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
17546 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
17547 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
17548 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
17549 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
17550 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
17551 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
17552 satisfied.
17554 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
17556 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
17561 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
17563 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
17564 documentation string.
17566 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
17567 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
17568 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
17569 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
17570 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
17571 string containing the actual image data. The first image
17572 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
17573 define SYMBOL.
17575 Example:
17585 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
17586 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
17587 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
17589 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
17590 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
17591 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
17592 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
17594 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
17598 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image" '("image")))
17600 ;;;***
17601 \f
17602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
17603 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
17607 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
17608 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
17609 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
17610 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
17611 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
17616 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
17618 Convenience command that:
17620 - Opens dired in folder DIR
17621 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
17622 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
17624 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
17625 image files in dired and type
17628 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
17630 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
17631 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
17636 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
17637 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
17638 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
17639 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
17640 another one).
17642 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
17643 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
17644 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
17646 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
17647 instead of erasing it first.
17649 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
17650 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
17651 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
17652 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
17653 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
17654 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
17659 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
17660 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
17661 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
17662 displayed.
17671 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
17676 Remove tag for selected file(s).
17677 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
17682 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
17687 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
17688 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
17689 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
17693 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings 'image-dired-minor-mode "26.1")
17696 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
17701 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
17706 Display file at point using an external viewer.
17711 Display current image file.
17712 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
17713 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
17718 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
17723 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
17724 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
17725 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
17726 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
17727 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
17728 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
17733 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
17734 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
17735 easy-to-use form.
17739 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-dired" '("image-dired-")))
17741 ;;;***
17742 \f
17743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
17744 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
17746 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
17747 A list of image-file filename extensions.
17748 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
17749 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
17751 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
17752 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
17753 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
17759 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
17760 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
17761 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
17763 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
17764 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
17765 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
17771 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
17776 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
17777 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
17778 the command `insert-file-contents'.
17783 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
17784 See the `auto-image-file-mode' command
17785 for a description of this minor mode.
17786 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17787 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17793 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
17794 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
17795 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17796 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17798 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
17799 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
17800 `image-file-name-regexps'.
17804 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-file" '("image-file-")))
17806 ;;;***
17807 \f
17808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
17809 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
17812 Major mode for image files.
17813 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] or \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-hex-display]
17814 to toggle between display as an image and display as text or hex.
17816 Key bindings:
17822 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
17823 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
17824 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17825 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17828 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
17829 actual image.
17834 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
17835 A non-mage major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or fundamental mode
17836 displays an image file as text.
17845 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-mode" '("image-")))
17847 ;;;***
17848 \f
17849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imap" "net/imap.el" (0 0 0 0))
17850 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/imap.el
17854 ;;;***
17855 \f
17856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
17857 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
17860 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
17862 Affects only the mouse index menu.
17864 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
17865 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
17866 in the buffer.
17868 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
17870 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
17871 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
17877 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
17878 Each element of this list should have the form
17880 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
17882 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
17883 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
17884 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
17885 matches are put).
17886 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
17887 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
17888 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
17889 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
17890 another element.
17891 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
17892 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
17893 the menu item.
17894 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
17895 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
17896 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
17897 the ARGUMENTS.
17899 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
17900 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
17901 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
17903 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
17904 create a buffer index.
17906 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
17907 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally so that
17915 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
17917 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
17918 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
17919 called within a `save-excursion'.
17926 Function for finding the next index position.
17928 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
17929 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
17930 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
17931 file.
17933 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
17939 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
17941 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
17942 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
17948 Function to compare string with index item.
17950 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
17951 non-nil if they match.
17953 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
17954 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
17961 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
17972 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
17973 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
17974 See the command `imenu' for more information.
17981 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
17986 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
17987 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
17988 for more information.
17992 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "imenu" '("imenu-")))
17994 ;;;***
17995 \f
17996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
17997 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
18000 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
18020 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
18024 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ind-util" '("indian-" "ucs-to-is")))
18026 ;;;***
18027 \f
18028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
18029 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
18032 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
18033 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
18034 to that buffer.
18035 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
18036 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
18037 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
18044 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inf-lisp" '("inferior-lisp-" "lisp-" "switch-to-lisp")))
18046 ;;;***
18047 \f
18048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (0 0 0 0))
18049 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
18051 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
18052 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
18053 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
18054 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
18055 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
18056 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
18057 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
18058 first in this list.
18060 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
18061 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
18062 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
18063 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
18064 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
18066 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
18067 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
18068 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize 'custom-initialize-delay :type '(repeat directory) :group 'info)
18071 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
18077 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
18078 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
18079 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
18080 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
18082 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
18083 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
18084 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
18085 with the top-level Info directory.
18087 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
18088 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
18092 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
18093 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
18094 in all the directories in that path.
18096 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
18101 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
18111 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
18112 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
18118 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
18119 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
18120 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
18125 Go to the Info directory node.
18130 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
18131 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
18132 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
18134 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
18139 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
18140 Build a menu of the possible matches.
18145 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
18146 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
18147 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
18148 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
18153 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
18155 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
18156 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
18161 Selecting other nodes:
18163 Follow a node reference you click on.
18164 This works with menu items, cross references, and
18166 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
18171 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
18181 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
18185 Moving within a node:
18187 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
18188 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
18189 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
18190 move up to the parent node.
18192 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
18193 if there is none.
18196 Advanced commands:
18198 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
18199 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
18200 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
18202 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
18206 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
18207 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
18208 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
18212 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
18218 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
18219 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
18220 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
18221 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
18222 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
18228 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
18229 KEY is a string.
18230 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
18231 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
18232 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
18233 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
18238 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
18239 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
18244 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
18245 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
18250 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
18251 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
18252 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
18253 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
18254 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
18258 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info" '("Info-" "info-")))
18260 ;;;***
18261 \f
18262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (0 0 0 0))
18263 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
18266 Throw away all cached data.
18267 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
18268 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
18269 system.
18275 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
18276 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
18277 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
18278 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
18279 one found at point.
18281 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
18287 Display the documentation of a file.
18288 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
18289 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
18290 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
18291 The default file name is the one found at point.
18293 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
18298 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
18303 Perform completion on file preceding point.
18307 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info-look" '("info-")))
18309 ;;;***
18310 \f
18311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
18312 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
18316 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
18317 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
18318 current info file is the default.
18320 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
18321 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
18322 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
18323 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
18324 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
18326 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
18327 validate node references within it. A message is given for
18328 missing target files once per source document. It could be
18329 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
18330 mistake in the reference.
18332 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
18333 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
18334 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
18337 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
18338 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
18339 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
18344 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
18345 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
18346 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
18347 checked.
18351 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
18352 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
18353 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
18354 should be harmless.
18359 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
18360 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
18361 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
18363 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
18364 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
18365 and can take a long time.
18370 Check docstring info node references in source files.
18371 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
18373 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
18375 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
18376 as per `info-xref-check' does.
18378 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
18380 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
18381 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
18382 all builtins).
18384 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
18385 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
18386 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
18387 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
18388 the sources handy.
18392 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info-xref" '("info-xref-")))
18394 ;;;***
18395 \f
18396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (0 0 0 0))
18397 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
18400 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
18410 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
18411 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
18412 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
18414 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
18415 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
18416 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
18418 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
18419 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
18420 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
18421 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
18426 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
18427 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
18432 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
18433 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
18434 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
18439 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "informat" '("Info-validate-")))
18441 ;;;***
18442 \f
18443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (0 0 0 0))
18444 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
18447 Define an inline function NAME with arguments ARGS and body in BODY.
18449 This is like `defmacro', but has several advantages.
18450 See Info node `(elisp)Defining Functions' for more details.
18458 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inline" '("inline-")))
18460 ;;;***
18461 \f
18462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (0 0 0 0))
18463 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
18467 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
18468 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
18472 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inversion" '("inversion-")))
18474 ;;;***
18475 \f
18476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (0
18477 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
18478 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
18481 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
18486 Toggle input method in interactive search.
18495 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "isearch-x" '("isearch-")))
18497 ;;;***
18498 \f
18499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (0 0 0 0))
18500 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
18504 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
18505 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
18506 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
18507 accessed via isearchb.
18511 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "isearchb" '("isearchb")))
18513 ;;;***
18514 \f
18515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-ascii" "international/iso-ascii.el" (0
18516 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
18517 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-ascii.el
18519 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-ascii" '("iso-ascii-")))
18521 ;;;***
18522 \f
18523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (0 0 0
18524 ;;;;;; 0))
18525 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
18528 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
18529 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18530 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
18531 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18536 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
18537 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
18538 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
18539 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18544 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
18545 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18546 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
18547 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18552 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18553 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18554 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
18555 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18560 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18561 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18562 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
18563 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18568 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
18569 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18570 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
18571 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18576 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
18577 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18578 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
18579 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18584 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
18586 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18591 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18593 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18598 Warn that format is read-only.
18603 Warn that format is write-only.
18608 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
18612 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-cvt" '("iso-")))
18614 ;;;***
18615 \f
18616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
18617 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18618 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
18622 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-transl" '("iso-transl-")))
18624 ;;;***
18625 \f
18626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (0 0 0 0))
18627 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
18632 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
18644 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
18646 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
18648 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
18650 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ \11]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage"))) "\
18651 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
18652 The alist key must be a regular expression.
18653 Valid forms include:
18654 (KEY) - just skip the key.
18655 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
18656 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
18659 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\cref" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \11\n]*{[ \11\n]*document[ \11\n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \11\n]*{[ \11\n]*program[ \11\n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \11\n]*{[ \11\n]*verbatim\\*?[ \11\n]*}")))) "\
18660 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
18661 First list is used raw.
18664 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
18667 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \11\n>]" ">") ("&[^ \11\n;]" "[; \11\n]")) "\
18668 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
18669 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
18670 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
18676 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
18677 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
18678 in a window allowing you to choose one.
18680 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
18681 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
18682 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
18683 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
18684 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
18686 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
18687 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
18689 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
18690 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
18692 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
18693 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
18698 Return values:
18699 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
18700 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
18703 quit spell session exited.
18708 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
18709 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
18714 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
18716 Selections are:
18718 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
18719 SPC: Accept word this time.
18720 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
18721 `a': Accept word for this session.
18722 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
18723 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
18724 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
18725 `?': Show these commands.
18726 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
18727 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
18728 the aborted check to be completed later.
18729 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
18730 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
18731 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
18732 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
18733 `C-l': Redraw screen.
18734 `C-r': Recursive edit.
18735 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
18740 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
18741 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
18742 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
18747 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
18751 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
18756 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
18757 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
18758 amount for last line processed.
18763 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
18768 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
18773 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
18774 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
18779 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
18784 Try to complete the word before or at point.
18785 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
18786 sequence inside of a word.
18788 Standard ispell choices are then available.
18793 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
18798 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
18799 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
18800 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
18802 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
18803 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
18804 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
18805 available on the net.
18810 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
18811 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
18812 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
18813 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18815 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
18816 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
18817 spelled.
18819 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
18821 SPC.
18824 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
18829 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
18830 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
18831 Don't check included messages.
18833 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
18834 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
18835 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
18837 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
18838 in your init file:
18844 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
18845 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
18850 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ispell" '("check-ispell-version" "ispell-")))
18852 ;;;***
18853 \f
18854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ja-dic-cnv" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
18855 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18856 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ja-dic-cnv.el
18858 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ja-dic-cnv" '("batch-skkdic-convert" "ja-dic-filename" "skkdic-")))
18860 ;;;***
18861 \f
18862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ja-dic-utl" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
18863 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18864 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ja-dic-utl.el
18866 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ja-dic-utl" '("skkdic-")))
18868 ;;;***
18869 \f
18870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (0 0
18871 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18872 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
18880 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
18881 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18882 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18883 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
18884 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
18885 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
18886 necessary to represent OBJ.
18891 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
18892 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18893 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18898 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
18899 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18900 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18901 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
18906 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
18907 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18908 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18913 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
18914 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
18915 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18920 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
18925 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
18926 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
18927 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18928 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
18933 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
18934 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
18935 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18936 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
18941 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18942 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
18946 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "japan-util" '("japanese-")))
18948 ;;;***
18949 \f
18950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (0 0 0 0))
18951 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
18954 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
18955 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
18964 Uninstall jka-compr.
18965 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
18966 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
18967 by `jka-compr-installed'.
18971 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "jka-compr" '("compression-error" "jka-compr-")))
18973 ;;;***
18974 \f
18975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (0 0 0 0))
18976 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
18980 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
18985 Major mode for editing JSX.
18987 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
18988 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al.)
18989 locally, like so:
18991 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
18992 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
18998 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
19000 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "js" '("js-" "with-js")))
19002 ;;;***
19003 \f
19004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (0 0 0 0))
19005 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
19010 ;;;***
19011 \f
19012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kermit" "kermit.el" (0 0 0 0))
19013 ;;; Generated autoloads from kermit.el
19015 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kermit" '("kermit-")))
19017 ;;;***
19018 \f
19019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (0 0 0 0))
19020 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
19023 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
19024 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
19030 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
19031 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
19037 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
19038 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
19044 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
19045 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
19051 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
19052 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
19053 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
19054 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
19055 keys are bound.
19057 Setup Binding
19058 -------------------------------------------------------------
19059 `prefix' Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
19060 `S-cursor' Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
19061 `cursor' Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
19062 `numeric' Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
19063 `none' Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
19064 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
19065 in the global and local keymaps.
19067 If SETUP is `numeric' and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
19068 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
19072 ;;;***
19073 \f
19074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (0 0 0
19075 ;;;;;; 0))
19076 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
19079 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
19080 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
19082 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
19083 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
19084 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
19085 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
19086 shorter.
19088 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
19089 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
19090 the context of text formatting.
19094 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kinsoku" '("kinsoku-")))
19096 ;;;***
19097 \f
19098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (0 0 0 0))
19099 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
19102 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
19103 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
19104 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
19105 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
19109 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
19110 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
19111 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
19112 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
19113 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
19114 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
19120 ;;;***
19121 \f
19122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (0 0 0 0))
19123 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
19128 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
19129 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
19130 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
19132 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
19133 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
19134 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
19136 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
19138 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
19139 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
19140 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
19144 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
19147 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
19148 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
19150 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
19151 defining the macro.
19154 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
19158 after another macro is defined.
19161 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19163 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
19164 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
19168 under that name.
19170 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
19171 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
19172 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
19174 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19176 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
19178 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
19179 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
19181 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
19182 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
19183 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
19184 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
19186 To give a macro a name so you can call it even after defining others,
19189 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
19191 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
19192 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
19193 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
19195 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
19196 macro.
19199 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
19201 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
19203 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
19208 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19210 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
19211 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
19212 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
19215 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
19217 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
19218 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
19219 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
19220 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
19222 To give a macro a name, so you can call it even after defining other
19225 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
19227 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
19228 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
19229 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
19231 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
19233 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kmacro" '("kmacro-")))
19235 ;;;***
19236 \f
19237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (0 0
19238 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19239 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
19241 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
19242 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
19245 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
19248 \(fn)" nil nil)
19250 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "korea-util" '("exit-korean-environment" "isearch-" "korean-key-bindings" "quail-hangul-switch-" "toggle-korean-input-method")))
19252 ;;;***
19253 \f
19254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
19255 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
19257 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
19260 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
19262 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
19263 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
19264 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
19265 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
19266 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
19267 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
19269 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
19270 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
19272 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
19274 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
19275 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
19277 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
19279 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
19282 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
19284 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
19287 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
19289 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lao-util" '("lao-")))
19291 ;;;***
19292 \f
19293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (0 0
19294 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19295 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
19297 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
19300 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
19302 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
19304 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
19305 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
19306 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
19308 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
19310 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
19311 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
19312 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
19314 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
19316 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
19319 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
19321 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
19323 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "latexenc" '("latexenc-dont-use-")))
19325 ;;;***
19326 \f
19327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
19328 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19329 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
19331 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
19332 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
19333 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
19334 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
19335 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
19336 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
19337 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
19338 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
19340 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
19341 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
19343 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19346 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
19348 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
19349 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
19350 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
19351 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
19352 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
19353 `latin1-display-setup'.
19355 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
19357 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
19358 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
19359 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
19360 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
19362 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19365 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
19367 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "latin1-disp" '("latin1-display-")))
19369 ;;;***
19370 \f
19371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (0 0 0
19372 ;;;;;; 0))
19373 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
19375 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
19376 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
19378 \(fn)" t nil)
19380 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ld-script" '("ld-script-")))
19382 ;;;***
19383 \f
19384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ldap" "net/ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
19385 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ldap.el
19387 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ldap" '("ldap-")))
19389 ;;;***
19390 \f
19391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "legacy-gnus-agent" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
19392 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19393 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el
19395 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "legacy-gnus-agent" '("gnus-agent-")))
19397 ;;;***
19398 \f
19399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "less-css-mode" "textmodes/less-css-mode.el"
19400 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19401 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/less-css-mode.el
19403 (put 'less-css-compile-at-save 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19405 (put 'less-css-lessc-options 'safe-local-variable t)
19407 (put 'less-css-output-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19409 (put 'less-css-input-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19412 (autoload 'less-css-mode "less-css-mode" "\
19413 Major mode for editing Less files (http://lesscss.org/).
19414 Special commands:
19417 \(fn)" t nil)
19419 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "less-css-mode" '("less-css-")))
19421 ;;;***
19422 \f
19423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (0 0
19424 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19425 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
19426 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 5)) package--builtin-versions)
19428 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
19429 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
19430 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
19431 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
19433 For instance, the following code
19435 (let-alist alist
19436 (if (and .title .body)
19437 .body
19438 .site
19439 .site.contents))
19441 essentially expands to
19447 (if (and .title .body)
19448 .body
19449 .site
19450 .site.contents))
19452 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
19453 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
19454 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
19455 displayed in the example above.
19457 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
19459 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19461 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "let-alist" '("let-alist--")))
19463 ;;;***
19464 \f
19465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (0 0 0 0))
19466 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
19468 (autoload 'life "life" "\
19469 Run Conway's Life simulation.
19470 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
19471 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
19472 generations (this defaults to 1).
19474 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
19476 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "life" '("life-")))
19478 ;;;***
19479 \f
19480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (0 0 0 0))
19481 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
19482 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
19484 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
19485 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
19486 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
19487 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
19488 if ARG is omitted or nil.
19490 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
19492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19494 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
19495 Non-nil if Global Linum mode is enabled.
19496 See the `global-linum-mode' command
19497 for a description of this minor mode.
19498 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19499 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19500 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
19502 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
19504 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
19505 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
19506 With prefix ARG, enable Global Linum mode if ARG is positive;
19507 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
19508 ARG is omitted or nil.
19510 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
19511 `linum-on' would do it.
19512 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
19514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19516 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "linum" '("linum-")))
19518 ;;;***
19519 \f
19520 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lisp-mnt" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" (0 0 0
19521 ;;;;;; 0))
19522 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el
19524 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lisp-mnt" '("lm-")))
19526 ;;;***
19527 \f
19528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (0 0 0 0))
19529 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
19531 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
19532 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
19533 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
19534 is nil, raise an error.
19536 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
19537 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
19538 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
19539 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
19540 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
19541 defined by the library.
19543 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
19544 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
19545 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
19546 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
19547 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
19548 proceeds.
19550 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
19551 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
19552 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
19553 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
19555 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19557 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "loadhist" '("feature-" "file-" "loadhist-" "read-feature" "unload-")))
19559 ;;;***
19560 \f
19561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (0 0 0 0))
19562 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
19564 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
19565 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
19568 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
19570 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
19571 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
19572 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
19573 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
19575 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
19576 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
19577 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
19578 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
19579 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
19580 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
19581 the version.)
19583 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
19584 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
19586 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
19587 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
19589 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
19590 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
19592 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
19594 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
19595 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
19596 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
19597 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
19598 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
19599 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
19600 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
19601 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
19602 to constrain a big search.
19604 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
19606 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
19607 except that FILTER is not optional.
19609 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
19611 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "locate" '("locate-")))
19613 ;;;***
19614 \f
19615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
19616 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
19618 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
19619 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
19620 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
19622 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
19623 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
19624 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
19627 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
19629 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
19630 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
19631 associated values:
19632 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
19633 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
19634 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
19635 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
19636 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
19638 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
19639 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
19640 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
19642 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19644 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "log-edit" '("log-edit-" "vc-log-")))
19646 ;;;***
19647 \f
19648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
19649 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
19651 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
19652 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
19654 \(fn)" t nil)
19656 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "log-view" '("log-view-")))
19658 ;;;***
19659 \f
19660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19661 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
19663 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
19664 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
19666 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux)) "\
19669 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
19670 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
19671 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
19673 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
19674 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
19676 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
19681 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
19684 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
19686 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
19687 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
19688 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
19689 switch on this list.
19690 See `lpr-command'.")
19692 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
19694 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
19695 Name of program for printing a file.
19697 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
19698 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
19699 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
19700 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
19701 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
19702 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
19703 argument.")
19705 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
19707 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
19708 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
19709 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19710 for customization of the printer command.
19712 \(fn)" t nil)
19714 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
19715 Paginate and print buffer contents.
19717 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
19718 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
19719 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
19720 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
19722 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
19723 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
19725 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19726 for further customization of the printer command.
19728 \(fn)" t nil)
19730 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
19731 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
19732 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19733 for customization of the printer command.
19735 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19737 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
19738 Paginate and print the region contents.
19740 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
19741 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
19742 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
19743 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
19745 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
19746 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
19748 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19749 for further customization of the printer command.
19751 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19753 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lpr" '("lpr-" "print")))
19755 ;;;***
19756 \f
19757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
19758 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
19760 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
19761 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
19762 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
19764 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
19766 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ls-lisp" '("ls-lisp-")))
19768 ;;;***
19769 \f
19770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (0 0 0 0))
19771 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
19773 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
19774 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
19775 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
19776 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
19778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19780 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lunar" '("calendar-lunar-phases" "diary-lunar-phases" "lunar-")))
19782 ;;;***
19783 \f
19784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
19785 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
19787 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
19788 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
19790 \(fn)" t nil)
19792 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "m4-mode" '("m4-")))
19794 ;;;***
19795 \f
19796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (0 0 0 0))
19797 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
19799 (defalias 'name-last-kbd-macro #'kmacro-name-last-macro)
19801 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
19802 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
19803 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
19804 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
19805 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
19807 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
19808 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
19809 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
19810 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
19811 bindings.
19813 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
19814 use this command, and then save the file.
19816 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19818 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
19819 Query user during kbd macro execution.
19820 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
19821 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
19822 each time the macro executes.
19823 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
19831 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
19833 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
19834 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
19835 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
19836 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
19838 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
19839 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
19840 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
19841 execute.
19843 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
19844 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
19846 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
19847 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
19848 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
19849 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
19852 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
19853 looked like this:
19859 You could enter the names in this format:
19861 foo
19862 bar
19863 baz
19865 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
19871 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
19874 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
19875 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
19877 ;;;***
19878 \f
19879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19880 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
19882 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
19883 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
19884 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
19885 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
19886 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
19887 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
19889 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
19890 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
19891 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
19892 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
19893 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
19895 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
19896 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
19897 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
19898 consing a string.)
19900 This function is primarily meant for when you're displaying the
19901 result to the user: Many prettifications are applied to the
19902 result returned. If you want to decode an address for further
19903 non-display use, you should probably use
19904 `mail-header-parse-address' instead.
19906 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
19908 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
19909 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
19911 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
19913 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-extr" '("mail-extr-")))
19915 ;;;***
19916 \f
19917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (0 0 0 0))
19918 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
19920 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
19921 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
19923 \(fn)" nil nil)
19925 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
19928 \(fn)" nil nil)
19930 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
19931 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
19933 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
19935 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
19936 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
19937 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
19938 message.
19940 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
19942 \(fn)" nil nil)
19944 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-hist" '("mail-hist-")))
19946 ;;;***
19947 \f
19948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-parse" "mail/mail-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
19949 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-parse.el
19951 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-parse" '("mail-")))
19953 ;;;***
19954 \f
19955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-prsvr" "mail/mail-prsvr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19956 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-prsvr.el
19958 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-prsvr" '("mail-parse-")))
19960 ;;;***
19961 \f
19962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-source" "gnus/mail-source.el" (0 0 0
19963 ;;;;;; 0))
19964 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mail-source.el
19966 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-source" '("mail-source")))
19968 ;;;***
19969 \f
19970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
19971 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
19973 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
19974 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
19975 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
19976 often correct parser.")
19978 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
19980 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
19981 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
19982 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
19983 a value which excludes your own email address.
19985 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
19986 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
19988 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
19990 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
19991 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
19993 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
19995 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
19997 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
19998 we return it unconverted.
20000 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
20001 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
20003 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
20005 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
20007 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
20008 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
20010 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
20012 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
20014 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
20015 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
20017 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
20019 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
20021 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
20022 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
20023 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
20024 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
20025 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
20026 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
20027 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
20028 as Rmail does.
20030 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
20032 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
20033 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
20034 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
20035 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
20036 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
20037 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
20038 matches may be returned from the message body.
20040 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
20042 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-utils" '("mail-")))
20044 ;;;***
20045 \f
20046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (0 0 0 0))
20047 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
20049 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
20050 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
20051 See the `mail-abbrevs-mode' command
20052 for a description of this minor mode.
20053 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20054 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20055 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
20057 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
20059 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
20060 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
20061 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
20062 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20063 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20065 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
20066 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
20067 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
20068 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
20070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20072 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
20073 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
20075 \(fn)" nil nil)
20077 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
20078 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
20079 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
20081 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
20083 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
20084 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
20085 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
20087 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
20088 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
20089 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
20090 double-quotes.
20092 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
20094 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailabbrev" '("mail-" "merge-mail-abbrevs" "rebuild-mail-abbrevs")))
20096 ;;;***
20097 \f
20098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (0 0 0 0))
20099 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
20101 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
20103 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
20104 king@grassland.com
20105 If `parens', they look like:
20106 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
20107 If `angles', they look like:
20108 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
20110 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
20112 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
20113 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
20114 If interactive, expand in header fields.
20115 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
20116 their `Resent-' variants.
20118 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
20119 removed from alias expansions.
20121 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
20123 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
20124 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
20125 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
20127 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
20128 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
20129 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
20130 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
20132 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
20134 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
20135 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
20136 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
20138 \(fn)" nil nil)
20140 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
20141 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
20142 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
20143 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
20145 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20147 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
20149 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailalias" '("build-mail-aliases" "mail-")))
20151 ;;;***
20152 \f
20153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailcap" "net/mailcap.el" (0 0 0 0))
20154 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/mailcap.el
20156 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailcap" '("mailcap-")))
20158 ;;;***
20159 \f
20160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (0 0 0 0))
20161 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
20163 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
20164 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
20165 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
20166 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
20168 \(fn)" nil nil)
20170 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailclient" '("mailclient-")))
20172 ;;;***
20173 \f
20174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailheader" "mail/mailheader.el" (0 0 0 0))
20175 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailheader.el
20177 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailheader" '("mail-header")))
20179 ;;;***
20180 \f
20181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mairix" "net/mairix.el" (0 0 0 0))
20182 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/mairix.el
20184 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mairix" '("mairix-")))
20186 ;;;***
20187 \f
20188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (0 0 0
20189 ;;;;;; 0))
20190 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
20192 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
20193 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
20195 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
20196 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
20197 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
20198 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
20199 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
20200 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
20202 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
20203 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
20204 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
20205 dependency, despite the colon.
20209 In the browser, use the following keys:
20213 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
20215 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
20216 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
20218 `makefile-target-colon':
20219 The string that gets appended to all target names
20220 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
20223 `makefile-macro-assign':
20224 The string that gets appended to all macro names
20225 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
20227 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
20228 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
20231 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
20232 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
20233 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
20235 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
20236 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
20238 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
20239 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
20240 up or down in the browser.
20242 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
20243 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
20245 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
20246 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
20248 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
20249 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
20250 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
20251 has been selected in the browser.
20253 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
20254 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
20255 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
20256 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
20257 filenames are omitted.
20259 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
20260 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
20261 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
20262 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
20263 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
20264 the backslash itself intact.
20265 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
20268 `makefile-browser-hook':
20269 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
20270 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
20272 `makefile-special-targets-list':
20273 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
20274 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
20275 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
20277 \(fn)" t nil)
20279 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
20280 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
20282 \(fn)" t nil)
20284 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
20285 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
20287 \(fn)" t nil)
20289 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
20290 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
20292 \(fn)" t nil)
20294 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
20295 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
20297 \(fn)" t nil)
20299 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
20300 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
20302 \(fn)" t nil)
20304 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "make-mode" '("makefile-")))
20306 ;;;***
20307 \f
20308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makeinfo" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" (0 0 0 0))
20309 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/makeinfo.el
20311 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "makeinfo" '("makeinfo-")))
20313 ;;;***
20314 \f
20315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (0 0 0 0))
20316 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
20318 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
20319 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
20320 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
20322 \(fn)" t nil)
20324 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "makesum" '("double-column")))
20326 ;;;***
20327 \f
20328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (0 0 0 0))
20329 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
20331 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
20333 (autoload 'man "man" "\
20334 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
20335 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
20336 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
20337 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
20338 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
20339 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
20340 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
20341 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
20342 without running the man command.
20344 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
20348 cat(1)
20349 1 cat
20351 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
20353 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
20354 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
20356 -a chmod
20358 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
20359 otherwise look like a page name.
20361 /my/file/name.1.gz
20362 -l somefile.1
20365 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
20368 -k pattern
20370 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
20372 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
20373 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
20375 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
20377 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
20378 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
20380 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
20382 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "man" '("Man-" "man")))
20384 ;;;***
20385 \f
20386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mantemp" "progmodes/mantemp.el" (0 0 0 0))
20387 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mantemp.el
20389 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mantemp" '("mantemp-")))
20391 ;;;***
20392 \f
20393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (0 0 0 0))
20394 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
20395 (push (purecopy '(map 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
20397 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "map" '("map")))
20399 ;;;***
20400 \f
20401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (0 0 0 0))
20402 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
20403 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
20405 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
20406 Toggle Master mode.
20407 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
20408 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20409 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20411 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
20412 using the following commands:
20416 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
20417 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
20418 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
20420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20422 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "master" '("master-")))
20424 ;;;***
20425 \f
20426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (0 0 0 0))
20427 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
20429 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
20430 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
20431 See the `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' command
20432 for a description of this minor mode.
20433 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20434 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20435 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
20437 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
20439 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
20440 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
20441 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
20442 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
20443 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20445 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
20446 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
20447 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
20448 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
20450 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20452 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mb-depth" '("minibuffer-depth-")))
20454 ;;;***
20455 \f
20456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (0 0 0 0))
20457 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
20458 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20460 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "md4" '("md4")))
20462 ;;;***
20463 \f
20464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (0 0 0 0))
20465 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
20467 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
20469 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
20470 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
20472 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
20473 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
20474 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
20475 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
20476 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
20477 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
20478 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
20479 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
20481 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
20482 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
20483 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
20484 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
20486 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
20487 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
20488 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
20489 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
20490 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
20491 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
20492 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
20493 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
20494 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
20495 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
20496 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
20497 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
20498 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
20499 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
20500 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
20501 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
20502 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
20503 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
20504 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
20505 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
20506 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
20508 \(fn)" t nil)
20510 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
20511 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
20512 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
20513 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
20514 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
20516 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
20518 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
20519 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20521 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20523 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
20524 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
20526 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
20528 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
20531 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
20533 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
20534 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
20535 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
20537 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
20539 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
20540 Cancel an article you posted.
20541 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
20543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20545 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
20546 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
20547 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
20548 header line with the old Message-ID.
20550 \(fn)" t nil)
20552 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
20553 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
20555 \(fn)" t nil)
20557 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
20558 Forward the current message via mail.
20559 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
20560 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
20562 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
20564 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
20567 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
20569 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
20572 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
20574 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
20575 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
20577 \(fn)" t nil)
20579 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
20580 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
20582 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
20584 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
20585 Re-mail the current message.
20586 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
20587 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
20588 you.
20590 \(fn)" t nil)
20592 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
20593 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
20595 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
20597 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
20598 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
20600 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
20602 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
20603 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20605 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20607 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
20608 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20610 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20612 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
20613 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
20614 Works by overstriking characters.
20615 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
20616 which specify the range to operate on.
20618 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20620 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
20621 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
20622 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
20623 which specify the range to operate on.
20625 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20627 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "message" '("message-" "nil")))
20629 ;;;***
20630 \f
20631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (0 0 0
20632 ;;;;;; 0))
20633 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
20634 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20636 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
20637 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
20639 \(fn)" t nil)
20641 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
20642 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
20644 \(fn)" t nil)
20646 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "meta-mode" '("font-lock-match-meta-declaration-item-and-skip-to-next" "meta")))
20648 ;;;***
20649 \f
20650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (0 0 0 0))
20651 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
20653 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
20654 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
20655 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
20657 \(fn)" t nil)
20659 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
20660 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
20661 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20662 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20663 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20664 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20665 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
20667 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20669 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
20670 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
20671 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20672 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20673 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
20674 means current).
20675 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20676 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20678 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20680 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
20681 Process current region through `metamail'.
20682 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20683 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20684 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
20685 means current).
20686 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20687 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20689 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20691 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "metamail" '("metamail-")))
20693 ;;;***
20694 \f
20695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-acros" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" (0 0 0 0))
20696 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-acros.el
20698 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-acros" '("defmacro-mh" "defun-mh" "mh-" "with-mh-folder-updating")))
20700 ;;;***
20701 \f
20702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-alias" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" (0 0 0 0))
20703 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-alias.el
20705 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-alias" '("mh-")))
20707 ;;;***
20708 \f
20709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-buffers" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" (0 0 0 0))
20710 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-buffers.el
20712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-buffers" '("mh-")))
20714 ;;;***
20715 \f
20716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (0 0 0 0))
20717 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
20719 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
20720 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
20721 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
20723 \(fn)" t nil)
20725 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
20726 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
20727 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
20729 \(fn)" t nil)
20731 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
20732 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
20734 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
20735 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
20738 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
20739 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
20741 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
20742 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
20744 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
20746 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
20748 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
20749 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
20750 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
20751 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
20752 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
20753 as `compose-mail'.
20755 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
20756 initial Subject field, respectively.
20758 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
20759 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
20760 are strings.
20762 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
20763 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
20765 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
20767 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
20768 Save draft and send message.
20770 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
20771 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
20775 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
20776 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
20777 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
20779 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
20780 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
20781 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
20782 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
20783 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
20784 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
20787 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
20789 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
20790 message and scan line.
20792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20794 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
20795 Quit editing and delete draft message.
20797 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
20798 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
20800 delete the draft message.
20802 \(fn)" t nil)
20804 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-comp" '("mh-")))
20806 ;;;***
20807 \f
20808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-compat" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
20809 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-compat.el
20811 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-compat" '("mh-")))
20813 ;;;***
20814 \f
20815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (0 0 0 0))
20816 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
20817 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6 -4)) package--builtin-versions)
20819 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
20821 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
20823 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
20825 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
20826 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
20828 \(fn)" t nil)
20830 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-e" '("defcustom-mh" "defface-mh" "defgroup-mh" "mh-")))
20832 ;;;***
20833 \f
20834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (0 0 0 0))
20835 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
20837 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
20838 Incorporate new mail with MH.
20839 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
20841 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
20842 the MH mail system.
20844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20846 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
20847 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
20848 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
20850 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
20851 the MH mail system.
20853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20855 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
20858 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
20859 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
20860 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
20861 separate command.
20863 Options that control this mode can be changed with
20865 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
20866 format.
20868 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
20870 Ranges
20871 ======
20872 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
20873 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
20874 can be used in several ways.
20877 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
20878 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
20879 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
20880 page):
20882 <num1>-<num2>
20883 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
20884 The range must be nonempty.
20886 <num>:N
20887 <num>:+N
20888 <num>:-N
20889 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
20890 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
20891 last.
20893 first:N
20894 prev:N
20895 next:N
20896 last:N
20897 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
20899 all
20900 All of the messages.
20902 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
20903 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
20905 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
20906 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
20907 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
20911 \(fn)" t nil)
20913 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-folder" '("mh-")))
20915 ;;;***
20916 \f
20917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-funcs" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
20918 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-funcs.el
20920 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-funcs" '("mh-")))
20922 ;;;***
20923 \f
20924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-identity" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" (0 0 0
20925 ;;;;;; 0))
20926 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-identity.el
20928 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-identity" '("mh-")))
20930 ;;;***
20931 \f
20932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-inc" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" (0 0 0 0))
20933 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-inc.el
20935 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-inc" '("mh-inc-spool-")))
20937 ;;;***
20938 \f
20939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-junk" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" (0 0 0 0))
20940 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-junk.el
20942 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-junk" '("mh-")))
20944 ;;;***
20945 \f
20946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-letter" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" (0 0 0 0))
20947 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-letter.el
20949 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-letter" '("mh-")))
20951 ;;;***
20952 \f
20953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-limit" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" (0 0 0 0))
20954 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-limit.el
20956 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-limit" '("mh-")))
20958 ;;;***
20959 \f
20960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" (0 0 0 0))
20961 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-mime.el
20963 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-mime" '("mh-")))
20965 ;;;***
20966 \f
20967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-print" "mh-e/mh-print.el" (0 0 0 0))
20968 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-print.el
20970 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-print" '("mh-p")))
20972 ;;;***
20973 \f
20974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-scan" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" (0 0 0 0))
20975 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-scan.el
20977 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-scan" '("mh-")))
20979 ;;;***
20980 \f
20981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-search" "mh-e/mh-search.el" (0 0 0 0))
20982 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-search.el
20984 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-search" '("mh-")))
20986 ;;;***
20987 \f
20988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-seq" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" (0 0 0 0))
20989 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-seq.el
20991 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-seq" '("mh-")))
20993 ;;;***
20994 \f
20995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-show" "mh-e/mh-show.el" (0 0 0 0))
20996 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-show.el
20998 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-show" '("mh-")))
21000 ;;;***
21001 \f
21002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-speed" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" (0 0 0 0))
21003 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-speed.el
21005 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-speed" '("mh-")))
21007 ;;;***
21008 \f
21009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-thread" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" (0 0 0 0))
21010 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-thread.el
21012 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-thread" '("mh-")))
21014 ;;;***
21015 \f
21016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-tool-bar" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" (0 0 0
21017 ;;;;;; 0))
21018 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el
21020 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-tool-bar" '("mh-tool-bar-")))
21022 ;;;***
21023 \f
21024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
21025 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-utils.el
21027 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-utils" '("mh-")))
21029 ;;;***
21030 \f
21031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-xface" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" (0 0 0 0))
21032 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-xface.el
21034 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-xface" '("mh-")))
21036 ;;;***
21037 \f
21038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mhtml-mode" "textmodes/mhtml-mode.el" (0 0
21039 ;;;;;; 0 0))
21040 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/mhtml-mode.el
21042 (autoload 'mhtml-mode "mhtml-mode" "\
21043 Major mode based on `html-mode', but works with embedded JS and CSS.
21045 Code inside a <script> element is indented using the rules from
21046 `js-mode'; and code inside a <style> element is indented using
21047 the rules from `css-mode'.
21049 \(fn)" t nil)
21051 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mhtml-mode" '("mhtml-")))
21053 ;;;***
21054 \f
21055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (0 0 0 0))
21056 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
21058 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
21059 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
21060 See the `midnight-mode' command
21061 for a description of this minor mode.
21062 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21063 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21064 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
21066 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
21068 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
21069 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
21071 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21073 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
21074 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
21075 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
21076 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
21077 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
21078 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
21079 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
21080 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
21081 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
21082 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
21085 \(fn)" t nil)
21087 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
21088 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
21089 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
21090 to its second argument TM.
21092 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
21094 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "midnight" '("clean-buffer-list-" "midnight-")))
21096 ;;;***
21097 \f
21098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (0 0 0 0))
21099 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
21101 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
21102 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
21103 See the `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' command
21104 for a description of this minor mode.
21105 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21106 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21107 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
21109 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
21111 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
21112 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
21113 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
21114 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
21115 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
21117 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
21118 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
21119 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
21120 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
21121 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
21122 is modified to remove the default indication.
21124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21126 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "minibuf-eldef" '("minibuf")))
21128 ;;;***
21129 \f
21130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (0 0 0 0))
21131 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
21133 (autoload 'copy-from-above-command "misc" "\
21134 Copy characters from previous nonblank line, starting just above point.
21135 Copy ARG characters, but not past the end of that line.
21136 If no argument given, copy the entire rest of the line.
21137 The characters copied are inserted in the buffer before point.
21139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21141 (autoload 'zap-up-to-char "misc" "\
21142 Kill up to, but not including ARGth occurrence of CHAR.
21143 Case is ignored if `case-fold-search' is non-nil in the current buffer.
21144 Goes backward if ARG is negative; error if CHAR not found.
21145 Ignores CHAR at point.
21147 \(fn ARG CHAR)" t nil)
21149 (autoload 'mark-beginning-of-buffer "misc" "\
21150 Set mark at the beginning of the buffer.
21152 \(fn)" t nil)
21154 (autoload 'mark-end-of-buffer "misc" "\
21155 Set mark at the end of the buffer.
21157 \(fn)" t nil)
21159 (autoload 'upcase-char "misc" "\
21160 Uppercasify ARG chars starting from point. Point doesn't move.
21162 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21164 (autoload 'forward-to-word "misc" "\
21165 Move forward until encountering the beginning of a word.
21166 With argument, do this that many times.
21168 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21170 (autoload 'backward-to-word "misc" "\
21171 Move backward until encountering the end of a word.
21172 With argument, do this that many times.
21174 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21176 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
21177 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
21178 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
21179 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
21180 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
21181 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
21182 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
21183 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
21184 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
21186 \(fn)" t nil)
21188 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
21189 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
21190 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
21191 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
21192 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
21193 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
21195 The return value is always nil.
21197 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
21199 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "misc" '("list-dynamic-libraries--")))
21201 ;;;***
21202 \f
21203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (0 0 0 0))
21204 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
21205 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
21207 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
21208 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
21210 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
21211 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
21212 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
21213 next occurrence.
21215 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
21216 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
21217 end of the search space).
21219 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
21220 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
21221 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
21222 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
21223 should return the previous buffer to search.
21225 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
21226 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
21227 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
21229 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
21230 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
21231 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
21232 Isearch starts.")
21234 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
21235 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
21236 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
21238 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
21239 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
21240 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
21242 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
21243 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
21245 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
21246 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
21247 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
21249 \(fn)" nil nil)
21251 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
21252 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
21253 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
21254 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
21255 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
21256 whose names match the specified regexp.
21258 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
21260 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
21261 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
21262 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
21263 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
21264 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
21265 whose names match the specified regexp.
21267 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
21269 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
21270 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
21271 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
21272 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
21273 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
21274 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
21275 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
21277 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
21279 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
21280 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
21281 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
21282 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
21283 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
21284 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
21285 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
21287 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
21289 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "misearch" '("misearch-unload-function" "multi-isearch-")))
21291 ;;;***
21292 \f
21293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (0 0
21294 ;;;;;; 0 0))
21295 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
21296 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
21298 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
21299 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
21301 \(fn)" t nil)
21303 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mixal-mode" '("mixal-")))
21305 ;;;***
21306 \f
21307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-archive" "gnus/mm-archive.el" (0 0 0 0))
21308 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-archive.el
21310 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-archive" '("mm-")))
21312 ;;;***
21313 \f
21314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-bodies" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" (0 0 0 0))
21315 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-bodies.el
21317 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-bodies" '("mm-")))
21319 ;;;***
21320 \f
21321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-decode" "gnus/mm-decode.el" (0 0 0 0))
21322 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-decode.el
21324 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-decode" '("mm-")))
21326 ;;;***
21327 \f
21328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (0 0 0 0))
21329 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
21331 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
21332 Return a default encoding for FILE.
21334 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21336 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-encode" '("mm-")))
21338 ;;;***
21339 \f
21340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (0 0 0 0))
21341 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
21343 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
21344 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
21346 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
21348 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
21349 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
21350 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
21351 the entire message.
21352 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
21354 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
21356 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-extern" '("mm-extern-")))
21358 ;;;***
21359 \f
21360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (0 0 0 0))
21361 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
21363 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
21364 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
21365 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
21366 the entire message.
21367 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
21369 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
21371 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-partial" '("mm-partial-find-parts")))
21373 ;;;***
21374 \f
21375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (0 0 0 0))
21376 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
21378 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
21379 Insert file contents of URL.
21380 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
21382 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
21384 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
21385 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
21387 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
21389 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-url" '("mm-url-")))
21391 ;;;***
21392 \f
21393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-util" "gnus/mm-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
21394 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-util.el
21396 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-util" '("mm-")))
21398 ;;;***
21399 \f
21400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
21401 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
21403 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
21404 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
21405 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
21406 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
21407 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
21409 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
21411 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
21412 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
21413 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
21415 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
21417 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-uu" '("mm-")))
21419 ;;;***
21420 \f
21421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-view" "gnus/mm-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
21422 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-view.el
21424 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-view" '("mm-")))
21426 ;;;***
21427 \f
21428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (0 0 0 0))
21429 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
21431 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
21432 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
21434 \(fn)" nil nil)
21436 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
21437 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
21438 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
21442 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
21444 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
21445 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
21449 If given a prefix interactively, no prompting will be done for
21450 the TYPE, DESCRIPTION or DISPOSITION values. Instead defaults
21451 will be computed and used.
21453 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
21455 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml" '("mime-to-mml" "mml-")))
21457 ;;;***
21458 \f
21459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml-sec" "gnus/mml-sec.el" (0 0 0 0))
21460 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml-sec.el
21462 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml-sec" '("mml-")))
21464 ;;;***
21465 \f
21466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml-smime" "gnus/mml-smime.el" (0 0 0 0))
21467 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml-smime.el
21469 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml-smime" '("mml-smime-")))
21471 ;;;***
21472 \f
21473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (0 0 0 0))
21474 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
21476 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
21479 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
21481 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
21484 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
21486 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml1991" '("mml1991-")))
21488 ;;;***
21489 \f
21490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (0 0 0 0))
21491 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
21493 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
21496 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21498 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
21501 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21503 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
21506 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21508 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
21511 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21513 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
21516 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
21518 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
21521 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
21523 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
21526 \(fn)" nil nil)
21528 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml2015" '("mml2015-")))
21530 ;;;***
21531 \f
21532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (0 0 0 0))
21533 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
21535 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
21537 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mode-local" '("activate-mode-local-bindings" "deactivate-mode-local-bindings" "def" "describe-mode-local-" "fetch-overload" "function-overload-p" "get-mode-local-parent" "make-obsolete-overload" "mode-local-" "new-mode-local-bindings" "overload-" "set" "with-mode-local" "xref-mode-local-")))
21539 ;;;***
21540 \f
21541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (0 0 0 0))
21542 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
21544 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
21546 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
21547 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
21548 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
21549 followed by the first character of the construct.
21566 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
21567 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
21568 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
21570 \(fn)" t nil)
21572 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "modula2" '("m2-" "m3-font-lock-keywords")))
21574 ;;;***
21575 \f
21576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (0 0 0 0))
21577 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
21579 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
21580 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
21582 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21584 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
21585 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
21587 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21589 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
21590 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
21592 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21594 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
21595 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
21597 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21599 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "morse" '("morse-code" "nato-alphabet")))
21601 ;;;***
21602 \f
21603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-copy" "mouse-copy.el" (0 0 0 0))
21604 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-copy.el
21606 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mouse-copy" '("mouse-")))
21608 ;;;***
21609 \f
21610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (0 0 0 0))
21611 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
21613 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
21617 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
21618 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
21620 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
21621 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
21622 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
21625 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
21627 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
21628 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
21629 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
21630 hemisphere you're in.)
21632 To test this function, evaluate:
21635 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
21637 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
21640 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
21643 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
21644 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
21645 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
21648 middle button in Tk text widgets.
21650 To test this function, evaluate:
21653 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
21655 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mouse-drag" '("mouse-")))
21657 ;;;***
21658 \f
21659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (0 0 0 0))
21660 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
21662 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
21663 Main entry point for MPC.
21665 \(fn)" t nil)
21667 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mpc" '("mpc-" "tag-browser-tagtypes")))
21669 ;;;***
21670 \f
21671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (0 0 0 0))
21672 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
21674 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
21675 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
21677 \(fn)" t nil)
21679 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mpuz" '("mpuz-")))
21681 ;;;***
21682 \f
21683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (0 0 0 0))
21684 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
21686 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
21687 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
21688 See the `msb-mode' command
21689 for a description of this minor mode.
21690 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21691 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21692 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
21694 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
21696 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
21697 Toggle Msb mode.
21698 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
21699 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
21700 if ARG is omitted or nil.
21702 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
21703 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
21705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21707 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "msb" '("mouse-select-buffer" "msb")))
21709 ;;;***
21710 \f
21711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mspools" "mail/mspools.el" (0 0 0 0))
21712 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mspools.el
21714 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mspools" '("mspools-")))
21716 ;;;***
21717 \f
21718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (0
21719 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21720 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
21722 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
21723 Display a list of all character sets.
21725 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
21726 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
21727 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
21728 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
21729 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
21731 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
21732 but still shows the full information.
21734 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21736 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
21737 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
21738 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
21740 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
21741 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
21742 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
21743 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
21744 meanings of these arguments.
21746 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
21748 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
21749 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
21751 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
21753 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
21754 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
21756 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
21758 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
21759 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
21761 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21763 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
21764 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
21767 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
21768 in place of `..':
21769 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
21770 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
21771 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
21772 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
21773 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
21774 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
21775 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
21776 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
21777 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
21778 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
21779 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
21780 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
21781 `default-process-coding-system' for read
21782 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
21783 `default-process-coding-system' for write
21784 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
21786 \(fn)" t nil)
21788 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
21789 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
21791 \(fn)" t nil)
21793 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
21794 Display a list of all coding systems.
21795 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
21797 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
21798 but still contains full information about each coding system.
21800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21802 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
21803 Display a list of all coding categories.
21805 \(fn)" nil nil)
21807 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
21808 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
21809 The font must be already used by Emacs.
21811 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
21813 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
21814 Display information about FONTSET.
21815 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
21817 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
21819 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
21820 Display a list of all fontsets.
21821 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
21822 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
21823 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
21825 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21827 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
21828 Display information about all input methods.
21830 \(fn)" t nil)
21832 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
21833 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
21835 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
21836 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
21837 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
21838 system which uses fontsets).
21840 \(fn)" t nil)
21842 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
21843 Show log of font listing and opening.
21844 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
21845 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
21847 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
21849 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mule-diag" '("charset-history" "describe-font-internal" "insert-section" "list-" "non-iso-charset-alist" "print-" "sort-listed-character-sets")))
21851 ;;;***
21852 \f
21853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (0
21854 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21855 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
21857 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
21858 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
21860 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
21862 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
21863 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
21864 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
21865 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
21866 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
21867 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
21868 buffer; see also `char-width'.
21870 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
21871 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
21872 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
21873 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
21874 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
21875 middle of a character in STR.
21877 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
21878 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
21880 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
21881 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
21882 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
21883 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
21884 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
21886 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
21888 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
21889 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
21891 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
21892 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
21893 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
21895 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
21896 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
21897 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
21899 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
21900 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
21901 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
21902 are considered.
21903 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
21904 longer than KEYSEQ.
21905 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
21907 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
21909 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
21910 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
21911 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
21912 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
21913 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
21914 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
21915 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
21916 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
21917 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
21918 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
21919 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
21921 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
21923 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
21924 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
21926 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21928 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
21929 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
21931 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21933 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
21934 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
21936 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21938 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
21939 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
21941 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21943 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
21944 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
21945 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
21946 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
21947 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
21949 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
21950 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
21952 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
21953 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
21954 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
21955 coding systems ordered by priority.
21957 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
21959 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
21961 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
21962 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
21963 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
21964 language environment LANG-ENV.
21966 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
21968 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
21969 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
21970 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
21971 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
21972 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
21973 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
21975 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
21977 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
21978 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
21979 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
21980 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
21981 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
21982 QUALITY can be:
21983 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
21984 excessive work.
21985 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
21986 part of the file/buffer, this can be expensive and slow.
21987 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
21989 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21991 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
21992 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
21993 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
21994 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
21995 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
21996 QUALITY can be:
21997 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
21998 excessive work.
21999 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
22000 part of the file/buffer, this can be expensive and slow.
22001 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
22003 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
22005 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mule-util" '("filepos-to-bufferpos--dos" "truncate-string-ellipsis")))
22007 ;;;***
22008 \f
22009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (0 0 0 0))
22010 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
22012 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mwheel" '("mouse-wheel-" "mwheel-")))
22014 ;;;***
22015 \f
22016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
22017 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
22019 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
22020 Run `ifconfig-program' and display diagnostic output.
22022 \(fn)" t nil)
22024 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
22025 Run `iwconfig-program' and display diagnostic output.
22027 \(fn)" t nil)
22029 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
22030 Run `netstat-program' and display diagnostic output.
22032 \(fn)" t nil)
22034 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
22035 Run `arp-program' and display diagnostic output.
22037 \(fn)" t nil)
22039 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
22040 Run `route-program' and display diagnostic output.
22042 \(fn)" t nil)
22044 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
22045 Run `traceroute-program' for TARGET.
22047 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
22049 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
22050 Ping HOST.
22051 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
22052 `ping-program-options'.
22054 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
22056 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
22057 Look up the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
22058 Optional argument NAME-SERVER says which server to use for
22059 DNS resolution.
22060 Interactively, prompt for NAME-SERVER if invoked with prefix argument.
22062 This command uses `nslookup-program' for looking up the DNS information.
22064 \(fn HOST &optional NAME-SERVER)" t nil)
22066 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
22067 Run `nslookup-program'.
22069 \(fn)" t nil)
22071 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
22072 Look up the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
22073 Optional argument NAME-SERVER says which server to use for
22074 DNS resolution.
22075 Interactively, prompt for NAME-SERVER if invoked with prefix argument.
22077 This command uses `dns-lookup-program' for looking up the DNS information.
22079 \(fn HOST &optional NAME-SERVER)" t nil)
22081 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
22082 Look up DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
22083 Optional argument NAME-SERVER says which server to use for
22084 DNS resolution.
22085 Interactively, prompt for NAME-SERVER if invoked with prefix argument.
22087 This command uses `dig-program' for looking up the DNS information.
22089 \(fn HOST &optional NAME-SERVER)" t nil)
22091 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
22092 Run `ftp-program' to connect to HOST.
22094 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
22096 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
22097 Finger USER on HOST.
22098 This command uses `finger-X.500-host-regexps'
22099 and `network-connection-service-alist', which see.
22101 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
22103 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
22104 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
22105 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
22106 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
22107 The port is deduced from `network-connection-service-alist'.
22109 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
22111 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
22114 \(fn)" t nil)
22116 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
22117 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
22118 This command uses `network-connection-service-alist', which see.
22120 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
22122 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
22123 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
22125 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
22127 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "net-utils" '("arp-program" "dig-program" "dns-lookup-program" "finger-X.500-host-regexps" "ftp-" "ifconfig-program" "ipconfig" "iwconfig-program" "net" "nslookup-" "ping-program" "route-program" "run-network-program" "smbclient" "traceroute-program" "whois-")))
22129 ;;;***
22130 \f
22131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22132 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
22134 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
22135 Return a user name/password pair.
22136 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
22137 listed in the PORTS list.
22139 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
22141 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "netrc" '("netrc-")))
22143 ;;;***
22144 \f
22145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (0
22146 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
22147 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
22149 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
22150 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
22151 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
22152 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
22153 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
22154 closes it.
22156 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
22157 make it unique.
22158 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
22159 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
22160 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
22161 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
22162 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer or
22163 integer string specifying a port number to connect to.
22165 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
22166 values:
22168 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
22169 nil or `network'
22170 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
22171 the parameters :success and :capability-command
22172 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
22173 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
22174 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
22175 an unencrypted connection.
22176 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
22177 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
22178 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
22179 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
22180 returned object is a killed process.
22181 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
22182 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
22183 `shell' -- A shell connection.
22185 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
22186 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
22187 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
22188 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
22189 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
22190 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
22191 or nil if none could be found.
22192 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
22193 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
22195 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
22197 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
22198 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
22199 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
22201 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
22202 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
22205 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
22206 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
22209 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
22210 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
22211 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
22212 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
22214 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
22215 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
22217 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
22218 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
22219 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
22220 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
22221 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
22222 or STARTTLS connections.
22224 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
22225 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
22227 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
22228 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
22230 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
22231 a greeting from the server.
22233 :nowait, if non-nil, says the connection should be made
22234 asynchronously, if possible.
22236 :shell-command is a format-spec string that can be used if :type
22237 is `shell'. It has two specs, %s for host and %p for port
22240 :tls-parameters is a list that should be supplied if you're
22241 opening a TLS connection. The first element is the TLS
22242 type (either `gnutls-x509pki' or `gnutls-anon'), and the
22243 remaining elements should be a keyword list accepted by
22244 gnutls-boot (as returned by `gnutls-boot-parameters').
22246 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
22248 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
22250 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "network-stream" '("network-stream-")))
22252 ;;;***
22253 \f
22254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (0 0
22255 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22256 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
22258 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
22259 Check whether newsticker is running.
22260 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
22261 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
22263 \(fn)" nil nil)
22265 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
22266 Start the newsticker.
22267 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
22268 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
22269 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
22270 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
22272 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
22274 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-backend" '("newsticker-")))
22276 ;;;***
22277 \f
22278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
22279 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22280 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
22282 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
22283 Start newsticker plainview.
22285 \(fn)" t nil)
22287 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-plainview" '("newsticker-")))
22289 ;;;***
22290 \f
22291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (0 0 0
22292 ;;;;;; 0))
22293 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
22295 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
22296 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
22298 \(fn)" t nil)
22300 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-reader" '("newsticker-")))
22302 ;;;***
22303 \f
22304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (0 0 0
22305 ;;;;;; 0))
22306 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
22308 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
22309 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
22310 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
22311 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
22312 empty.
22314 \(fn)" nil nil)
22316 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
22317 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
22318 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
22319 running already.
22321 \(fn)" t nil)
22323 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-ticker" '("newsticker-")))
22325 ;;;***
22326 \f
22327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (0
22328 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
22329 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
22331 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
22332 Start newsticker treeview.
22334 \(fn)" t nil)
22336 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-treeview" '("newsticker-")))
22338 ;;;***
22339 \f
22340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (0 0 0 0))
22341 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
22343 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newsticker" '("newsticker-version")))
22345 ;;;***
22346 \f
22347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnagent" "gnus/nnagent.el" (0 0 0 0))
22348 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnagent.el
22350 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnagent" '("nnagent-")))
22352 ;;;***
22353 \f
22354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnbabyl" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" (0 0 0 0))
22355 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnbabyl.el
22357 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnbabyl" '("nnbabyl-")))
22359 ;;;***
22360 \f
22361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (0 0 0 0))
22362 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
22364 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
22365 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
22367 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
22369 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndiary" '("nndiary-")))
22371 ;;;***
22372 \f
22373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndir" "gnus/nndir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22374 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndir.el
22376 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndir" '("nndir-")))
22378 ;;;***
22379 \f
22380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22381 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
22383 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
22384 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
22385 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
22386 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
22387 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
22388 symbol in the alist.
22390 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
22392 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndoc" '("nndoc-")))
22394 ;;;***
22395 \f
22396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndraft" "gnus/nndraft.el" (0 0 0 0))
22397 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndraft.el
22399 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndraft" '("nndraft-")))
22401 ;;;***
22402 \f
22403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nneething" "gnus/nneething.el" (0 0 0 0))
22404 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nneething.el
22406 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nneething" '("nneething-")))
22408 ;;;***
22409 \f
22410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (0 0 0 0))
22411 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
22413 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
22414 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
22415 This command does not work if you use short group names.
22417 \(fn)" t nil)
22419 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnfolder" '("nnfolder-")))
22421 ;;;***
22422 \f
22423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nngateway" "gnus/nngateway.el" (0 0 0 0))
22424 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nngateway.el
22426 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nngateway" '("nngateway-")))
22428 ;;;***
22429 \f
22430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnheader" "gnus/nnheader.el" (0 0 0 0))
22431 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnheader.el
22433 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnheader" '("gnus-" "mail-header-" "make-" "nnheader-" "nntp-")))
22435 ;;;***
22436 \f
22437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnimap" "gnus/nnimap.el" (0 0 0 0))
22438 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnimap.el
22440 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnimap" '("nnimap-")))
22442 ;;;***
22443 \f
22444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnir" "gnus/nnir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22445 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnir.el
22447 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnir" '("gnus-" "nnir-")))
22449 ;;;***
22450 \f
22451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmail" "gnus/nnmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
22452 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmail.el
22454 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmail" '("nnmail-")))
22456 ;;;***
22457 \f
22458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmaildir" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22459 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmaildir.el
22461 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmaildir" '("nnmaildir-")))
22463 ;;;***
22464 \f
22465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmairix" "gnus/nnmairix.el" (0 0 0 0))
22466 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmairix.el
22468 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmairix" '("nnmairix-")))
22470 ;;;***
22471 \f
22472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmbox" "gnus/nnmbox.el" (0 0 0 0))
22473 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmbox.el
22475 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmbox" '("nnmbox-")))
22477 ;;;***
22478 \f
22479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmh" "gnus/nnmh.el" (0 0 0 0))
22480 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmh.el
22482 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmh" '("nnmh-")))
22484 ;;;***
22485 \f
22486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (0 0 0 0))
22487 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
22489 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
22490 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
22492 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
22494 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnml" '("nnml-")))
22496 ;;;***
22497 \f
22498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnnil" "gnus/nnnil.el" (0 0 0 0))
22499 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnnil.el
22501 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnnil" '("nnnil-")))
22503 ;;;***
22504 \f
22505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnoo" "gnus/nnoo.el" (0 0 0 0))
22506 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnoo.el
22508 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnoo" '("deffoo" "defvoo" "nnoo-")))
22510 ;;;***
22511 \f
22512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnregistry" "gnus/nnregistry.el" (0 0 0 0))
22513 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnregistry.el
22515 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnregistry" '("nnregistry-")))
22517 ;;;***
22518 \f
22519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnrss" "gnus/nnrss.el" (0 0 0 0))
22520 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnrss.el
22522 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnrss" '("nnrss-")))
22524 ;;;***
22525 \f
22526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnspool" "gnus/nnspool.el" (0 0 0 0))
22527 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnspool.el
22529 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnspool" '("news-inews-program" "nnspool-")))
22531 ;;;***
22532 \f
22533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nntp" "gnus/nntp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22534 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nntp.el
22536 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nntp" '("nntp-")))
22538 ;;;***
22539 \f
22540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnvirtual" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" (0 0 0 0))
22541 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnvirtual.el
22543 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnvirtual" '("nnvirtual-")))
22545 ;;;***
22546 \f
22547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnweb" "gnus/nnweb.el" (0 0 0 0))
22548 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnweb.el
22550 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnweb" '("nnweb-")))
22552 ;;;***
22553 \f
22554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "notifications" "notifications.el" (0 0 0 0))
22555 ;;; Generated autoloads from notifications.el
22557 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "notifications" '("notifications-")))
22559 ;;;***
22560 \f
22561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (0 0 0 0))
22562 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
22564 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
22565 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
22566 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
22568 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
22571 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
22573 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
22574 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
22575 COMMAND must be a symbol.
22576 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
22577 to future sessions.
22579 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
22581 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
22582 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
22583 COMMAND must be a symbol.
22584 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
22585 future sessions.
22587 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
22589 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "novice" '("en/disable-command")))
22591 ;;;***
22592 \f
22593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (0 0
22594 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22595 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
22597 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
22598 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
22600 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
22601 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
22602 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
22604 \(fn)" t nil)
22606 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nroff-mode" '("nroff-")))
22608 ;;;***
22609 \f
22610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nsm" "net/nsm.el" (0 0 0 0))
22611 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/nsm.el
22613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nsm" '("network-security-level" "nsm-")))
22615 ;;;***
22616 \f
22617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (0 0 0 0))
22618 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
22619 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22621 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ntlm" '("ntlm-")))
22623 ;;;***
22624 \f
22625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-enc" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22626 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-enc.el
22628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-enc" '("nxml-")))
22630 ;;;***
22631 \f
22632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-maint" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" (0 0 0 0))
22633 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-maint.el
22635 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-maint" '("nxml-insert-target-repertoire-glyph-set")))
22637 ;;;***
22638 \f
22639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
22640 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
22642 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
22643 Major mode for editing XML.
22646 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
22647 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
22649 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
22650 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
22651 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
22656 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
22658 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
22659 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
22660 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
22661 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
22662 instead of C-c.
22664 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
22665 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
22666 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
22667 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
22669 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
22672 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
22673 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
22676 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
22679 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
22684 complete element is treated as a single markup item; to make each tag be
22685 treated as a separate markup item, set the variable `nxml-sexp-element-flag'
22686 to nil. For more details, see the function `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
22688 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
22690 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
22693 \(fn)" t nil)
22694 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
22696 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-mode" '("nxml-")))
22698 ;;;***
22699 \f
22700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-ns" "nxml/nxml-ns.el" (0 0 0 0))
22701 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-ns.el
22703 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-ns" '("nxml-ns-")))
22705 ;;;***
22706 \f
22707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-outln" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" (0 0 0 0))
22708 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-outln.el
22710 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-outln" '("nxml-")))
22712 ;;;***
22713 \f
22714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-parse" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
22715 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-parse.el
22717 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-parse" '("nxml-")))
22719 ;;;***
22720 \f
22721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-rap" "nxml/nxml-rap.el" (0 0 0 0))
22722 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-rap.el
22724 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-rap" '("nxml-")))
22726 ;;;***
22727 \f
22728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-util" "nxml/nxml-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
22729 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-util.el
22731 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-util" '("nxml-")))
22733 ;;;***
22734 \f
22735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-C" "org/ob-C.el" (0 0 0 0))
22736 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-C.el
22738 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-C" '("org-babel-")))
22740 ;;;***
22741 \f
22742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-J" "org/ob-J.el" (0 0 0 0))
22743 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-J.el
22745 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-J" '("obj-" "org-babel-")))
22747 ;;;***
22748 \f
22749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-R" "org/ob-R.el" (0 0 0 0))
22750 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-R.el
22752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-R" '("ob-R-" "org-babel-")))
22754 ;;;***
22755 \f
22756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-abc" "org/ob-abc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22757 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-abc.el
22758 (push (purecopy '(ob-abc 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
22760 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-abc" '("org-babel-")))
22762 ;;;***
22763 \f
22764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-asymptote" "org/ob-asymptote.el" (0 0 0
22765 ;;;;;; 0))
22766 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-asymptote.el
22768 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-asymptote" '("org-babel-")))
22770 ;;;***
22771 \f
22772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-awk" "org/ob-awk.el" (0 0 0 0))
22773 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-awk.el
22775 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-awk" '("org-babel-")))
22777 ;;;***
22778 \f
22779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-calc" "org/ob-calc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22780 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-calc.el
22782 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-calc" '("org-babel-")))
22784 ;;;***
22785 \f
22786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-clojure" "org/ob-clojure.el" (0 0 0 0))
22787 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-clojure.el
22789 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-clojure" '("org-babel-")))
22791 ;;;***
22792 \f
22793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-comint" "org/ob-comint.el" (0 0 0 0))
22794 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-comint.el
22796 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-comint" '("org-babel-comint-")))
22798 ;;;***
22799 \f
22800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-coq" "org/ob-coq.el" (0 0 0 0))
22801 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-coq.el
22803 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-coq" '("coq-program-name" "org-babel-")))
22805 ;;;***
22806 \f
22807 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-core" "org/ob-core.el"
22808 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22809 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-core.el
22811 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-core" '("org-")))
22813 ;;;***
22814 \f
22815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-css" "org/ob-css.el" (0 0 0 0))
22816 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-css.el
22818 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-css" '("org-babel-")))
22820 ;;;***
22821 \f
22822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ditaa" "org/ob-ditaa.el" (0 0 0 0))
22823 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ditaa.el
22825 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ditaa" '("org-")))
22827 ;;;***
22828 \f
22829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-dot" "org/ob-dot.el" (0 0 0 0))
22830 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-dot.el
22832 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-dot" '("org-babel-")))
22834 ;;;***
22835 \f
22836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ebnf" "org/ob-ebnf.el" (0 0 0 0))
22837 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ebnf.el
22838 (push (purecopy '(ob-ebnf 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22840 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ebnf" '("org-babel-")))
22842 ;;;***
22843 \f
22844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-emacs-lisp" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" (0 0
22845 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22846 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-emacs-lisp.el
22848 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-emacs-lisp" '("org-babel-")))
22850 ;;;***
22851 \f
22852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-eval" "org/ob-eval.el" (0 0 0 0))
22853 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-eval.el
22855 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-eval" '("org-babel-")))
22857 ;;;***
22858 \f
22859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-exp" "org/ob-exp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22860 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-exp.el
22862 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-exp" '("org-")))
22864 ;;;***
22865 \f
22866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-forth" "org/ob-forth.el" (0 0 0 0))
22867 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-forth.el
22869 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-forth" '("org-babel-")))
22871 ;;;***
22872 \f
22873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-fortran" "org/ob-fortran.el" (0 0 0 0))
22874 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-fortran.el
22876 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-fortran" '("org-babel-")))
22878 ;;;***
22879 \f
22880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-gnuplot" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" (0 0 0 0))
22881 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-gnuplot.el
22883 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-gnuplot" '("*org-babel-gnuplot-" "org-babel-")))
22885 ;;;***
22886 \f
22887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-groovy" "org/ob-groovy.el" (0 0 0 0))
22888 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-groovy.el
22890 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-groovy" '("org-babel-")))
22892 ;;;***
22893 \f
22894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-haskell" "org/ob-haskell.el" (0 0 0 0))
22895 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-haskell.el
22897 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-haskell" '("org-babel-")))
22899 ;;;***
22900 \f
22901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-hledger" "org/ob-hledger.el" (0 0 0 0))
22902 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-hledger.el
22904 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-hledger" '("org-babel-")))
22906 ;;;***
22907 \f
22908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-io" "org/ob-io.el" (0 0 0 0))
22909 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-io.el
22911 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-io" '("org-babel-")))
22913 ;;;***
22914 \f
22915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-java" "org/ob-java.el" (0 0 0 0))
22916 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-java.el
22918 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-java" '("org-babel-")))
22920 ;;;***
22921 \f
22922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-js" "org/ob-js.el" (0 0 0 0))
22923 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-js.el
22925 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-js" '("org-babel-")))
22927 ;;;***
22928 \f
22929 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
22930 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22931 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
22933 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-keys" '("org-babel-")))
22935 ;;;***
22936 \f
22937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-latex" "org/ob-latex.el" (0 0 0 0))
22938 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-latex.el
22940 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-latex" '("org-babel-")))
22942 ;;;***
22943 \f
22944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ledger" "org/ob-ledger.el" (0 0 0 0))
22945 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ledger.el
22947 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ledger" '("org-babel-")))
22949 ;;;***
22950 \f
22951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-lilypond" "org/ob-lilypond.el" (0 0 0 0))
22952 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lilypond.el
22954 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lilypond" '("lilypond-mode" "org-babel-")))
22956 ;;;***
22957 \f
22958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-lisp" "org/ob-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22959 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lisp.el
22961 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lisp" '("org-babel-")))
22963 ;;;***
22964 \f
22965 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el"
22966 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22967 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
22969 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lob" '("org-babel-")))
22971 ;;;***
22972 \f
22973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-lua" "org/ob-lua.el" (0 0 0 0))
22974 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lua.el
22976 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lua" '("org-babel-")))
22978 ;;;***
22979 \f
22980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-makefile" "org/ob-makefile.el" (0 0 0 0))
22981 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-makefile.el
22983 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-makefile" '("org-babel-")))
22985 ;;;***
22986 \f
22987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-maxima" "org/ob-maxima.el" (0 0 0 0))
22988 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-maxima.el
22990 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-maxima" '("org-babel-")))
22992 ;;;***
22993 \f
22994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-mscgen" "org/ob-mscgen.el" (0 0 0 0))
22995 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-mscgen.el
22997 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-mscgen" '("org-babel-")))
22999 ;;;***
23000 \f
23001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ocaml" "org/ob-ocaml.el" (0 0 0 0))
23002 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ocaml.el
23004 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ocaml" '("org-babel-")))
23006 ;;;***
23007 \f
23008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-octave" "org/ob-octave.el" (0 0 0 0))
23009 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-octave.el
23011 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-octave" '("org-babel-")))
23013 ;;;***
23014 \f
23015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-org" "org/ob-org.el" (0 0 0 0))
23016 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-org.el
23018 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-org" '("org-babel-")))
23020 ;;;***
23021 \f
23022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-perl" "org/ob-perl.el" (0 0 0 0))
23023 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-perl.el
23025 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-perl" '("org-babel-")))
23027 ;;;***
23028 \f
23029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-picolisp" "org/ob-picolisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
23030 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-picolisp.el
23032 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-picolisp" '("org-babel-")))
23034 ;;;***
23035 \f
23036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-plantuml" "org/ob-plantuml.el" (0 0 0 0))
23037 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-plantuml.el
23039 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-plantuml" '("org-")))
23041 ;;;***
23042 \f
23043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-processing" "org/ob-processing.el" (0 0
23044 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23045 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-processing.el
23047 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-processing" '("org-babel-")))
23049 ;;;***
23050 \f
23051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-python" "org/ob-python.el" (0 0 0 0))
23052 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-python.el
23054 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-python" '("org-babel-")))
23056 ;;;***
23057 \f
23058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ref" "org/ob-ref.el" (0 0 0 0))
23059 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ref.el
23061 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ref" '("org-babel-")))
23063 ;;;***
23064 \f
23065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ruby" "org/ob-ruby.el" (0 0 0 0))
23066 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ruby.el
23068 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ruby" '("org-babel-")))
23070 ;;;***
23071 \f
23072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sass" "org/ob-sass.el" (0 0 0 0))
23073 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sass.el
23075 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sass" '("org-babel-")))
23077 ;;;***
23078 \f
23079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-scheme" "org/ob-scheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
23080 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-scheme.el
23082 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-scheme" '("org-babel-")))
23084 ;;;***
23085 \f
23086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-screen" "org/ob-screen.el" (0 0 0 0))
23087 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-screen.el
23089 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-screen" '("org-babel-")))
23091 ;;;***
23092 \f
23093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sed" "org/ob-sed.el" (0 0 0 0))
23094 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sed.el
23095 (push (purecopy '(ob-sed 0 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23097 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sed" '("org-babel-")))
23099 ;;;***
23100 \f
23101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-shell" "org/ob-shell.el" (0 0 0 0))
23102 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-shell.el
23104 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-shell" '("org-babel-")))
23106 ;;;***
23107 \f
23108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-shen" "org/ob-shen.el" (0 0 0 0))
23109 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-shen.el
23111 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-shen" '("org-babel-")))
23113 ;;;***
23114 \f
23115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sql" "org/ob-sql.el" (0 0 0 0))
23116 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sql.el
23118 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sql" '("org-babel-")))
23120 ;;;***
23121 \f
23122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sqlite" "org/ob-sqlite.el" (0 0 0 0))
23123 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sqlite.el
23125 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sqlite" '("org-babel-")))
23127 ;;;***
23128 \f
23129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-stan" "org/ob-stan.el" (0 0 0 0))
23130 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-stan.el
23132 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-stan" '("org-babel-")))
23134 ;;;***
23135 \f
23136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-table" "org/ob-table.el" (0 0 0 0))
23137 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-table.el
23139 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-table" '("org-")))
23141 ;;;***
23142 \f
23143 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
23144 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23145 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
23147 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-tangle" '("org-babel-")))
23149 ;;;***
23150 \f
23151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-vala" "org/ob-vala.el" (0 0 0 0))
23152 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-vala.el
23154 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-vala" '("org-babel-")))
23156 ;;;***
23157 \f
23158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (0 0 0 0))
23159 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
23161 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
23162 Major mode for editing Octave code.
23164 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
23165 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
23166 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
23167 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
23169 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
23171 Key bindings:
23174 \(fn)" t nil)
23176 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
23177 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
23178 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
23180 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
23182 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
23183 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
23185 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
23186 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
23187 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
23189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23191 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
23193 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "octave" '("inferior-octave-" "octave-")))
23195 ;;;***
23196 \f
23197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ogonek" "international/ogonek.el" (0 0 0 0))
23198 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ogonek.el
23200 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ogonek" '("ogonek-")))
23202 ;;;***
23203 \f
23204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (0 0 0 0))
23205 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
23207 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
23209 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
23217 Customization:
23219 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
23220 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
23221 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
23222 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
23223 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
23224 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
23225 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
23226 Directories to search when finding external units.
23227 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
23228 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
23230 Coloring:
23232 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
23233 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
23235 \(fn)" t nil)
23237 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "opascal" '("opascal-")))
23239 ;;;***
23240 \f
23241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (0 0 0 0))
23242 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
23243 (push (purecopy '(org 9 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
23245 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
23246 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
23248 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
23250 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
23251 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org FILE.
23252 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
23253 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
23254 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
23255 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
23257 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
23259 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
23260 Show the Org version.
23261 Interactively, or when MESSAGE is non-nil, show it in echo area.
23262 With prefix argument, or when HERE is non-nil, insert it at point.
23263 In non-interactive uses, a reduced version string is output unless
23264 FULL is given.
23266 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
23268 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
23269 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
23271 \(fn)" nil nil)
23273 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
23274 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
23276 \(fn)" nil nil)
23278 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
23279 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
23282 Org mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
23283 contains information about projects as plain text. Org mode is
23284 implemented on top of Outline mode, which is ideal to keep the content
23285 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
23286 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
23287 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
23288 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
23289 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
23290 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org file (or a part of it)
23291 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
23293 The following commands are available:
23297 \(fn)" t nil)
23299 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
23300 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org mode.
23302 This is the command invoked in Org mode by the `TAB' key. Its main
23303 purpose is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
23304 in special contexts.
23307 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
23308 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
23309 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
23310 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
23312 With a `\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]' prefix argument, switch to the startup visibility,
23313 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
23314 properties in the buffer.
23316 With a `\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]' prefix argument, show the entire buffer, including
23317 any drawers.
23319 When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
23321 When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
23322 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
23323 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
23324 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
23325 From this state, you can move to one of the children
23326 and zoom in further.
23327 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
23328 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
23330 When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
23331 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
23332 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
23333 speeds up creation document structure by pressing `TAB' once or several
23334 times right after creating a new headline.
23336 When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
23337 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
23338 is negative, go up that many levels.
23340 When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
23341 binding for `TAB', which is re-indenting the line. See the option
23342 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
23344 As a special case, if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
23345 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
23346 \(`\\[universal-argument] TAB', same as `S-TAB') also when called without prefix arg, but only
23347 if the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
23349 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23351 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
23352 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
23354 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
23356 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23357 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
23359 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
23360 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
23361 This mode is for using Org mode structure commands in other
23362 modes. The following keys behave as if Org mode were active, if
23363 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
23364 defined by Org mode).
23366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23368 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
23369 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
23371 \(fn)" nil nil)
23373 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
23374 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
23376 \(fn)" nil nil)
23378 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
23379 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org mode.
23380 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
23381 Org mode to the values they have in Org mode, and then interactively
23382 call CMD.
23384 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
23386 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
23387 Store an org-link to the current location.
23389 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
23394 `org-gnus-prefer-web-links' for links to Usenet articles.
23396 A `\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]' prefix ARG forces skipping storing functions that are not
23397 part of Org core.
23399 A `\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]' prefix ARG forces storing a link for each line in the
23400 active region.
23402 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23404 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
23405 Insert a link like Org mode does.
23406 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org syntax.
23408 \(fn)" t nil)
23410 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
23411 Follow a link or time-stamp like Org mode does.
23412 This command can be called in any mode to follow an external link
23413 or a time-stamp that has Org mode syntax. Its behavior is
23414 undefined when called on internal links (e.g., fuzzy links).
23415 Raise an error when there is nothing to follow.
23417 \(fn)" t nil)
23419 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
23420 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org mode.
23422 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
23424 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
23425 Switch between Org buffers.
23429 With `\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]' prefix, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
23431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23433 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
23434 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
23435 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
23436 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
23438 \(fn)" t nil)
23440 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
23441 Submit a bug report on Org via mail.
23443 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
23445 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
23446 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
23447 information about your Org version and configuration.
23449 \(fn)" t nil)
23451 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
23452 Reload all Org Lisp files.
23453 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
23455 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
23457 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
23458 Call the customize function with org as argument.
23460 \(fn)" t nil)
23462 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org" '("org" "turn-on-org-cdlatex")))
23464 ;;;***
23465 \f
23466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (0 0 0 0))
23467 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
23469 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23470 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
23472 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23474 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23475 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
23476 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
23477 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
23479 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
23480 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
23481 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
23482 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
23483 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
23484 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
23485 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
23486 e Export views to associated files.
23487 s Search entries for keywords.
23488 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
23489 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
23490 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
23491 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
23492 Press several times to get the desired effect.
23493 > Remove a previous restriction.
23496 C Configure custom agenda commands.
23498 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
23499 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
23500 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
23502 If the current buffer is in Org mode and visiting a file, you can also
23503 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
23505 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
23506 \(if active).
23508 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
23510 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23511 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
23512 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
23513 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
23514 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
23515 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
23516 before running the agenda command.
23518 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23520 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
23521 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
23522 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
23523 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
23524 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
23525 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
23526 before running the agenda command.
23528 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
23529 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
23531 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
23533 category The category of the item
23534 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
23535 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
23536 todo selected in TODO match
23537 tagsmatch selected in tags match
23538 diary imported from diary
23539 deadline a deadline on given date
23540 scheduled scheduled on given date
23541 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
23542 closed entry was closed on given date
23543 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
23544 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
23545 block entry has date block including g. date
23546 todo The todo keyword, if any
23547 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
23548 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
23549 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
23550 extra Sting with extra planning info
23551 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
23552 priority-n The computed numerical priority
23553 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
23555 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23557 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
23558 Store agenda views.
23560 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
23562 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
23563 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
23565 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23567 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
23568 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
23569 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
23570 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
23572 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
23573 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
23574 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
23576 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
23577 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
23579 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
23580 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
23582 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
23584 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
23585 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
23587 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
23588 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
23589 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
23590 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
23591 EDIT-AT.
23593 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
23594 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
23595 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
23596 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
23597 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
23600 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
23601 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
23602 including newlines.
23604 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
23605 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
23606 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
23607 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
23608 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
23609 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
23610 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
23612 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
23614 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
23615 as a whole, to include whitespace.
23617 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
23618 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
23619 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
23620 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
23621 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
23622 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
23623 Boolean search must match as full words.
23625 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files
23626 listed in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files' unless a restriction lock
23627 is active.
23629 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
23631 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
23632 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
23633 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
23635 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
23636 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
23638 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23640 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
23641 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
23642 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
23644 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
23646 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
23647 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
23648 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
23649 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
23650 `org-stuck-projects'.
23652 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
23654 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
23655 Return diary information from org files.
23657 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
23658 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
23659 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
23660 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
23662 The call in the diary file should look like this:
23664 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
23666 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
23667 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
23669 &%%(org-diary)
23671 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
23672 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
23673 So the example above may also be written as
23675 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
23677 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
23678 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
23679 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
23681 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23683 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
23684 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
23686 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
23688 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
23689 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
23690 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
23692 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
23694 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
23696 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23697 Compute the Org agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
23698 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
23700 \(fn)" t nil)
23702 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
23703 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
23707 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
23708 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
23710 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
23711 for filtering entries out.
23713 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
23714 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
23715 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
23717 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
23718 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
23723 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
23726 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
23727 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
23728 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
23729 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
23730 details and examples.
23732 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
23733 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
23735 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23737 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-agenda" '("org-")))
23739 ;;;***
23740 \f
23741 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-archive"
23742 ;;;;;; "org/org-archive.el" (0 0 0 0))
23743 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
23745 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-archive" '("org-")))
23747 ;;;***
23748 \f
23749 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el"
23750 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23751 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
23753 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-attach" '("org-attach-")))
23755 ;;;***
23756 \f
23757 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
23758 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23759 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
23761 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-bbdb" '("org-bbdb-")))
23763 ;;;***
23764 \f
23765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-bibtex" "org/org-bibtex.el" (0 0 0 0))
23766 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bibtex.el
23768 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-bibtex" '("org-")))
23770 ;;;***
23771 \f
23772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (0 0 0 0))
23773 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
23775 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
23776 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
23778 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
23780 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
23781 Capture something.
23783 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and
23784 then file the newly captured information. The text is immediately
23785 inserted at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where
23787 state of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
23790 capture anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected
23791 template stores its notes.
23793 With a `\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]' prefix argument, go to the last note stored.
23795 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
23797 When called with a `C-1' (one) prefix, force prompting for a date when
23798 a datetree entry is made.
23800 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
23801 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
23802 will be bypassed.
23804 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
23805 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
23806 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
23807 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
23809 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
23811 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
23812 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
23814 \(fn)" t nil)
23816 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-capture" '("org-")))
23818 ;;;***
23819 \f
23820 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el"
23821 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23822 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
23824 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-clock" '("org-")))
23826 ;;;***
23827 \f
23828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (0 0 0 0))
23829 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
23831 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
23832 Remove all currently active column overlays.
23834 \(fn)" t nil)
23836 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
23839 \(fn)" nil nil)
23841 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
23842 Turn on column view on an Org mode file.
23844 Column view applies to the whole buffer if point is before the
23845 first headline. Otherwise, it applies to the first ancestor
23848 view for the whole buffer unconditionally.
23850 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
23852 \(fn &optional GLOBAL COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
23854 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
23855 Summarize the values of PROPERTY hierarchically.
23856 Also update existing values for PROPERTY according to the first
23857 column specification.
23859 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
23861 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
23862 Write the column view table.
23863 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
23865 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
23866 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
23867 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
23868 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
23870 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
23871 using `org-id-find'.
23872 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
23873 a hline before each level <= that number.
23874 :indent When non-nil, indent each ITEM field according to its level.
23875 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
23876 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
23877 :skip-empty-rows
23878 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
23879 :width apply widths specified in columns format using <N> specifiers.
23880 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
23882 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
23884 (autoload 'org-columns-insert-dblock "org-colview" "\
23885 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
23887 \(fn)" t nil)
23889 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
23890 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
23892 \(fn)" t nil)
23894 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-colview" '("org-")))
23896 ;;;***
23897 \f
23898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
23899 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
23901 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
23902 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
23904 \(fn)" nil t)
23906 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-compat" '("org-")))
23908 ;;;***
23909 \f
23910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-crypt" "org/org-crypt.el" (0 0 0 0))
23911 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-crypt.el
23913 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-crypt" '("org-")))
23915 ;;;***
23916 \f
23917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-ctags" "org/org-ctags.el" (0 0 0 0))
23918 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ctags.el
23920 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-ctags" '("org-ctags-")))
23922 ;;;***
23923 \f
23924 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-datetree"
23925 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (0 0 0 0))
23926 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
23928 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-datetree" '("org-datetree-")))
23930 ;;;***
23931 \f
23932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-docview" "org/org-docview.el" (0 0 0 0))
23933 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docview.el
23935 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-docview" '("org-docview-")))
23937 ;;;***
23938 \f
23939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-duration" "org/org-duration.el" (0 0 0
23940 ;;;;;; 0))
23941 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-duration.el
23943 (autoload 'org-duration-set-regexps "org-duration" "\
23944 Set duration related regexps.
23946 \(fn)" t nil)
23948 (autoload 'org-duration-p "org-duration" "\
23949 Non-nil when string S is a time duration.
23951 \(fn S)" nil nil)
23953 (autoload 'org-duration-to-minutes "org-duration" "\
23954 Return number of minutes of DURATION string.
23956 When optional argument CANONICAL is non-nil, ignore
23957 `org-duration-units' and use standard time units value.
23959 A bare number is translated into minutes. The empty string is
23960 translated into 0.0.
23962 Return value as a float. Raise an error if duration format is
23963 not recognized.
23965 \(fn DURATION &optional CANONICAL)" nil nil)
23967 (autoload 'org-duration-from-minutes "org-duration" "\
23968 Return duration string for a given number of MINUTES.
23970 Format duration according to `org-duration-format' or FMT, when
23971 non-nil.
23973 When optional argument CANONICAL is non-nil, ignore
23974 `org-duration-units' and use standard time units value.
23976 Raise an error if expected format is unknown.
23978 \(fn MINUTES &optional FMT CANONICAL)" nil nil)
23980 (autoload 'org-duration-h:mm-only-p "org-duration" "\
23983 TIMES is a list of duration strings.
23985 Return nil if any duration is expressed with units, as defined in
23986 `org-duration-units'. Otherwise, if any duration is expressed
23988 `h:mm'.
23990 \(fn TIMES)" nil nil)
23992 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-duration" '("org-duration-")))
23994 ;;;***
23995 \f
23996 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-element"
23997 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" (0 0 0 0))
23998 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-element.el
24000 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-element" '("org-element-")))
24002 ;;;***
24003 \f
24004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-entities" "org/org-entities.el" (0 0 0
24005 ;;;;;; 0))
24006 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-entities.el
24008 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-entities" '("org-entit")))
24010 ;;;***
24011 \f
24012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-eshell" "org/org-eshell.el" (0 0 0 0))
24013 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-eshell.el
24015 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-eshell" '("org-eshell-")))
24017 ;;;***
24018 \f
24019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-eww" "org/org-eww.el" (0 0 0 0))
24020 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-eww.el
24022 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-eww" '("org-eww-")))
24024 ;;;***
24025 \f
24026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-faces" "org/org-faces.el" (0 0 0 0))
24027 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-faces.el
24029 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-faces" '("org-")))
24031 ;;;***
24032 \f
24033 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el"
24034 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24035 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
24037 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-feed" '("org-feed-")))
24039 ;;;***
24040 \f
24041 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-footnote"
24042 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (0 0 0 0))
24043 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
24045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-footnote" '("org-footnote-")))
24047 ;;;***
24048 \f
24049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-gnus" "org/org-gnus.el" (0 0 0 0))
24050 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-gnus.el
24052 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-gnus" '("org-gnus-")))
24054 ;;;***
24055 \f
24056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-habit" "org/org-habit.el" (0 0 0 0))
24057 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-habit.el
24059 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-habit" '("org-")))
24061 ;;;***
24062 \f
24063 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
24064 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24065 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
24067 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-id" '("org-id-")))
24069 ;;;***
24070 \f
24071 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
24072 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24073 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
24075 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-indent" '("org-")))
24077 ;;;***
24078 \f
24079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-info" "org/org-info.el" (0 0 0 0))
24080 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-info.el
24082 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-info" '("org-info-")))
24084 ;;;***
24085 \f
24086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-inlinetask" "org/org-inlinetask.el" (0
24087 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
24088 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-inlinetask.el
24090 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-inlinetask" '("org-inlinetask-")))
24092 ;;;***
24093 \f
24094 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
24095 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24096 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
24098 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-irc" '("org-irc-")))
24100 ;;;***
24101 \f
24102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-lint" "org/org-lint.el" (0 0 0 0))
24103 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-lint.el
24105 (autoload 'org-lint "org-lint" "\
24106 Check current Org buffer for syntax mistakes.
24109 category of checkers only. With a `\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]' prefix, run one precise
24110 checker by its name.
24112 ARG can also be a list of checker names, as symbols, to run.
24114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24116 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-lint" '("org-lint-")))
24118 ;;;***
24119 \f
24120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-list" "org/org-list.el" (0 0 0 0))
24121 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-list.el
24123 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-list" '("org-")))
24125 ;;;***
24126 \f
24127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macro" "org/org-macro.el" (0 0 0 0))
24128 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macro.el
24130 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-macro" '("org-macro-")))
24132 ;;;***
24133 \f
24134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24135 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
24137 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
24138 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX.
24140 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
24142 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-macs" '("org-")))
24144 ;;;***
24145 \f
24146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-mhe" "org/org-mhe.el" (0 0 0 0))
24147 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mhe.el
24149 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mhe" '("org-mhe-")))
24151 ;;;***
24152 \f
24153 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el"
24154 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24155 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
24157 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mobile" '("org-mobile-")))
24159 ;;;***
24160 \f
24161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-mouse" "org/org-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
24162 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mouse.el
24164 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mouse" '("org-mouse-")))
24166 ;;;***
24167 \f
24168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-pcomplete" "org/org-pcomplete.el" (0 0
24169 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24170 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-pcomplete.el
24172 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-pcomplete" '("org-" "pcomplete/org-mode/")))
24174 ;;;***
24175 \f
24176 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
24177 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24178 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
24180 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-plot" '("org-plot")))
24182 ;;;***
24183 \f
24184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-protocol" "org/org-protocol.el" (0 0 0
24185 ;;;;;; 0))
24186 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-protocol.el
24188 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-protocol" '("org-protocol-")))
24190 ;;;***
24191 \f
24192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-rmail" "org/org-rmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
24193 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-rmail.el
24195 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-rmail" '("org-rmail-")))
24197 ;;;***
24198 \f
24199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-src" "org/org-src.el" (0 0 0 0))
24200 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-src.el
24202 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-src" '("org-")))
24204 ;;;***
24205 \f
24206 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-table" "org/org-table.el"
24207 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24208 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
24210 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-table" '("org")))
24212 ;;;***
24213 \f
24214 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
24215 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24216 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
24218 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-timer" '("org-timer-")))
24220 ;;;***
24221 \f
24222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (0 0 0 0))
24223 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
24225 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
24226 The release version of Org.
24227 Inserted by installing Org mode or when a release is made.
24229 \(fn)" nil nil)
24231 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
24232 The Git version of Org mode.
24233 Inserted by installing Org or when a release is made.
24235 \(fn)" nil nil)
24237 ;;;***
24238 \f
24239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-w3m" "org/org-w3m.el" (0 0 0 0))
24240 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-w3m.el
24242 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-w3m" '("org-w3m-")))
24244 ;;;***
24245 \f
24246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (0 0 0 0))
24247 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
24248 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
24249 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
24251 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
24252 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
24253 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
24254 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
24256 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
24257 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
24258 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
24259 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
24262 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
24263 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
24264 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
24265 are used when point is on a heading line.
24267 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
24268 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
24269 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
24271 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
24272 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
24274 \(fn)" t nil)
24276 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
24277 Toggle Outline minor mode.
24278 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
24279 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24280 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24282 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
24284 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24285 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
24287 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "outline" '("outline-")))
24289 ;;;***
24290 \f
24291 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox" "org/ox.el"
24292 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24293 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox.el
24295 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox" '("org-export-")))
24297 ;;;***
24298 \f
24299 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-ascii" "org/ox-ascii.el"
24300 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24301 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-ascii.el
24303 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-ascii" '("org-ascii-")))
24305 ;;;***
24306 \f
24307 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-beamer" "org/ox-beamer.el"
24308 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24309 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-beamer.el
24311 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-beamer" '("org-beamer-")))
24313 ;;;***
24314 \f
24315 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-html" "org/ox-html.el"
24316 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24317 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-html.el
24319 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-html" '("org-html-")))
24321 ;;;***
24322 \f
24323 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-icalendar"
24324 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" (0 0 0 0))
24325 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-icalendar.el
24327 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-icalendar" '("org-icalendar-")))
24329 ;;;***
24330 \f
24331 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-latex" "org/ox-latex.el"
24332 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24333 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-latex.el
24335 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-latex" '("org-latex-")))
24337 ;;;***
24338 \f
24339 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-man" "org/ox-man.el"
24340 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24341 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-man.el
24343 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-man" '("org-man-")))
24345 ;;;***
24346 \f
24347 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-md" "org/ox-md.el"
24348 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24349 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-md.el
24351 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-md" '("org-md-")))
24353 ;;;***
24354 \f
24355 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-odt" "org/ox-odt.el"
24356 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24357 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-odt.el
24359 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-odt" '("org-odt-")))
24361 ;;;***
24362 \f
24363 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-org" "org/ox-org.el"
24364 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24365 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-org.el
24367 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-org" '("org-org-")))
24369 ;;;***
24370 \f
24371 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-publish" "org/ox-publish.el"
24372 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24373 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-publish.el
24375 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-publish" '("org-publish-")))
24377 ;;;***
24378 \f
24379 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-texinfo" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
24380 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24381 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-texinfo.el
24383 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-texinfo" '("org-texinfo-")))
24385 ;;;***
24386 \f
24387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (0 0 0 0))
24388 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
24389 (push (purecopy '(package 1 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
24391 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
24392 Whether to make installed packages available when Emacs starts.
24393 If non-nil, packages are made available before reading the init
24394 file (but after reading the early init file). This means that if
24395 you wish to set this variable, you must do so in the early init
24396 file. Regardless of the value of this variable, packages are not
24397 made available if `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started
24401 make installed packages available at any time, or you can
24402 call (package-initialize) in your init-file.")
24404 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
24406 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
24407 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
24408 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
24409 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
24410 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
24411 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
24412 loading packages twice.
24414 It is not necessary to adjust `load-path' or `require' the
24415 individual packages after calling `package-initialize' -- this is
24416 taken care of by `package-initialize'.
24418 If `package-initialize' is called twice during Emacs startup,
24419 signal a warning, since this is a bad idea except in highly
24420 advanced use cases. To suppress the warning, remove the
24421 superfluous call to `package-initialize' from your init-file. If
24422 you have code which must run before `package-initialize', put
24423 that code in the early init-file.
24425 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
24427 (autoload 'package-activate-all "package" "\
24428 Activate all installed packages.
24429 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
24431 \(fn)" nil nil)
24433 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
24434 Import keys from FILE.
24436 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
24438 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
24439 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
24440 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
24441 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
24442 and make them available for download.
24443 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
24444 downloads in the background.
24446 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
24448 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
24449 Install the package PKG.
24450 PKG can be a `package-desc' or a symbol naming one of the available packages
24451 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
24453 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
24454 `package-selected-packages'.
24456 If PKG is a `package-desc' and it is already installed, don't try
24457 to install it but still mark it as selected.
24459 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
24461 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
24462 Install a package from the current buffer.
24463 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
24464 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
24465 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
24467 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
24468 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
24469 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
24471 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
24473 \(fn)" t nil)
24475 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
24476 Install a package from a file.
24477 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
24478 directory.
24480 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
24482 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
24483 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
24484 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
24486 \(fn)" t nil)
24488 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
24489 Reinstall package PKG.
24490 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a `package-desc'
24491 object.
24493 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
24495 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
24496 Remove packages that are no more needed.
24498 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
24499 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
24500 will be deleted.
24502 \(fn)" t nil)
24504 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
24505 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
24507 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
24509 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
24510 Display a list of packages.
24511 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
24512 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
24513 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*', and
24514 includes the package's version, availability status, and a
24515 short description.
24517 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
24519 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
24521 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "package" '("bad-signature" "define-package" "describe-package-1" "package-")))
24523 ;;;***
24524 \f
24525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package-x" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" (0 0
24526 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24527 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package-x.el
24529 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "package-x" '("package-")))
24531 ;;;***
24532 \f
24533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "page-ext" "textmodes/page-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
24534 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/page-ext.el
24536 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "page-ext" '("add-new-page" "ctl-x-ctl-p-map" "next-page" "original-page-delimiter" "pages-" "previous-page" "sort-pages-")))
24538 ;;;***
24539 \f
24540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (0 0 0 0))
24541 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
24543 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
24544 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
24545 See the `show-paren-mode' command
24546 for a description of this minor mode.
24547 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24548 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24549 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
24551 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
24553 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
24554 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
24555 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
24556 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24557 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24559 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
24560 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
24561 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
24563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24565 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "paren" '("show-paren-")))
24567 ;;;***
24568 \f
24569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (0 0
24570 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24571 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
24572 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
24574 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
24575 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
24576 STRING should be on something resembling an RFC2822 string, a la
24578 somewhat liberal in what format it accepts, and will attempt to
24580 The values returned are identical to those of `decode-time', but
24581 any values that are unknown are returned as nil.
24583 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24585 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "parse-time" '("parse-")))
24587 ;;;***
24588 \f
24589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (0 0 0 0))
24590 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
24592 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
24594 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24596 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
24599 Other useful functions are:
24611 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
24613 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
24614 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
24615 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
24616 Indentation for case statements.
24617 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
24618 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
24619 mark after an end.
24620 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
24621 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
24622 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
24623 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
24624 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24625 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
24626 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
24627 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
24628 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
24629 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
24631 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
24632 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
24634 \(fn)" t nil)
24636 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pascal" '("electric-pascal-" "pascal-")))
24638 ;;;***
24639 \f
24640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (0 0 0
24641 ;;;;;; 0))
24642 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
24644 (defvar password-cache t "\
24645 Whether to cache passwords.")
24647 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
24649 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
24650 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
24651 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
24653 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
24655 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
24656 Check if KEY is in the cache.
24658 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
24660 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "password-cache" '("password-")))
24662 ;;;***
24663 \f
24664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (0 0 0 0))
24665 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
24667 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
24668 Evaluate EXP and attempt to match it against structural patterns.
24669 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
24671 A structural PATTERN describes a template that identifies a class
24673 two element list, binding its elements to symbols named `foo' and
24674 `bar' -- in much the same way that `cl-destructuring-bind' would.
24676 A significant difference from `cl-destructuring-bind' is that, if
24677 a pattern match fails, the next case is tried until either a
24678 successful match is found or there are no more cases. The CODE
24679 expression corresponding to the matching pattern determines the
24680 return value. If there is no match the returned value is nil.
24682 Another difference is that pattern elements may be quoted,
24684 matches only against two element lists containing the symbols
24685 `foo' and `bar' in that order. (As a short-hand, atoms always
24686 match themselves, such as numbers or strings, and need not be
24687 quoted.)
24689 Lastly, a pattern can be logical, such as (pred numberp), that
24690 matches any number-like element; or the symbol `_', that matches
24691 anything. Also, when patterns are backquoted, a comma may be
24692 used to introduce logical patterns inside backquoted patterns.
24694 The complete list of standard patterns is as follows:
24696 _ matches anything.
24697 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
24698 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern
24699 the second occurrence becomes an `eq'uality test.
24700 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
24701 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
24704 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
24705 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
24706 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
24707 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
24708 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
24710 Additional patterns can be defined using `pcase-defmacro'.
24712 The FUN argument in the `app' pattern may have the following forms:
24713 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
24714 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
24715 which is the value being matched.
24716 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to (FUN).
24717 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
24719 See Info node `(elisp) Pattern matching case statement' in the
24720 Emacs Lisp manual for more information and examples.
24722 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
24724 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24726 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
24727 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
24728 If EXP fails to match any of the patterns in CASES, an error is signaled.
24730 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
24732 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24734 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
24735 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
24736 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
24737 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
24738 variable name being but a special case of it).
24740 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
24742 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
24744 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
24746 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
24747 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
24748 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
24749 of the form (PAT EXP).
24751 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24753 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24755 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
24756 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
24757 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
24758 of the form (PAT EXP).
24759 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
24760 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
24761 any kind of error.
24763 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24765 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24767 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
24768 Like `dolist' but where the binding can be a `pcase' pattern.
24770 \(fn (PATTERN LIST) BODY...)" nil t)
24772 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24774 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
24775 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
24776 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
24777 to this macro.
24779 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24781 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
24783 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
24785 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcase" '("pcase-")))
24787 ;;;***
24788 \f
24789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24790 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
24792 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
24793 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
24795 \(fn)" nil nil)
24797 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-cvs" '("pcmpl-cvs-")))
24799 ;;;***
24800 \f
24801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (0 0 0 0))
24802 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
24804 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24805 Completion for `gzip'.
24807 \(fn)" nil nil)
24809 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24810 Completion for `bzip2'.
24812 \(fn)" nil nil)
24814 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24815 Completion for GNU `make'.
24817 \(fn)" nil nil)
24819 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24820 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
24822 \(fn)" nil nil)
24824 (autoload 'pcomplete/find "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24825 Completion for the GNU find utility.
24827 \(fn)" nil nil)
24829 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
24831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-gnu" '("pcmpl-gnu-")))
24833 ;;;***
24834 \f
24835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (0 0 0 0))
24836 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
24838 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
24839 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
24841 \(fn)" nil nil)
24843 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
24844 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
24846 \(fn)" nil nil)
24848 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
24849 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
24851 \(fn)" nil nil)
24853 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-linux" '("pcmpl-linux-" "pcomplete-pare-list")))
24855 ;;;***
24856 \f
24857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (0 0 0 0))
24858 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
24860 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
24861 Completion for the `rpm' command.
24863 \(fn)" nil nil)
24865 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-rpm" '("pcmpl-rpm-")))
24867 ;;;***
24868 \f
24869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (0 0 0 0))
24870 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
24872 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
24873 Completion for `cd'.
24875 \(fn)" nil nil)
24877 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
24879 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
24880 Completion for `rmdir'.
24882 \(fn)" nil nil)
24884 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
24885 Completion for `rm'.
24887 \(fn)" nil nil)
24889 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
24890 Completion for `xargs'.
24892 \(fn)" nil nil)
24894 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
24896 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
24897 Completion for `which'.
24899 \(fn)" nil nil)
24901 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
24902 Completion for the `chown' command.
24904 \(fn)" nil nil)
24906 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
24907 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
24909 \(fn)" nil nil)
24911 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
24912 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
24914 \(fn)" nil nil)
24916 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
24917 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
24918 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
24920 \(fn)" nil nil)
24922 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-unix" '("pcmpl-")))
24924 ;;;***
24925 \f
24926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
24927 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
24929 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
24930 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
24932 \(fn)" nil nil)
24934 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
24935 Completion for the `ack' command.
24936 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
24937 long options.
24939 \(fn)" nil nil)
24941 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
24943 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
24944 Completion for the `ag' command.
24946 \(fn)" nil nil)
24948 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-x" '("pcmpl-x-")))
24950 ;;;***
24951 \f
24952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
24953 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
24955 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
24956 Support extensible programmable completion.
24957 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
24958 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
24960 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
24962 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
24963 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
24965 \(fn)" t nil)
24967 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
24968 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
24969 This will modify the current buffer.
24971 \(fn)" t nil)
24973 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
24974 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
24976 \(fn)" t nil)
24978 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
24979 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
24980 This will modify the current buffer.
24982 \(fn)" t nil)
24984 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
24985 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
24987 \(fn)" t nil)
24989 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
24990 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
24992 \(fn)" t nil)
24994 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
24995 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
24996 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
24997 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
24998 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
25000 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
25002 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
25003 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
25005 \(fn)" nil nil)
25007 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcomplete" '("pcomplete-")))
25009 ;;;***
25010 \f
25011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
25012 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
25014 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
25015 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
25016 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
25017 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
25019 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
25021 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
25023 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
25024 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
25025 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
25027 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
25028 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
25029 FLAGS is ignored.
25031 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
25033 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
25034 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
25035 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
25036 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
25037 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
25039 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
25040 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
25042 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
25044 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
25045 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
25046 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
25049 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
25050 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
25051 passed to cvs.
25053 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
25055 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
25056 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
25057 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
25058 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
25060 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
25061 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
25063 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
25065 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
25066 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
25067 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
25069 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
25071 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
25072 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
25073 A value of nil means never do it.
25074 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
25075 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
25076 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
25078 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
25080 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
25081 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
25082 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook 'always) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
25084 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs" '("cvs-" "defun-cvs-mode")))
25086 ;;;***
25087 \f
25088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (0 0 0 0))
25089 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
25091 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
25092 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
25094 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-defs" '("cvs-")))
25096 ;;;***
25097 \f
25098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-info" "vc/pcvs-info.el" (0 0 0 0))
25099 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-info.el
25101 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-info" '("cvs-")))
25103 ;;;***
25104 \f
25105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-parse" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
25106 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-parse.el
25108 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-parse" '("cvs-")))
25110 ;;;***
25111 \f
25112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-util" "vc/pcvs-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
25113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-util.el
25115 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-util" '("cvs-")))
25117 ;;;***
25118 \f
25119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (0 0 0
25120 ;;;;;; 0))
25121 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
25122 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25123 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25124 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25125 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25126 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25127 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25129 (autoload 'perl-flymake "perl-mode" "\
25130 Perl backend for Flymake. Launches
25131 `perl-flymake-command' (which see) and passes to its standard
25132 input the contents of the current buffer. The output of this
25133 command is analyzed for error and warning messages.
25135 \(fn REPORT-FN &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25137 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
25138 Major mode for editing Perl code.
25139 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
25140 Tab indents for Perl code.
25142 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
25143 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25145 Variables controlling indentation style:
25146 `perl-tab-always-indent'
25147 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
25148 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25149 `perl-tab-to-comment'
25150 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
25151 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
25152 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
25153 `perl-nochange'
25154 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
25155 `perl-indent-level'
25156 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
25157 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
25158 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
25159 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
25160 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
25161 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
25162 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
25163 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
25164 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
25165 `perl-brace-offset'
25166 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
25167 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
25168 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
25169 this far to the right of the start of its line.
25170 `perl-label-offset'
25171 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
25172 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
25173 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
25175 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
25176 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
25177 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
25178 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
25179 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
25180 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
25181 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
25183 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
25185 \(fn)" t nil)
25187 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "perl-mode" '("indent-perl-exp" "mark-perl-function" "perl-")))
25189 ;;;***
25190 \f
25191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (0 0 0 0))
25192 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
25194 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
25195 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
25197 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
25198 afterwards settable by these commands:
25215 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
25216 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
25217 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
25218 with these commands:
25222 Move to column following last
25230 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
25232 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
25236 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
25239 You can manipulate text with these commands:
25244 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
25247 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
25257 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
25258 by supplying an argument.
25260 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
25262 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
25263 they are not by default assigned to keys.
25265 \(fn)" t nil)
25267 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
25269 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "picture" '("picture-")))
25271 ;;;***
25272 \f
25273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pixel-scroll" "pixel-scroll.el" (0 0 0 0))
25274 ;;; Generated autoloads from pixel-scroll.el
25276 (defvar pixel-scroll-mode nil "\
25277 Non-nil if Pixel-Scroll mode is enabled.
25278 See the `pixel-scroll-mode' command
25279 for a description of this minor mode.
25280 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25281 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25282 or call the function `pixel-scroll-mode'.")
25284 (custom-autoload 'pixel-scroll-mode "pixel-scroll" nil)
25286 (autoload 'pixel-scroll-mode "pixel-scroll" "\
25287 A minor mode to scroll text pixel-by-pixel.
25288 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Pixel Scroll mode if ARG is positive,
25289 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable Pixel Scroll mode
25290 if ARG is omitted or nil.
25292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25294 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pixel-scroll" '("pixel-")))
25296 ;;;***
25297 \f
25298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "plstore.el" (0 0 0 0))
25299 ;;; Generated autoloads from plstore.el
25301 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
25302 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
25304 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
25306 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
25307 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
25309 \(fn)" t nil)
25311 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "plstore" '("plstore-")))
25313 ;;;***
25314 \f
25315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (0 0 0 0))
25316 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
25318 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
25319 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
25320 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
25322 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
25324 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "po" '("po-")))
25326 ;;;***
25327 \f
25328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (0 0 0 0))
25329 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
25331 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
25332 Play pong and waste time.
25333 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
25334 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
25340 \(fn)" t nil)
25342 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pong" '("pong-")))
25344 ;;;***
25345 \f
25346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "net/pop3.el" (0 0 0 0))
25347 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pop3.el
25349 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
25350 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
25351 Use streaming commands.
25353 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
25355 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pop3" '("pop3-")))
25357 ;;;***
25358 \f
25359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (0 0 0 0))
25360 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
25362 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
25363 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
25364 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
25365 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
25367 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
25369 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
25370 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
25372 \(fn)" nil nil)
25374 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
25375 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
25376 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
25377 can handle, whenever this is possible.
25378 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
25380 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
25382 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
25383 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
25384 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
25386 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
25388 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
25389 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
25391 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
25393 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
25394 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
25395 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
25396 Ignores leading comment characters.
25398 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25400 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
25401 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
25402 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
25403 Ignores leading comment characters.
25405 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25407 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pp" '("pp-")))
25409 ;;;***
25410 \f
25411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (0 0 0 0))
25412 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
25413 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
25415 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
25416 Activate the printing interface buffer.
25418 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
25422 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25424 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
25425 Preview directory using ghostview.
25427 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
25428 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25429 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
25430 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25432 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
25433 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
25434 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
25435 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25436 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
25437 file name.
25439 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25441 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25443 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25444 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
25446 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
25447 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25448 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
25449 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25451 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
25452 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
25453 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
25454 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25455 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
25456 file name.
25458 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25460 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25462 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
25463 Print directory using PostScript printer.
25465 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
25466 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25467 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
25468 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25470 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
25471 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
25472 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
25473 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25474 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
25475 file name.
25477 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25479 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25481 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
25482 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25484 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
25486 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
25487 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25488 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
25489 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25491 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
25492 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
25493 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
25494 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25495 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
25496 file name.
25498 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25500 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25502 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
25503 Preview buffer using ghostview.
25505 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25506 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25507 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25509 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25510 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
25511 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
25512 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25514 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25516 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25517 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
25519 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25520 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25521 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25523 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25524 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
25525 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
25526 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25528 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25530 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
25531 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
25533 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25534 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25535 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25537 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25538 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
25539 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
25540 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25542 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25544 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
25545 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25547 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
25549 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25550 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25551 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25553 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25554 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
25555 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
25556 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25558 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25560 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
25561 Preview region using ghostview.
25563 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
25565 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25567 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25568 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
25570 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
25572 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25574 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
25575 Print region using PostScript printer.
25577 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
25579 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25581 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
25582 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25584 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
25586 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25588 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
25589 Preview major mode using ghostview.
25591 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
25593 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25595 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25596 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
25598 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
25600 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25602 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
25603 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
25605 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
25607 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25609 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
25610 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
25612 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
25614 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25616 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
25617 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
25618 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25619 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25621 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
25622 matching.
25624 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
25625 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
25627 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25629 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
25631 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
25632 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
25633 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25634 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25636 \(fn)" t nil)
25638 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
25639 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
25640 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25641 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25643 \(fn)" t nil)
25645 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
25646 Print directory using text printer.
25648 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
25649 matching.
25651 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
25652 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
25654 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25656 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
25658 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
25659 Print buffer using text printer.
25661 \(fn)" t nil)
25663 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
25664 Print region using text printer.
25666 \(fn)" t nil)
25668 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
25669 Print major mode using text printer.
25671 \(fn)" t nil)
25673 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
25674 Preview spooled PostScript.
25676 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25677 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25678 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25680 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25681 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25682 PostScript image in a file with that name.
25684 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25686 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25687 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
25689 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25690 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25691 instead of sending it to the printer.
25693 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25694 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25695 image in a file with that name.
25697 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25699 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
25700 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
25702 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25703 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25704 instead of sending it to the printer.
25706 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25707 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25708 image in a file with that name.
25710 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25712 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
25713 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
25715 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25716 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25717 instead of sending it to the printer.
25719 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25720 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25721 image in a file with that name.
25723 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25725 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
25726 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
25728 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25730 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
25731 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
25733 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
25735 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25736 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
25738 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25740 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
25741 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
25743 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25745 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
25746 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
25748 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25750 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
25751 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
25753 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
25754 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25755 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
25756 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25758 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25759 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
25760 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
25761 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
25762 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
25763 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
25764 file name.
25766 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
25768 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
25769 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
25771 \(fn)" t nil)
25773 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
25774 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
25776 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
25777 right.
25778 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
25779 bottom.
25781 \(fn)" t nil)
25783 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
25784 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
25786 \(fn)" t nil)
25788 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
25789 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
25791 \(fn)" t nil)
25793 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
25794 Toggle printing with faces.
25796 \(fn)" t nil)
25798 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
25799 Toggle spooling.
25801 \(fn)" t nil)
25803 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
25804 Toggle duplex.
25806 \(fn)" t nil)
25808 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
25809 Toggle tumble.
25811 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
25812 right.
25813 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
25814 bottom.
25816 \(fn)" t nil)
25818 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
25819 Toggle landscape.
25821 \(fn)" t nil)
25823 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
25824 Toggle upside-down.
25826 \(fn)" t nil)
25828 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
25829 Toggle line number.
25831 \(fn)" t nil)
25833 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
25834 Toggle zebra stripes.
25836 \(fn)" t nil)
25838 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
25839 Toggle printing header.
25841 \(fn)" t nil)
25843 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
25844 Toggle printing header frame.
25846 \(fn)" t nil)
25848 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
25849 Toggle menu lock.
25851 \(fn)" t nil)
25853 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
25854 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
25856 \(fn)" t nil)
25858 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
25859 Toggle auto mode.
25861 \(fn)" t nil)
25863 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
25864 Customization of the `printing' group.
25866 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25868 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
25869 Customization of the `lpr' group.
25871 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25873 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
25874 Help for the printing package.
25876 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25878 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
25879 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
25881 \(fn)" t nil)
25883 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
25884 Interactively select a text printer.
25886 \(fn)" t nil)
25888 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
25889 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
25891 \(fn)" t nil)
25893 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
25894 Show current ps-print settings.
25896 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25898 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
25899 Show current printing settings.
25901 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25903 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
25904 Show current lpr settings.
25906 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25908 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
25909 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
25911 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
25912 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
25913 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
25914 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
25917 Interactively, you have the following situations:
25919 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25920 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
25921 immediately be done using the current active printer.
25923 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25924 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25925 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
25926 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
25927 current active printer.
25929 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25930 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
25931 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
25932 printer.
25934 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25935 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
25936 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
25937 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
25938 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25941 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
25942 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
25944 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
25946 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
25947 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
25948 be done using the new current active printer.
25950 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
25951 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
25952 printer.
25954 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
25955 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
25956 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
25957 instead of sending it to the printer.
25959 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
25960 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
25961 printer.
25963 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
25966 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
25967 are both set to t.
25969 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
25971 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
25972 Fast fire function for text printing.
25974 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
25975 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
25976 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
25977 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
25979 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25980 user for a new active text printer.
25982 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
25984 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
25986 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
25987 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
25988 printer.
25990 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
25992 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
25993 are both set to t.
25995 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
25997 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "printing" '("lpr-setup" "pr-")))
25999 ;;;***
26000 \f
26001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (0 0 0 0))
26002 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
26004 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
26005 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
26007 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
26008 the process information.
26010 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
26012 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
26013 Proced buffers.
26015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26017 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "proced" '("proced-")))
26019 ;;;***
26020 \f
26021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (0 0 0 0))
26022 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
26024 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
26025 Start/restart profilers.
26026 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
26027 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
26028 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
26030 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
26032 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
26033 Open profile FILENAME.
26035 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
26037 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
26038 Open profile FILENAME.
26040 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
26042 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
26043 Open profile FILENAME.
26045 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
26047 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "profiler" '("profiler-")))
26049 ;;;***
26050 \f
26051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (0 0 0 0))
26052 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
26054 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
26055 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
26056 When no project found in DIR, and MAYBE-PROMPT is non-nil, ask
26057 the user for a different directory to look in. If that directory
26058 is not a part of a detectable project either, return a
26059 `transient' project instance rooted in it.
26061 \(fn &optional MAYBE-PROMPT DIR)" nil nil)
26063 (autoload 'project-find-regexp "project" "\
26064 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project's roots.
26066 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for. The
26067 pattern may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases',
26068 e.g. entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'. As whitespace
26069 triggers completion when entering a pattern, including it
26072 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
26074 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-regexp "project" "\
26075 Find all matches for REGEXP in the project roots or external roots.
26077 pattern to search for.
26079 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
26081 (autoload 'project-find-file "project" "\
26082 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots.
26083 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
26084 recognized.
26086 \(fn)" t nil)
26088 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-file "project" "\
26089 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots or external roots.
26090 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
26091 recognized.
26093 \(fn)" t nil)
26095 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "project" '("project-")))
26097 ;;;***
26098 \f
26099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (0 0 0 0))
26100 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
26102 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
26103 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
26105 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
26106 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
26108 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
26110 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
26113 Commands:
26116 \(fn)" t nil)
26118 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
26119 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
26120 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
26122 \(fn)" t nil)
26124 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
26125 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
26126 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
26128 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26130 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "prolog" '("mercury-mode-map" "prolog-")))
26132 ;;;***
26133 \f
26134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (0 0 0 0))
26135 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
26137 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
26138 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
26141 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
26143 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-bdf" '("bdf-")))
26145 ;;;***
26146 \f
26147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
26148 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
26149 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
26151 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
26152 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
26154 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
26156 The following variables hold user options, and can
26157 be set through the `customize' command:
26159 `ps-mode-tab'
26160 `ps-mode-paper-size'
26161 `ps-mode-print-function'
26162 `ps-run-prompt'
26163 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
26164 `ps-run-x'
26165 `ps-run-dumb'
26166 `ps-run-init'
26167 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
26168 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
26177 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
26178 The keymap for this second window is:
26183 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
26184 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
26185 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
26186 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
26187 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
26189 \(fn)" t nil)
26191 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-mode" '("ps-")))
26193 ;;;***
26194 \f
26195 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el"
26196 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
26197 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
26199 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-mule" '("ps-mule-")))
26201 ;;;***
26202 \f
26203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (0 0 0 0))
26204 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
26205 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
26207 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
26208 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
26209 See `ps-paper-type'.")
26211 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
26213 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
26214 Specify the size of paper to format for.
26215 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
26216 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
26218 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
26220 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
26221 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
26223 Valid values are:
26225 nil Do not print colors.
26227 t Print colors.
26229 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
26230 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
26232 Any other value is treated as t.")
26234 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
26236 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
26237 Customization of ps-print group.
26239 \(fn)" t nil)
26241 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
26242 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
26244 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
26245 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
26246 sending it to the printer.
26248 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
26249 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
26250 image in a file with that name.
26252 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
26254 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
26255 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
26256 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
26257 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
26258 so it has a way to determine color values.
26260 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
26262 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
26263 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
26264 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
26266 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
26268 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
26269 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
26270 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
26271 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
26272 so it has a way to determine color values.
26274 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
26276 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
26277 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
26278 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
26279 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
26281 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
26283 \(fn)" t nil)
26285 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
26286 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
26287 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
26288 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
26289 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
26291 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
26293 \(fn)" t nil)
26295 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
26296 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
26297 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
26299 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
26301 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26303 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
26304 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
26305 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
26306 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
26307 so it has a way to determine color values.
26309 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
26311 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26313 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
26314 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
26316 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
26317 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
26318 instead of sending it to the printer.
26320 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
26321 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
26322 image in a file with that name.
26324 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
26326 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
26327 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
26328 Done using the current ps-print setup.
26332 \(fn)" t nil)
26334 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
26335 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
26336 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
26338 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
26340 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
26341 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
26342 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
26344 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
26346 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
26347 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
26349 \(fn)" nil nil)
26351 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
26352 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
26354 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
26355 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
26357 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
26358 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
26360 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
26362 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
26364 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
26366 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
26367 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
26369 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
26370 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
26372 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
26373 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
26375 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
26377 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
26379 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
26381 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
26382 foreground and background colors respectively.
26384 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
26385 bold - use bold font.
26386 italic - use italic font.
26387 underline - put a line under text.
26388 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
26389 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
26390 shadow - text will have a shadow.
26391 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
26392 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
26394 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
26396 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
26398 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-print" '("ps-")))
26400 ;;;***
26401 \f
26402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-samp" "ps-samp.el" (0 0 0 0))
26403 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-samp.el
26405 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-samp" '("ps-")))
26407 ;;;***
26408 \f
26409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (0 0 0 0))
26410 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
26411 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
26413 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
26414 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
26415 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
26417 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
26419 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
26420 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
26421 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
26423 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
26425 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pulse" '("pulse-")))
26427 ;;;***
26428 \f
26429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "puny" "net/puny.el" (0 0 0 0))
26430 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/puny.el
26432 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "puny" '("puny-")))
26434 ;;;***
26435 \f
26436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (0 0 0 0))
26437 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
26438 (push (purecopy '(python 0 26 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26442 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
26444 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
26445 Run an inferior Python process.
26447 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
26448 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
26449 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
26450 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
26451 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
26453 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
26454 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
26455 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
26456 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
26458 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
26460 process buffer for a list of commands.)
26462 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
26464 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
26465 Major mode for editing Python files.
26469 \(fn)" t nil)
26471 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "python" '("inferior-python-mode" "python-" "run-python-internal")))
26473 ;;;***
26474 \f
26475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "mail/qp.el" (0 0 0 0))
26476 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/qp.el
26478 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
26479 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
26480 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
26481 coding-system.
26483 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
26486 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
26487 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
26488 them into characters should be done separately.
26490 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
26492 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "qp" '("quoted-printable-")))
26494 ;;;***
26495 \f
26496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (0 0 0 0))
26497 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
26499 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
26500 Return the title of the current Quail package.
26502 \(fn)" nil nil)
26504 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
26505 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
26506 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
26508 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
26509 `quail-activate', which see.
26511 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
26513 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
26514 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
26515 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
26516 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
26517 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
26518 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
26519 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
26521 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
26522 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
26523 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
26524 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
26525 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
26526 shown.
26527 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
26529 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
26530 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
26533 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
26534 list of candidates.
26536 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
26537 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
26538 command to be called.
26540 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
26541 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
26542 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
26543 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
26545 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
26546 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
26547 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
26548 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
26549 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
26550 to t.
26552 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
26553 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
26554 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
26555 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
26557 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
26558 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
26559 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
26560 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
26561 defines no translations for single character keys.
26563 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
26564 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
26565 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
26566 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
26567 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
26568 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
26570 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
26571 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
26574 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
26577 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
26578 covers Quail translation region.
26580 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
26581 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
26582 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
26583 for it) is inserted.
26585 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
26586 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
26587 vs. corresponding command to be called.
26589 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
26590 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
26591 non-Quail commands.
26593 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
26595 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
26596 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
26598 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
26599 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
26600 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
26601 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
26602 you type is correctly handled.
26604 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
26606 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
26607 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
26609 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
26610 keyboard type.
26612 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
26614 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
26615 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
26616 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
26617 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
26618 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
26619 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
26620 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
26621 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
26622 for the translation.
26623 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
26625 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
26626 it is used to handle KEY.
26628 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
26629 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
26630 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
26631 the following annotation types are supported.
26633 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
26634 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
26636 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
26637 candidate list.
26639 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
26640 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
26641 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
26642 inserted.
26644 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
26645 generated for the following translations.
26647 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
26649 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
26650 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
26652 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
26653 which to install MAP.
26655 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
26657 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
26659 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
26660 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
26662 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
26663 which to install MAP.
26665 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
26667 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
26669 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
26670 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
26671 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
26672 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
26673 a function, or a cons.
26674 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
26675 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
26676 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
26677 for the translation.
26678 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
26679 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
26680 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
26681 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
26682 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
26684 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
26685 it is used to handle KEY.
26687 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
26688 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
26689 current Quail package.
26691 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
26692 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
26694 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
26696 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
26697 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
26699 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
26700 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
26702 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
26704 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
26705 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
26707 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
26709 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
26710 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
26711 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
26712 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
26713 of the Emacs source tree.
26715 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
26718 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
26719 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
26720 of each directory.
26722 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
26724 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail" '("quail-")))
26726 ;;;***
26727 \f
26728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/ethiopic" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" (0
26729 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26730 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/ethiopic.el
26732 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/ethiopic" '("ethio-select-a-translation")))
26734 ;;;***
26735 \f
26736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (0 0
26737 ;;;;;; 0 0))
26738 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
26740 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
26741 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
26742 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
26743 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
26745 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26747 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/hangul" '("alphabetp" "hangul" "notzerop")))
26749 ;;;***
26750 \f
26751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/indian" "leim/quail/indian.el" (0 0
26752 ;;;;;; 0 0))
26753 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/indian.el
26755 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/indian" '("inscript-" "quail-")))
26757 ;;;***
26758 \f
26759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/ipa" "leim/quail/ipa.el" (0 0 0 0))
26760 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/ipa.el
26762 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/ipa" '("ipa-x-sampa-")))
26764 ;;;***
26765 \f
26766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/japanese" "leim/quail/japanese.el" (0
26767 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26768 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/japanese.el
26770 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/japanese" '("quail-japanese-")))
26772 ;;;***
26773 \f
26774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/lao" "leim/quail/lao.el" (0 0 0 0))
26775 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/lao.el
26777 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/lao" '("lao-" "quail-lao-update-translation")))
26779 ;;;***
26780 \f
26781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/lrt" "leim/quail/lrt.el" (0 0 0 0))
26782 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/lrt.el
26784 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/lrt" '("quail-lrt-update-translation")))
26786 ;;;***
26787 \f
26788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/sisheng" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" (0
26789 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26790 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/sisheng.el
26792 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/sisheng" '("quail-make-sisheng-rules" "sisheng-")))
26794 ;;;***
26795 \f
26796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/thai" "leim/quail/thai.el" (0 0 0 0))
26797 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/thai.el
26799 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/thai" '("thai-generate-quail-map")))
26801 ;;;***
26802 \f
26803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/tibetan" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" (0
26804 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26805 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/tibetan.el
26807 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/tibetan" '("quail-tib" "tibetan-")))
26809 ;;;***
26810 \f
26811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
26812 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
26813 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
26815 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
26816 Activate UCS input method.
26817 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
26819 While this input method is active, the variable
26820 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
26822 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
26824 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/uni-input" '("ucs-input-")))
26826 ;;;***
26827 \f
26828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/viqr" "leim/quail/viqr.el" (0 0 0 0))
26829 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/viqr.el
26831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/viqr" '("viet-quail-define-rules")))
26833 ;;;***
26834 \f
26835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (0 0 0 0))
26836 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
26838 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'write-file-functions (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil) nil t))\n;; End:\n" "\
26839 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
26840 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
26841 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
26843 To make use of this do something like:
26845 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
26847 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
26849 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
26850 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
26852 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
26853 buffer, this default action can be modified via
26854 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
26856 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
26858 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
26859 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
26861 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
26863 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
26864 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
26866 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
26867 is decided.
26869 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
26871 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
26872 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
26874 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
26875 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
26876 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
26878 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
26880 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
26881 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
26883 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
26885 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
26886 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
26888 \(fn)" t nil)
26890 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
26891 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
26893 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
26897 \(fn)" t nil)
26899 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
26900 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
26902 \(fn)" t nil)
26904 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quickurl" '("quickurl-")))
26906 ;;;***
26907 \f
26908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "radix-tree" "emacs-lisp/radix-tree.el" (0
26909 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26910 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/radix-tree.el
26912 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "radix-tree" '("radix-tree-")))
26914 ;;;***
26915 \f
26916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (0 0 0 0))
26917 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
26919 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
26920 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
26922 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
26924 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
26926 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26928 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
26930 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
26933 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION SERVER-ALIAS)" nil nil)
26935 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
26936 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
26937 See the `rcirc-track-minor-mode' command
26938 for a description of this minor mode.
26939 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26940 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26941 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
26943 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
26945 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
26946 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
26947 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
26948 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
26949 if ARG is omitted or nil.
26951 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26953 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rcirc" '("defun-rcirc-command" "rcirc-" "set-rcirc-" "with-rcirc-")))
26955 ;;;***
26956 \f
26957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (0
26958 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26959 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
26961 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
26963 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
26964 Construct a regexp interactively.
26967 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
26970 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
26972 \(fn)" t nil)
26974 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "re-builder" '("re-builder-unload-function" "reb-")))
26976 ;;;***
26977 \f
26978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (0 0 0 0))
26979 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
26981 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
26982 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
26983 See the `recentf-mode' command
26984 for a description of this minor mode.
26985 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26986 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26987 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
26989 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
26991 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
26993 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
26994 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26995 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26999 were operated on recently.
27001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27003 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "recentf" '("recentf-")))
27005 ;;;***
27006 \f
27007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (0 0 0 0))
27008 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
27010 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
27011 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
27012 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
27013 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
27014 ends.
27016 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
27017 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
27018 to be deleted.
27020 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
27022 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
27023 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
27024 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
27026 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
27027 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
27028 deleted.
27030 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
27032 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
27033 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
27034 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
27036 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
27038 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
27039 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
27041 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
27042 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
27044 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
27045 deleted.
27047 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
27048 the rectangle, but put it in `killed-rectangle' anyway. This means that
27049 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
27050 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
27051 even beep.)
27053 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
27055 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
27056 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
27058 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27060 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
27061 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
27063 \(fn)" t nil)
27065 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
27066 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
27067 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
27068 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
27069 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
27070 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
27071 and point is at the lower right corner.
27073 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
27075 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
27076 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
27078 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
27079 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
27081 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
27082 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
27083 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
27085 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
27087 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
27089 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
27090 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
27091 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
27092 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
27093 rectangle, all contiguous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
27095 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
27096 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
27098 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
27100 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
27101 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
27102 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
27104 When called interactively and option `rectangle-preview' is
27105 non-nil, display the result as the user enters the string into
27106 the minibuffer.
27108 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
27110 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
27112 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
27114 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
27115 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
27117 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
27118 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
27119 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
27121 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
27123 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
27124 Blank out the region-rectangle.
27125 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
27127 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
27128 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
27129 rectangle which were empty.
27131 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
27133 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
27134 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
27136 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
27137 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
27138 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
27139 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
27141 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27143 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
27144 Toggle the region as rectangular.
27145 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
27147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27149 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rect" '("apply-on-rectangle" "clear-rectangle-line" "delete-" "extract-rectangle-" "killed-rectangle" "ope" "rectangle-" "spaces-string" "string-rectangle-")))
27151 ;;;***
27152 \f
27153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refbib" "textmodes/refbib.el" (0 0 0 0))
27154 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refbib.el
27156 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refbib" '("r2b-")))
27158 ;;;***
27159 \f
27160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refer" "textmodes/refer.el" (0 0 0 0))
27161 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refer.el
27163 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refer" '("refer-")))
27165 ;;;***
27166 \f
27167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (0 0 0 0))
27168 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
27170 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
27171 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
27172 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
27173 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27174 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27176 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
27177 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
27178 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
27179 auto-filling.
27183 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27185 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refill" '("refill-")))
27187 ;;;***
27188 \f
27189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (0 0 0 0))
27190 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
27191 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
27192 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
27193 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
27194 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
27196 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
27197 Turn on RefTeX mode.
27199 \(fn)" nil nil)
27201 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
27208 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
27209 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
27213 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
27216 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
27217 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
27220 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
27221 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
27223 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
27227 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
27228 on the menu bar.
27230 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27232 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27234 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
27235 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
27236 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
27238 \(fn)" nil nil)
27240 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex" '("reftex-")))
27242 ;;;***
27243 \f
27244 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-auc" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
27245 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27246 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-auc.el
27248 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-auc" '("reftex-")))
27250 ;;;***
27251 \f
27252 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-cite"
27253 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (0 0 0 0))
27254 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
27256 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-cite" '("reftex-")))
27258 ;;;***
27259 \f
27260 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-dcr" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
27261 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27262 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-dcr.el
27264 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-dcr" '("reftex-")))
27266 ;;;***
27267 \f
27268 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-global"
27269 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" (0 0 0 0))
27270 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
27272 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-global" '("reftex-")))
27274 ;;;***
27275 \f
27276 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-index"
27277 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" (0 0 0 0))
27278 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
27280 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-index" '("reftex-")))
27282 ;;;***
27283 \f
27284 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-parse"
27285 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
27286 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
27288 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-parse" '("reftex-")))
27290 ;;;***
27291 \f
27292 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-ref" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
27293 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27294 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-ref.el
27296 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-ref" '("reftex-")))
27298 ;;;***
27299 \f
27300 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-sel" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
27301 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27302 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-sel.el
27304 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-sel" '("reftex-")))
27306 ;;;***
27307 \f
27308 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-toc" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
27309 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27310 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-toc.el
27312 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-toc" '("reftex-")))
27314 ;;;***
27315 \f
27316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (0
27317 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
27318 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
27319 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
27320 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
27321 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27322 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
27324 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-vars" '("reftex-")))
27326 ;;;***
27327 \f
27328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (0
27329 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
27330 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
27332 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
27333 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
27334 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain
27335 any regexps, quoted or not. Optional PAREN specifies how the
27336 returned regexp is surrounded by grouping constructs.
27338 The optional argument PAREN can be any of the following:
27340 a string
27341 the resulting regexp is preceded by PAREN and followed by
27343 group.
27345 `words'
27348 `symbols'
27351 non-nil
27354 nil
27356 necessary to ensure that a postfix operator appended to it will
27357 apply to the whole expression.
27359 The resulting regexp is equivalent to but usually more efficient
27360 than that of a simplified version:
27362 (defun simplified-regexp-opt (strings &optional paren)
27363 (let ((parens
27369 (concat (car paren)
27371 (cdr paren))))
27373 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
27375 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
27376 Return the depth of REGEXP.
27377 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
27378 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
27380 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
27382 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "regexp-opt" '("regexp-opt-")))
27384 ;;;***
27385 \f
27386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (0 0 0 0))
27387 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
27388 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
27390 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "regi" '("regi-")))
27392 ;;;***
27393 \f
27394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "registry" "registry.el" (0 0 0 0))
27395 ;;; Generated autoloads from registry.el
27397 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "registry" '("registry-")))
27399 ;;;***
27400 \f
27401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (0 0 0 0))
27402 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
27403 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
27405 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
27406 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
27407 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
27408 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
27410 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
27412 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
27414 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
27415 Call `remember' in another frame.
27417 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
27419 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
27420 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
27421 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
27423 \(fn)" t nil)
27425 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
27426 Extract diary entries from the region.
27428 \(fn)" nil nil)
27430 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
27431 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
27432 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
27433 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
27435 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
27437 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
27438 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
27439 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
27440 minor mode.
27442 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
27444 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
27445 Return the buffer.
27447 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
27449 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
27451 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
27453 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "remember" '("remember-")))
27455 ;;;***
27456 \f
27457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (0 0 0 0))
27458 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
27459 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
27461 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
27462 Repeat most recently executed command.
27463 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
27464 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
27465 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
27467 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
27468 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
27469 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
27470 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
27472 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
27476 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
27478 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "repeat" '("repeat-")))
27480 ;;;***
27481 \f
27482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (0 0 0 0))
27483 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
27485 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
27486 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
27488 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
27489 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
27490 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
27491 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
27492 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
27493 and point is left after the salutation.
27495 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
27496 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
27497 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
27498 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
27499 left after that text.
27501 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
27502 is non-nil.
27504 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
27505 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
27506 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
27507 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
27509 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
27511 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reporter" '("reporter-")))
27513 ;;;***
27514 \f
27515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (0 0 0 0))
27516 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
27518 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
27519 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
27520 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
27521 visibility of comments that precede it.
27522 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
27523 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
27524 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
27525 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
27526 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
27527 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
27528 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
27529 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
27530 the comment lines.
27531 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
27532 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
27533 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
27534 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
27535 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
27537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27539 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reposition" '("repos-count-screen-lines")))
27541 ;;;***
27542 \f
27543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (0 0 0 0))
27544 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
27546 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
27547 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
27548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
27549 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27550 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27552 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
27553 reveals invisible text around point.
27555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27557 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
27558 Non-nil if Global Reveal mode is enabled.
27559 See the `global-reveal-mode' command
27560 for a description of this minor mode.
27561 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27562 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27563 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
27565 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
27567 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
27568 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
27569 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
27571 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
27572 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27573 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27575 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27577 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reveal" '("reveal-")))
27579 ;;;***
27580 \f
27581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc1843" "international/rfc1843.el" (0 0 0
27582 ;;;;;; 0))
27583 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/rfc1843.el
27585 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc1843" '("rfc1843-")))
27587 ;;;***
27588 \f
27589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2045" "mail/rfc2045.el" (0 0 0 0))
27590 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2045.el
27592 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2045" '("rfc2045-encode-string")))
27594 ;;;***
27595 \f
27596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2047" "mail/rfc2047.el" (0 0 0 0))
27597 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2047.el
27599 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2047" '("rfc2047-")))
27601 ;;;***
27602 \f
27603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2104" "net/rfc2104.el" (0 0 0 0))
27604 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rfc2104.el
27606 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2104" '("rfc2104-")))
27608 ;;;***
27609 \f
27610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2231" "mail/rfc2231.el" (0 0 0 0))
27611 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2231.el
27613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2231" '("rfc2231-")))
27615 ;;;***
27616 \f
27617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2368" "mail/rfc2368.el" (0 0 0 0))
27618 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2368.el
27620 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2368" '("rfc2368-")))
27622 ;;;***
27623 \f
27624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc822" "mail/rfc822.el" (0 0 0 0))
27625 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc822.el
27627 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc822" '("rfc822-")))
27629 ;;;***
27630 \f
27631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (0 0 0 0))
27632 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
27634 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
27635 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
27637 \(fn X)" nil nil)
27639 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
27640 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
27642 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
27644 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ring" '("ring-")))
27646 ;;;***
27647 \f
27648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (0 0 0 0))
27649 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
27651 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
27652 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
27653 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
27654 other arguments for `rlogin'.
27656 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
27658 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
27659 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
27660 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
27661 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
27663 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
27664 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
27666 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
27667 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
27669 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
27670 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
27671 INPUT-ARGS.
27673 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
27674 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
27675 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
27676 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
27677 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
27679 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
27680 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
27681 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
27682 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
27684 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
27685 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
27686 variable.
27688 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27690 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rlogin" '("rlogin-")))
27692 ;;;***
27693 \f
27694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
27695 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
27697 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
27698 Name of user's primary mail file.")
27700 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
27702 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
27704 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
27705 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
27706 Its name should end with a slash.")
27708 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
27709 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
27711 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
27712 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
27713 Currently known variants are `emacs' and `mailutils'.
27715 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
27717 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
27718 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
27719 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
27720 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
27721 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
27722 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
27723 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
27725 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
27726 sent by you under different user names.
27727 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
27729 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
27731 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
27733 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
27735 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
27736 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
27737 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
27738 explicitly.")
27740 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
27742 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^ARC-.*:" "\\|^Received-SPF:" "\\|^Authentication-Results:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
27743 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
27744 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
27745 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
27746 which normally happens once for each message,
27747 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
27748 To make a change in this variable take effect
27749 for a message that you have already viewed,
27752 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
27754 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
27755 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
27756 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
27757 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
27759 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
27761 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
27762 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
27764 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
27767 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
27768 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
27770 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
27772 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
27773 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
27774 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
27775 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
27776 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
27779 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
27781 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
27782 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
27784 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
27787 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
27789 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
27791 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
27792 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
27794 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
27795 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
27797 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
27799 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
27800 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
27802 This is set to nil by default.")
27804 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
27805 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
27806 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
27807 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
27808 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
27809 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
27810 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
27812 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
27813 Read and edit incoming mail.
27814 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
27815 file in RMAIL Mode.
27818 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
27819 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
27820 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
27821 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
27823 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
27825 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
27827 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
27829 All normal editing commands are turned off.
27830 Instead, these commands are available:
27846 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
27847 till a deleted message is found.
27848 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
27861 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
27866 (label defaults to last one specified).
27867 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
27877 \(fn)" t nil)
27879 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
27880 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
27882 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
27884 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
27885 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
27887 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
27889 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmail" '("mail-" "rmail-")))
27891 ;;;***
27892 \f
27893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail-spam-filter" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
27894 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27895 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail-spam-filter.el
27897 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmail-spam-filter" '("rmail-" "rsf-")))
27899 ;;;***
27900 \f
27901 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
27902 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27903 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
27905 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailedit" '("rmail-")))
27907 ;;;***
27908 \f
27909 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailkwd" "mail/rmailkwd.el"
27910 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27911 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
27913 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailkwd" '("rmail-")))
27915 ;;;***
27916 \f
27917 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailmm" "mail/rmailmm.el"
27918 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27919 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmm.el
27921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailmm" '("rmail-")))
27923 ;;;***
27924 \f
27925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (0 0 0 0))
27926 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
27927 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
27929 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
27930 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
27931 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
27932 case it writes Babyl.
27934 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
27935 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
27936 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
27937 `rmail-default-file'.
27939 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
27940 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
27941 buffer, updates it accordingly.
27943 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
27944 the header display is currently pruned.
27946 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
27947 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
27948 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
27949 messages after output.
27951 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
27953 message (if writing a file directly).
27955 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
27956 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
27958 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
27960 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
27961 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
27962 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
27963 i) the header is output as currently seen
27964 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
27965 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
27967 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
27968 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
27969 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
27971 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
27973 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
27974 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
27975 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
27977 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
27978 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
27979 `rmail-default-body-file'.
27981 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
27982 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
27983 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
27985 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
27987 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailout" '("rmail-")))
27989 ;;;***
27990 \f
27991 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el"
27992 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27993 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
27995 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailsort" '("rmail-")))
27997 ;;;***
27998 \f
27999 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el"
28000 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28001 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
28003 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailsum" '("rmail-")))
28005 ;;;***
28006 \f
28007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmc" "emacs-lisp/rmc.el" (0 0 0 0))
28008 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rmc.el
28010 (autoload 'read-multiple-choice "rmc" "\
28011 Ask user a multiple choice question.
28012 PROMPT should be a string that will be displayed as the prompt.
28014 CHOICES is an alist where the first element in each entry is a
28015 character to be entered, the second element is a short name for
28016 the entry to be displayed while prompting (if there's room, it
28017 might be shortened), and the third, optional entry is a longer
28018 explanation that will be displayed in a help buffer if the user
28019 requests more help.
28021 This function translates user input into responses by consulting
28022 the bindings in `query-replace-map'; see the documentation of
28023 that variable for more information. In this case, the useful
28024 bindings are `recenter', `scroll-up', and `scroll-down'. If the
28025 user enters `recenter', `scroll-up', or `scroll-down' responses,
28026 perform the requested window recentering or scrolling and ask
28027 again.
28029 When `use-dialog-box' is t (the default), this function can pop
28030 up a dialog window to collect the user input. That functionality
28031 requires `display-popup-menus-p' to return t. Otherwise, a text
28032 dialog will be used.
28034 The return value is the matching entry from the CHOICES list.
28036 Usage example:
28043 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES)" nil nil)
28045 ;;;***
28046 \f
28047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (0 0 0 0))
28048 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
28050 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
28051 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
28052 Return a pattern.
28054 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
28056 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-cmpct" '("rng-")))
28058 ;;;***
28059 \f
28060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-dt" "nxml/rng-dt.el" (0 0 0 0))
28061 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-dt.el
28063 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-dt" '("rng-dt-")))
28065 ;;;***
28066 \f
28067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-loc" "nxml/rng-loc.el" (0 0 0 0))
28068 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-loc.el
28070 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-loc" '("rng-")))
28072 ;;;***
28073 \f
28074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-maint" "nxml/rng-maint.el" (0 0 0 0))
28075 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-maint.el
28077 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-maint" '("rng-")))
28079 ;;;***
28080 \f
28081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-match" "nxml/rng-match.el" (0 0 0 0))
28082 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-match.el
28084 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-match" '("rng-")))
28086 ;;;***
28087 \f
28088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (0 0 0 0))
28089 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
28091 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
28092 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
28093 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
28094 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
28096 \(fn)" t nil)
28098 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-nxml" '("rng-")))
28100 ;;;***
28101 \f
28102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-parse" "nxml/rng-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
28103 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-parse.el
28105 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-parse" '("rng-parse-")))
28107 ;;;***
28108 \f
28109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-pttrn" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" (0 0 0 0))
28110 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-pttrn.el
28112 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-pttrn" '("rng-")))
28114 ;;;***
28115 \f
28116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-uri" "nxml/rng-uri.el" (0 0 0 0))
28117 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-uri.el
28119 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-uri" '("rng-")))
28121 ;;;***
28122 \f
28123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-util" "nxml/rng-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
28124 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-util.el
28126 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-util" '("rng-")))
28128 ;;;***
28129 \f
28130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (0 0 0 0))
28131 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
28133 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
28134 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
28136 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
28137 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
28138 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
28139 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
28140 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
28142 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
28143 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
28144 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
28145 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
28147 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
28148 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
28150 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
28151 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
28152 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
28153 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
28154 to use for finding the schema.
28156 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
28158 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-valid" '("rng-")))
28160 ;;;***
28161 \f
28162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (0 0 0 0))
28163 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
28165 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile #'rng-xsd-compile)
28167 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
28168 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
28169 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
28170 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
28171 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
28172 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls `rng-dt-error'
28173 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
28174 `rng-dt-error' will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
28175 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
28176 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
28177 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
28178 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
28179 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
28180 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
28181 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
28182 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
28183 must be equal.
28185 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
28187 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-xsd" '("rng-xsd-" "xsd-duration-reference-dates")))
28189 ;;;***
28190 \f
28191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (0 0 0 0))
28192 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
28194 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
28195 Define a robin package.
28197 NAME is the string of this robin package.
28198 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
28199 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
28200 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
28202 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
28203 one replaces the old one.
28205 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
28207 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
28208 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
28210 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
28211 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
28212 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
28214 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
28216 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
28217 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
28219 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
28221 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "robin" '("robin-")))
28223 ;;;***
28224 \f
28225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (0 0 0 0))
28226 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
28228 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
28229 ROT13 encrypt OBJECT, a buffer or string.
28230 If OBJECT is a buffer, encrypt the region between START and END.
28231 If OBJECT is a string, encrypt it in its entirety, ignoring START
28232 and END, and return the encrypted string.
28234 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
28236 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
28237 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
28239 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28241 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
28242 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
28244 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28246 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
28247 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
28248 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
28250 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
28251 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
28252 in ROT13.
28254 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
28256 \(fn)" t nil)
28258 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
28259 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
28261 \(fn)" t nil)
28263 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rot13" '("rot13-")))
28265 ;;;***
28266 \f
28267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (0 0 0 0))
28268 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
28271 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
28272 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
28275 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
28276 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
28277 highlighting.
28281 \(fn)" t nil)
28283 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
28284 Toggle ReST minor mode.
28285 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
28286 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28287 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28289 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
28290 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
28291 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
28293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28295 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rst" '("rst-")))
28297 ;;;***
28298 \f
28299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rtree" "rtree.el" (0 0 0 0))
28300 ;;; Generated autoloads from rtree.el
28302 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rtree" '("rtree-")))
28304 ;;;***
28305 \f
28306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (0 0 0
28307 ;;;;;; 0))
28308 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
28309 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
28311 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
28312 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
28314 \(fn)" t nil)
28316 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\.\\(?:" "rbw?\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\)" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
28318 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
28320 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ruby-mode" '("ruby-")))
28322 ;;;***
28323 \f
28324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
28325 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
28326 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
28328 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
28329 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
28330 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
28332 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
28333 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
28334 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
28335 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28336 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28340 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ruler-mode" '("ruler-")))
28342 ;;;***
28343 \f
28344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (0 0 0 0))
28345 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
28347 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
28348 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
28349 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
28350 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
28352 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
28354 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
28355 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
28356 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
28358 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
28359 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
28360 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
28362 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
28363 notation.
28365 STRING
28366 matches string STRING literally.
28368 CHAR
28369 matches character CHAR literally.
28371 `not-newline', `nonl'
28372 matches any character except a newline.
28374 `anything'
28375 matches any character
28377 `(any SET ...)'
28378 `(in SET ...)'
28379 `(char SET ...)'
28380 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
28381 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
28382 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
28384 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
28385 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
28386 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
28387 `word', or one of their synonyms.
28389 `(not (any SET ...))'
28390 matches any character not in SET ...
28392 `line-start', `bol'
28393 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
28394 in the text being matched
28396 `line-end', `eol'
28397 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
28399 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
28400 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
28401 string being matched against.
28403 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
28404 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
28405 string being matched against.
28407 `buffer-start'
28408 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
28409 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
28411 `buffer-end'
28412 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
28413 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
28415 `point'
28416 matches the empty string, but only at point.
28418 `word-start', `bow'
28419 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
28421 `word-end', `eow'
28422 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
28424 `word-boundary'
28425 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
28426 word.
28428 `(not word-boundary)'
28429 `not-word-boundary'
28430 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
28431 word.
28433 `symbol-start'
28434 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
28436 `symbol-end'
28437 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
28439 `digit', `numeric', `num'
28440 matches 0 through 9.
28442 `control', `cntrl'
28443 matches ASCII control characters.
28445 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
28446 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
28448 `blank'
28449 matches horizontal whitespace, as defined by Annex C of the
28450 Unicode Technical Standard #18. In particular, it matches
28451 spaces, tabs, and other characters whose Unicode
28452 `general-category' property indicates they are spacing
28453 separators.
28455 `graphic', `graph'
28456 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
28457 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
28458 unassigned by Unicode.
28460 `printing', `print'
28461 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
28463 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
28464 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
28465 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
28467 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
28468 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
28469 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
28471 `ascii'
28472 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
28474 `nonascii'
28475 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
28477 `lower', `lower-case'
28478 matches anything lower-case.
28480 `upper', `upper-case'
28481 matches anything upper-case.
28483 `punctuation', `punct'
28484 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
28485 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
28487 `space', `whitespace', `white'
28488 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
28490 `word', `wordchar'
28491 matches anything that has word syntax.
28493 `not-wordchar'
28494 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
28496 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
28497 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
28498 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
28517 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
28518 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
28520 `(category CATEGORY)'
28521 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
28522 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
28564 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
28565 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
28567 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28568 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28569 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28570 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28571 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
28573 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28574 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28575 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
28576 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
28578 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28579 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28580 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
28581 group number N.
28583 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28584 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28585 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
28586 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
28587 regular expression.
28589 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
28590 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
28592 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
28593 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
28595 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
28596 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
28598 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
28599 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
28601 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
28602 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
28603 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
28605 `(* SEXP ...)'
28606 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
28607 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
28609 `(*? SEXP ...)'
28610 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
28611 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
28613 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
28614 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
28615 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
28617 `(+ SEXP ...)'
28618 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
28620 `(+? SEXP ...)'
28621 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
28623 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
28624 `(optional SEXP ...)'
28625 `(opt SEXP ...)'
28626 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
28628 `(? SEXP ...)'
28629 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
28631 `(?? SEXP ...)'
28632 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
28634 `(repeat N SEXP)'
28635 `(= N SEXP ...)'
28636 matches N occurrences.
28638 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
28639 matches N or more occurrences.
28641 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
28642 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
28643 matches N to M occurrences.
28645 `(backref N)'
28646 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
28648 `(eval FORM)'
28649 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
28650 `regexp-quote' it.
28652 `(regexp REGEXP)'
28653 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
28655 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
28657 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rx" '("rx-")))
28659 ;;;***
28660 \f
28661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl" "net/sasl.el" (0 0 0 0))
28662 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl.el
28664 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl" '("sasl-")))
28666 ;;;***
28667 \f
28668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-cram" "net/sasl-cram.el" (0 0 0 0))
28669 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-cram.el
28671 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-cram" '("sasl-cram-md5-")))
28673 ;;;***
28674 \f
28675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-digest" "net/sasl-digest.el" (0 0 0 0))
28676 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-digest.el
28678 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-digest" '("sasl-digest-md5-")))
28680 ;;;***
28681 \f
28682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (0 0 0 0))
28683 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
28684 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
28686 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-ntlm" '("sasl-ntlm-")))
28688 ;;;***
28689 \f
28690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-scram-rfc" "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" (0
28691 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
28692 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-scram-rfc.el
28694 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-scram-rfc" '("sasl-scram-")))
28696 ;;;***
28697 \f
28698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (0 0 0 0))
28699 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
28700 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
28702 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
28703 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
28704 See the `savehist-mode' command
28705 for a description of this minor mode.
28706 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28707 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28708 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
28710 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
28712 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
28713 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
28714 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
28715 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28716 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28718 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
28719 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
28720 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
28721 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
28723 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
28724 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
28725 histories, which is probably undesirable.
28727 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28729 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "savehist" '("savehist-")))
28731 ;;;***
28732 \f
28733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (0 0 0 0))
28734 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
28736 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
28737 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
28738 See the `save-place-mode' command
28739 for a description of this minor mode.
28740 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28741 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28742 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
28744 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
28746 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
28747 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
28748 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
28749 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
28751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28753 (autoload 'save-place-local-mode "saveplace" "\
28754 Toggle whether to save your place in this file between sessions.
28755 If this mode is enabled, point is recorded when you kill the buffer
28756 or exit Emacs. Visiting this file again will go to that position,
28757 even in a later Emacs session.
28759 If called with a prefix arg, the mode is enabled if and only if
28760 the argument is positive.
28762 To save places automatically in all files, put this in your init
28763 file:
28765 \(save-place-mode 1)
28767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28769 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "saveplace" '("load-save-place-alist-from-file" "save-place")))
28771 ;;;***
28772 \f
28773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sb-image" "sb-image.el" (0 0 0 0))
28774 ;;; Generated autoloads from sb-image.el
28776 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sb-image" '("defimage-speedbar" "speedbar-")))
28778 ;;;***
28779 \f
28780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
28781 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
28783 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
28784 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
28785 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
28787 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
28788 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
28789 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
28790 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
28792 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
28794 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
28796 Commands:
28797 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28798 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
28801 \(fn)" t nil)
28803 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
28804 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
28805 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
28807 Commands:
28808 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28809 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
28811 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
28812 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
28813 that variable's value is a string.
28815 \(fn)" t nil)
28817 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scheme" '("dsssl-" "scheme-")))
28819 ;;;***
28820 \f
28821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
28822 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
28824 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
28825 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
28826 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
28830 \(fn)" t nil)
28832 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "score-mode" '("gnus-score-" "score-mode-")))
28834 ;;;***
28835 \f
28836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (0 0 0 0))
28837 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
28839 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
28840 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
28841 See the `scroll-all-mode' command
28842 for a description of this minor mode.
28843 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28844 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28845 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
28847 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
28849 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
28850 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
28851 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
28852 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28853 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28855 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
28856 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
28858 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-all" '("scroll-all-")))
28862 ;;;***
28863 \f
28864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-bar" "scroll-bar.el" (0 0 0 0))
28865 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-bar.el
28867 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-bar" '("get-scroll-bar-mode" "horizontal-scroll-bar" "previous-scroll-bar-mode" "scroll-bar-" "set-scroll-bar-mode" "toggle-")))
28869 ;;;***
28870 \f
28871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
28872 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
28874 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
28875 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
28876 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28877 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28878 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
28879 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
28880 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
28881 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
28883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28885 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-lock" '("scroll-lock-")))
28887 ;;;***
28888 \f
28889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (0 0 0 0))
28890 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
28891 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
28892 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
28894 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "secrets" '("secrets-")))
28896 ;;;***
28897 \f
28898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (0 0 0 0))
28899 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
28900 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
28902 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
28903 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
28904 The possible elements of this list include the following:
28906 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
28907 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
28908 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
28909 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
28910 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
28911 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
28912 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
28913 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
28914 keybinding for tag names.
28915 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
28916 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
28917 of the symbol under point.
28918 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
28919 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
28920 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
28921 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
28922 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
28923 syntax tokens.
28924 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
28926 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
28928 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
28929 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
28930 See the `semantic-mode' command
28931 for a description of this minor mode.
28932 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28933 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28934 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
28936 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
28938 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
28939 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
28940 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
28941 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28942 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28944 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
28945 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
28946 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
28947 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
28948 Semantic mode.
28952 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28954 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic" '("bovinate" "semantic-")))
28956 ;;;***
28957 \f
28958 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze"
28959 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" (0 0 0 0))
28960 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze.el
28962 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze" '("semantic-a")))
28964 ;;;***
28965 \f
28966 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze/complete"
28967 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" (0 0 0 0))
28968 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el
28970 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/complete" '("semantic-analyze-")))
28972 ;;;***
28973 \f
28974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/analyze/debug" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
28975 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28976 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el
28978 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/debug" '("semantic-analyze")))
28980 ;;;***
28981 \f
28982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/analyze/fcn" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
28983 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28984 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el
28986 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/fcn" '("semantic-analyze-")))
28988 ;;;***
28989 \f
28990 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze/refs"
28991 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" (0 0 0 0))
28992 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el
28994 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/refs" '("semantic-")))
28996 ;;;***
28997 \f
28998 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine"
28999 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" (0 0 0 0))
29000 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine.el
29002 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine" '("semantic-")))
29004 ;;;***
29005 \f
29006 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/c"
29007 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" (0 0 0 0))
29008 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el
29010 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/c" '("c++-mode" "c-mode" "semantic")))
29012 ;;;***
29013 \f
29014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/debug" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
29015 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29016 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el
29018 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/debug" '("semantic-")))
29020 ;;;***
29021 \f
29022 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/el"
29023 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" (0 0 0 0))
29024 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el
29026 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/el" '("emacs-lisp-mode" "lisp-mode" "semantic-")))
29028 ;;;***
29029 \f
29030 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/gcc"
29031 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
29032 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el
29034 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/gcc" '("semantic-")))
29036 ;;;***
29037 \f
29038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
29039 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29040 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
29042 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
29043 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
29045 \(fn)" t nil)
29047 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/grammar" '("bovine-")))
29049 ;;;***
29050 \f
29051 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/make"
29052 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" (0 0 0 0))
29053 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el
29055 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/make" '("makefile-mode" "semantic-")))
29057 ;;;***
29058 \f
29059 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/scm"
29060 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" (0 0 0 0))
29061 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el
29063 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/scm" '("semantic-")))
29065 ;;;***
29066 \f
29067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/chart" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
29068 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29069 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/chart.el
29071 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/chart" '("semantic-chart-")))
29073 ;;;***
29074 \f
29075 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/complete"
29076 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" (0 0 0 0))
29077 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/complete.el
29079 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/complete" '("semantic-")))
29081 ;;;***
29082 \f
29083 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ctxt"
29084 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" (0 0 0 0))
29085 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ctxt.el
29087 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ctxt" '("semantic-")))
29089 ;;;***
29090 \f
29091 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db"
29092 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" (0 0 0 0))
29093 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db.el
29095 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db" '("semanticdb-")))
29097 ;;;***
29098 \f
29099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-debug" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
29100 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29101 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-debug.el
29103 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-debug" '("semanticdb-")))
29105 ;;;***
29106 \f
29107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-ebrowse" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
29108 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29109 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el
29111 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-ebrowse" '("c++-mode" "semanticdb-")))
29113 ;;;***
29114 \f
29115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
29116 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29117 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-el.el
29119 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-el" '("emacs-lisp-mode" "semanticdb-")))
29121 ;;;***
29122 \f
29123 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-file"
29124 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
29125 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-file.el
29127 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-file" '("semanticdb-")))
29129 ;;;***
29130 \f
29131 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-find"
29132 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" (0 0 0 0))
29133 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-find.el
29135 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-find" '("semanticdb-")))
29137 ;;;***
29138 \f
29139 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-global"
29140 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" (0 0 0 0))
29141 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-global.el
29143 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-global" '("semanticdb-")))
29145 ;;;***
29146 \f
29147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-javascript" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
29148 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29149 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el
29151 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-javascript" '("javascript-mode" "semanticdb-")))
29153 ;;;***
29154 \f
29155 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-mode"
29156 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
29157 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-mode.el
29159 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-mode" '("semanticdb-")))
29161 ;;;***
29162 \f
29163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-ref" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el"
29164 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29165 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-ref.el
29167 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-ref" '("semanticdb-ref-")))
29169 ;;;***
29170 \f
29171 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-typecache"
29172 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el" (0 0 0 0))
29173 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el
29175 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-typecache" '("semanticdb-")))
29177 ;;;***
29178 \f
29179 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/debug"
29180 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
29181 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/debug.el
29183 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/debug" '("semantic-debug-")))
29185 ;;;***
29186 \f
29187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/decorate" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
29188 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29189 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate.el
29191 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate" '("semantic-")))
29193 ;;;***
29194 \f
29195 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/decorate/include"
29196 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" (0 0 0 0))
29197 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el
29199 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate/include" '("semantic-decoration-")))
29201 ;;;***
29202 \f
29203 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/decorate/mode"
29204 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
29205 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el
29207 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate/mode" '("define-semantic-decoration-style" "semantic-")))
29209 ;;;***
29210 \f
29211 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/dep"
29212 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" (0 0 0 0))
29213 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/dep.el
29215 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/dep" '("defcustom-mode-local-semantic-dependency-system-include-path" "semantic-")))
29217 ;;;***
29218 \f
29219 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/doc"
29220 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/doc.el" (0 0 0 0))
29221 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/doc.el
29223 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/doc" '("semantic-doc")))
29225 ;;;***
29226 \f
29227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/ede-grammar" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
29228 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29229 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el
29231 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ede-grammar" '("semantic-ede-")))
29233 ;;;***
29234 \f
29235 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/edit"
29236 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
29237 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/edit.el
29239 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/edit" '("semantic-")))
29241 ;;;***
29242 \f
29243 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/find"
29244 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/find.el" (0 0 0 0))
29245 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/find.el
29247 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/find" '("semantic-")))
29249 ;;;***
29250 \f
29251 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/format"
29252 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/format.el" (0 0 0 0))
29253 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/format.el
29255 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/format" '("semantic-")))
29257 ;;;***
29258 \f
29259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/fw" "cedet/semantic/fw.el" (0 0 0
29260 ;;;;;; 0))
29261 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/fw.el
29263 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/fw" '("semantic")))
29265 ;;;***
29266 \f
29267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/grammar" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
29268 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29269 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/grammar.el
29271 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/grammar" '("semantic-")))
29273 ;;;***
29274 \f
29275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/grammar-wy" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el"
29276 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29277 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el
29279 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/grammar-wy" '("semantic-grammar-wy--")))
29281 ;;;***
29282 \f
29283 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/html"
29284 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" (0 0 0 0))
29285 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/html.el
29287 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/html" '("html-helper-mode" "semantic-")))
29289 ;;;***
29290 \f
29291 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ia"
29292 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia.el" (0 0 0 0))
29293 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ia.el
29295 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ia" '("semantic-ia-")))
29297 ;;;***
29298 \f
29299 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ia-sb"
29300 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" (0 0 0 0))
29301 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el
29303 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ia-sb" '("semantic-ia-s")))
29305 ;;;***
29306 \f
29307 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/idle"
29308 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" (0 0 0 0))
29309 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/idle.el
29311 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/idle" '("define-semantic-idle-service" "global-semantic-idle-summary-mode" "semantic-")))
29313 ;;;***
29314 \f
29315 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/imenu"
29316 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
29317 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/imenu.el
29319 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/imenu" '("semantic-")))
29321 ;;;***
29322 \f
29323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/java" "cedet/semantic/java.el" (0
29324 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
29325 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/java.el
29327 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/java" '("semantic-")))
29329 ;;;***
29330 \f
29331 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/lex"
29332 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex.el" (0 0 0 0))
29333 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/lex.el
29335 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/lex" '("define-lex" "semantic-")))
29337 ;;;***
29338 \f
29339 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/lex-spp"
29340 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" (0 0 0 0))
29341 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el
29343 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/lex-spp" '("define-lex-spp-" "semantic-lex-")))
29345 ;;;***
29346 \f
29347 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/mru-bookmark"
29348 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" (0 0 0 0))
29349 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el
29351 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/mru-bookmark" '("global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode" "semantic-")))
29353 ;;;***
29354 \f
29355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/sb" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" (0 0 0
29356 ;;;;;; 0))
29357 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/sb.el
29359 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/sb" '("semantic-sb-")))
29361 ;;;***
29362 \f
29363 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/scope"
29364 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/scope.el" (0 0 0 0))
29365 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/scope.el
29367 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/scope" '("semantic-")))
29369 ;;;***
29370 \f
29371 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/senator"
29372 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" (0 0 0 0))
29373 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/senator.el
29375 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/senator" '("semantic-up-reference" "senator-")))
29377 ;;;***
29378 \f
29379 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/sort"
29380 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" (0 0 0 0))
29381 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/sort.el
29383 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/sort" '("semantic-")))
29385 ;;;***
29386 \f
29387 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref"
29388 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref.el" (0 0 0 0))
29389 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref.el
29391 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref" '("semantic-symref-")))
29393 ;;;***
29394 \f
29395 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/cscope"
29396 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" (0 0 0 0))
29397 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el
29399 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/cscope" '("semantic-symref-cscope--line-re")))
29401 ;;;***
29402 \f
29403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/symref/filter" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
29404 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29405 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el
29407 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/filter" '("semantic-symref-")))
29409 ;;;***
29410 \f
29411 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/global"
29412 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" (0 0 0 0))
29413 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/global.el
29415 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/global" '("semantic-symref-global--line-re")))
29417 ;;;***
29418 \f
29419 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/grep"
29420 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" (0 0 0 0))
29421 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el
29423 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/grep" '("semantic-symref-")))
29425 ;;;***
29426 \f
29427 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/idutils"
29428 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" (0 0 0 0))
29429 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el
29431 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/idutils" '("semantic-symref-idutils--line-re")))
29433 ;;;***
29434 \f
29435 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/list"
29436 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" (0 0 0 0))
29437 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/list.el
29439 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/list" '("semantic-symref-")))
29441 ;;;***
29442 \f
29443 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag"
29444 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" (0 0 0 0))
29445 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag.el
29447 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag" '("semantic-")))
29449 ;;;***
29450 \f
29451 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-file"
29452 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
29453 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-file.el
29455 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-file" '("semantic-prototype-file")))
29457 ;;;***
29458 \f
29459 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-ls"
29460 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" (0 0 0 0))
29461 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el
29463 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-ls" '("semantic-")))
29465 ;;;***
29466 \f
29467 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-write"
29468 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el" (0 0 0 0))
29469 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-write.el
29471 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-write" '("semantic-tag-write-")))
29473 ;;;***
29474 \f
29475 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/texi"
29476 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/texi.el" (0 0 0 0))
29477 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/texi.el
29479 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/texi" '("semantic-")))
29481 ;;;***
29482 \f
29483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/util" "cedet/semantic/util.el" (0
29484 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
29485 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/util.el
29487 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/util" '("semantic-")))
29489 ;;;***
29490 \f
29491 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/util-modes"
29492 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el" (0 0 0 0))
29493 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/util-modes.el
29495 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/util-modes" '("semantic-")))
29497 ;;;***
29498 \f
29499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el"
29500 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29501 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent.el
29503 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent" '("define-wisent-lexer" "wisent-")))
29505 ;;;***
29506 \f
29507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/comp" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
29508 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29509 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el
29511 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/comp" '("wisent-")))
29513 ;;;***
29514 \f
29515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
29516 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29517 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
29519 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
29520 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
29522 \(fn)" t nil)
29524 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/grammar" '("wisent-")))
29526 ;;;***
29527 \f
29528 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/java-tags"
29529 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" (0 0 0 0))
29530 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el
29532 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/java-tags" '("semantic-" "wisent-java-parse-error")))
29534 ;;;***
29535 \f
29536 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/javascript"
29537 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el" (0 0 0 0))
29538 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el
29540 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/javascript" '("js-mode" "semantic-" "wisent-javascript-jv-expand-tag")))
29542 ;;;***
29543 \f
29544 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/python"
29545 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" (0 0 0 0))
29546 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el
29548 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/python" '("python-" "semantic-" "wisent-python-")))
29550 ;;;***
29551 \f
29552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/wisent" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
29553 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29554 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el
29556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/wisent" '("$action" "$nterm" "$region" "wisent-")))
29558 ;;;***
29559 \f
29560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
29561 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
29563 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
29566 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
29567 king@grassland.com
29568 If `parens', they look like:
29569 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
29570 If `angles', they look like:
29571 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
29573 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
29574 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
29576 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
29578 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
29579 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
29580 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
29581 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
29583 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
29584 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
29585 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
29586 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
29588 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
29590 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
29591 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
29592 This is done when the message is initialized,
29593 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
29595 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
29597 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
29598 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
29599 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
29601 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
29603 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
29604 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
29605 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
29606 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
29607 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
29608 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
29609 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
29611 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
29613 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
29614 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
29616 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
29618 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
29619 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
29620 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
29621 be a Babyl file.")
29623 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
29625 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
29626 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
29627 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
29628 when you first send mail.")
29630 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
29632 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
29633 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
29634 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
29635 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
29636 This file need not actually exist.")
29638 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
29640 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
29641 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
29643 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
29645 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
29646 Alist of mail address aliases,
29647 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
29648 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
29649 can specify a different file name.)
29650 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
29651 alias ALIAS MEANING")
29653 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
29654 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
29655 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
29657 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
29659 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
29660 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
29661 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
29663 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
29665 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
29666 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
29667 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
29668 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
29669 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
29670 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
29671 in the cited portion of the message.
29673 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
29674 instead of no action.")
29676 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
29678 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ \11]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ \11]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
29679 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
29680 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
29681 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
29682 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
29684 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
29686 (defvar mail-signature t "\
29687 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
29688 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
29689 If a string, that string is inserted.
29691 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
29692 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
29693 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
29695 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
29697 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
29698 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
29700 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
29702 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
29703 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
29704 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
29706 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
29707 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
29709 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
29711 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
29712 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
29713 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
29714 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
29716 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
29718 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
29719 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
29720 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
29722 \(fn)" nil nil)
29724 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
29726 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
29729 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29731 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
29732 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
29733 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
29738 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
29750 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
29751 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
29753 \(fn)" t nil)
29755 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
29756 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
29758 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
29760 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
29762 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
29763 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
29764 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
29765 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
29766 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
29767 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
29769 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
29770 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
29771 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
29773 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
29774 User should not set this variable manually,
29775 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
29776 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
29777 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
29779 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
29780 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
29781 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
29782 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
29784 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
29785 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
29790 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
29791 to move to message header fields:
29794 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
29795 when the message is initialized.
29797 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
29798 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
29800 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
29801 is inserted.
29803 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
29804 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
29806 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
29807 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
29808 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
29809 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
29810 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
29811 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
29812 buffer without erasing the contents.
29814 The second through fifth arguments,
29815 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
29816 the initial contents of those header fields.
29817 These arguments should not have final newlines.
29818 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
29819 original message being replied to, or else an action
29820 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
29821 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
29822 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
29823 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
29824 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
29825 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
29827 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
29829 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
29830 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
29832 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
29834 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
29835 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
29837 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
29839 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sendmail" '("mail-" "sendmail-")))
29841 ;;;***
29842 \f
29843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (0 0 0 0))
29844 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
29845 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 20)) package--builtin-versions)
29847 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "seq" '("seq-")))
29849 ;;;***
29850 \f
29851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (0 0 0 0))
29852 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
29854 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
29856 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
29858 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
29860 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
29861 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
29862 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
29864 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
29867 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
29868 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
29870 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
29871 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
29872 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
29877 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
29879 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
29880 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
29881 If server is running, it is first stopped.
29882 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
29884 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29886 (defvar server-mode nil "\
29887 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
29888 See the `server-mode' command
29889 for a description of this minor mode.
29890 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29891 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29892 or call the function `server-mode'.")
29894 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
29896 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
29897 Toggle Server mode.
29898 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
29899 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29900 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29902 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
29903 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
29904 `server-start' for details.
29906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29908 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
29909 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
29910 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
29912 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
29913 only these files will be asked to be saved.
29915 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
29917 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "server" '("server-")))
29919 ;;;***
29920 \f
29921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (0 0 0 0))
29922 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
29924 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
29925 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
29927 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
29928 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
29929 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
29930 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
29931 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
29933 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
29934 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
29935 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
29936 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
29937 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
29938 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
29940 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
29941 displayed.
29943 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
29944 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
29945 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
29948 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
29950 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
29951 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
29954 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
29955 part):
29957 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
29958 formula:
29961 \(fn)" t nil)
29963 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ses" '("1value" "noreturn" "ses")))
29965 ;;;***
29966 \f
29967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (0 0 0
29968 ;;;;;; 0))
29969 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
29971 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
29972 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
29973 Makes > match <.
29975 `sgml-quick-keys'.
29977 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
29978 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
29979 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
29982 in your init file.
29990 \(fn)" t nil)
29992 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
29993 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
29994 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
29995 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
29997 which this is based.
29999 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
30001 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
30002 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
30003 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
30004 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
30006 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
30007 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
30008 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
30010 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
30011 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
30012 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
30013 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
30018 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
30022 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
30023 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
30024 To work around that, do:
30029 \(fn)" t nil)
30031 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sgml-mode" '("html-" "sgml-")))
30033 ;;;***
30034 \f
30035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (0 0 0
30036 ;;;;;; 0))
30037 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
30038 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
30039 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
30041 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
30042 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
30043 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
30044 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
30045 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
30046 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
30048 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
30049 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
30050 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
30051 shell-specific features. Shell script files can use the `sh-shell' local
30052 variable to indicate the shell variant to be used for the file.
30054 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
30055 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
30056 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
30069 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
30073 would indent to the way it currently is.
30075 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
30084 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
30085 unquoted < insert a here document. You can control this behavior by
30086 modifying `sh-mode-hook'.
30088 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
30089 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
30090 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
30093 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
30095 \(fn)" t nil)
30097 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
30099 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sh-script" '("sh-")))
30101 ;;;***
30102 \f
30103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (0 0 0 0))
30104 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
30106 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
30107 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
30109 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
30110 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
30111 else prints messages listing any shadows.
30113 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
30114 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
30115 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
30117 the earlier.
30119 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
30123 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
30124 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
30127 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
30128 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
30130 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
30131 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
30132 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
30133 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
30134 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
30135 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
30136 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
30137 Emacs version).
30139 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
30140 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
30141 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
30142 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
30143 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
30145 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
30146 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
30148 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
30150 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shadow" '("load-path-shadows-")))
30152 ;;;***
30153 \f
30154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (0 0 0 0))
30155 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
30157 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
30158 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
30159 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
30160 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
30161 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
30162 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
30163 sites in the cluster.
30165 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
30167 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
30168 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
30169 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
30170 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
30171 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
30173 \(fn)" t nil)
30175 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
30176 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
30177 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
30178 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
30179 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
30180 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
30181 `shadow-define-cluster').
30183 \(fn)" t nil)
30185 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
30186 Set up file shadowing.
30188 \(fn)" t nil)
30190 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shadowfile" '("shadow")))
30192 ;;;***
30193 \f
30194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (0 0 0 0))
30195 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
30198 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
30199 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
30200 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
30201 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
30202 arguments.")
30204 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
30206 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
30207 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
30208 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
30209 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
30210 to change if called with a prefix arg.
30212 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
30213 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
30214 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
30215 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
30216 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
30217 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
30218 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
30219 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
30220 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
30221 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
30222 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
30224 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30227 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
30228 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30229 `default-process-coding-system'.
30231 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
30232 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
30233 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
30234 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
30238 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30240 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shell" '("dirs" "explicit-" "shell-")))
30242 ;;;***
30243 \f
30244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (0 0 0 0))
30245 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
30247 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
30248 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
30250 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30252 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
30253 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
30254 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
30255 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
30257 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
30259 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shr" '("shr-")))
30261 ;;;***
30262 \f
30263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr-color" "net/shr-color.el" (0 0 0 0))
30264 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr-color.el
30266 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shr-color" '("shr-color-")))
30268 ;;;***
30269 \f
30270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "net/sieve.el" (0 0 0 0))
30271 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve.el
30273 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
30276 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
30278 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
30281 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
30283 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
30286 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
30288 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
30291 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
30293 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve" '("sieve-")))
30295 ;;;***
30296 \f
30297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-manage" "net/sieve-manage.el" (0 0 0
30298 ;;;;;; 0))
30299 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve-manage.el
30301 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve-manage" '("sieve-")))
30303 ;;;***
30304 \f
30305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "net/sieve-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
30306 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve-mode.el
30308 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
30309 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
30310 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
30311 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
30312 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
30314 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
30316 \(fn)" t nil)
30318 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve-mode" '("sieve-")))
30320 ;;;***
30321 \f
30322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (0 0 0 0))
30323 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
30325 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
30326 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
30328 Variables controlling indentation style:
30329 `simula-tab-always-indent'
30330 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
30331 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30332 `simula-indent-level'
30333 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
30334 `simula-substatement-offset'
30335 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
30336 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
30337 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
30338 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
30339 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
30340 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
30341 `simula-label-offset' -4711
30342 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
30343 `simula-if-indent' (0 . 0)
30344 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
30345 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
30346 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
30347 `simula-inspect-indent' (0 . 0)
30348 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
30349 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
30350 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
30351 `simula-electric-indent' nil
30352 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
30353 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
30354 `simula-abbrev-keyword' `upcase'
30355 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
30356 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
30357 or nil if they should not be changed.
30358 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' `abbrev-table'
30359 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
30360 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
30361 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
30363 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
30364 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
30366 \(fn)" t nil)
30368 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "simula" '("simula-")))
30370 ;;;***
30371 \f
30372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (0 0 0 0))
30373 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
30375 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
30376 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
30378 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
30379 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
30380 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
30381 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
30383 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
30385 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
30387 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
30388 Insert SKELETON.
30389 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
30390 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
30391 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
30392 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
30395 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
30396 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
30398 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
30400 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
30401 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
30403 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
30404 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
30405 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
30406 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
30408 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
30409 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
30410 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
30411 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
30413 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
30414 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
30415 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
30417 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point, add
30418 a newline (unless `skeleton-end-newline' is nil) and run the hook
30419 `skeleton-end-hook'.
30421 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
30422 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
30424 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
30425 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
30428 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
30429 is at bol/eol
30430 _ interesting point, interregion here
30431 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
30432 interesting point set by _
30433 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
30434 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
30435 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
30436 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
30437 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
30438 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
30439 nil skipped
30441 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
30442 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
30445 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
30447 as the first element when at bol.
30449 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
30450 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
30451 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
30453 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
30455 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
30456 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
30458 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
30459 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
30460 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
30461 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
30462 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
30463 available:
30465 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
30466 then: insert previously read string once more
30467 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
30468 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
30469 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
30471 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
30473 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
30474 Insert the character you type ARG times.
30476 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
30477 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
30478 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
30479 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
30480 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
30481 such as backslash.
30483 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
30484 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
30485 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
30486 twice for the others.
30488 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
30490 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "skeleton" '("skeleton-")))
30492 ;;;***
30493 \f
30494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
30495 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
30497 (autoload 'smerge-refine-regions "smerge-mode" "\
30498 Show fine differences in the two regions BEG1..END1 and BEG2..END2.
30499 PROPS-C is an alist of properties to put (via overlays) on the changes.
30500 PROPS-R is an alist of properties to put on removed characters.
30501 PROPS-A is an alist of properties to put on added characters.
30502 If PROPS-R and PROPS-A are nil, put PROPS-C on all changes.
30503 If PROPS-C is nil, but PROPS-R and PROPS-A are non-nil,
30504 put PROPS-A on added characters, PROPS-R on removed characters.
30505 If PROPS-C, PROPS-R and PROPS-A are non-nil, put PROPS-C on changed characters,
30506 PROPS-A on added characters, and PROPS-R on removed characters.
30508 If non-nil, PREPROC is called with no argument in a buffer that contains
30509 a copy of a region, just before preparing it to for `diff'. It can be
30510 used to replace chars to try and eliminate some spurious differences.
30512 \(fn BEG1 END1 BEG2 END2 PROPS-C &optional PREPROC PROPS-R PROPS-A)" nil nil)
30514 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
30515 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
30516 NAME-UPPER, NAME-LOWER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
30517 buffer names.
30519 \(fn &optional NAME-UPPER NAME-LOWER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
30521 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
30522 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
30523 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
30524 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
30525 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30530 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
30531 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
30532 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
30534 \(fn)" t nil)
30536 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smerge-mode" '("smerge-")))
30538 ;;;***
30539 \f
30540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smie" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" (0 0 0 0))
30541 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/smie.el
30543 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smie" '("smie-")))
30545 ;;;***
30546 \f
30547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (0 0 0 0))
30548 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
30550 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
30551 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
30552 A list of images is returned.
30554 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30556 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
30557 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
30558 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
30560 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30562 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smiley" '("gnus-smiley-file-types" "smiley-")))
30564 ;;;***
30565 \f
30566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smime" "gnus/smime.el" (0 0 0 0))
30567 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smime.el
30569 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smime" '("smime")))
30571 ;;;***
30572 \f
30573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
30574 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
30576 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
30579 \(fn)" nil nil)
30581 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
30582 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
30584 \(fn)" t nil)
30586 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smtpmail" '("smtpmail-")))
30588 ;;;***
30589 \f
30590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (0 0 0 0))
30591 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
30593 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
30594 Play the Snake game.
30595 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
30597 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
30599 Snake mode keybindings:
30609 \(fn)" t nil)
30611 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "snake" '("snake-")))
30613 ;;;***
30614 \f
30615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
30616 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
30618 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
30619 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
30620 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
30621 Tab indents for C code.
30622 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
30623 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30625 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
30626 `snmp-mode-hook'.
30628 \(fn)" t nil)
30630 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
30631 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
30632 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
30633 Tab indents for C code.
30634 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
30635 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30637 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
30638 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
30640 \(fn)" t nil)
30642 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "snmp-mode" '("snmp")))
30644 ;;;***
30645 \f
30646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" (0 0 0 0))
30647 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
30648 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
30650 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soap-client" '("soap-")))
30652 ;;;***
30653 \f
30654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-inspect" "net/soap-inspect.el" (0 0 0
30655 ;;;;;; 0))
30656 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-inspect.el
30658 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soap-inspect" '("soap-")))
30660 ;;;***
30661 \f
30662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "socks" "net/socks.el" (0 0 0 0))
30663 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/socks.el
30665 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "socks" '("socks-")))
30667 ;;;***
30668 \f
30669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (0 0 0 0))
30670 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
30672 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
30673 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
30674 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
30675 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
30676 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
30678 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
30680 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30682 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "solar" '("calendar-" "diary-sunrise-sunset" "solar-")))
30684 ;;;***
30685 \f
30686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (0 0 0 0))
30687 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
30689 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
30690 Play Solitaire.
30694 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
30698 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
30699 check after each move or undo.)
30701 What is Solitaire?
30703 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
30704 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
30705 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
30707 Le Solitaire
30708 ============
30710 o o o
30712 o o o
30714 o o o o o o o
30716 o o o . o o o
30718 o o o o o o o
30720 o o o
30722 o o o
30724 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
30725 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
30726 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
30727 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
30729 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
30730 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
30731 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
30732 this: o o .
30734 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
30735 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
30737 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
30739 o o o
30741 . o o
30743 o o . o o o o
30745 o . o o o o o
30747 o o o o o o o
30749 o o o
30751 o o o
30753 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
30757 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
30759 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "solitaire" '("solitaire-")))
30761 ;;;***
30762 \f
30763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (0 0 0 0))
30764 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
30765 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
30767 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
30768 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
30770 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
30771 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
30772 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
30773 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
30774 contiguous.
30776 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
30777 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
30778 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30779 the sort order.
30781 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
30782 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
30784 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
30785 It moves point to the start of the next record.
30786 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
30787 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
30788 is called.
30790 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
30791 It should move point to the end of the record.
30793 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
30794 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
30795 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
30796 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
30797 starts at the beginning of the record.
30799 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
30800 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
30801 same as ENDRECFUN.
30803 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
30804 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
30805 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
30806 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
30807 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
30808 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
30809 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
30811 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
30813 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
30814 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30815 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30816 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30817 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30818 the sort order.
30820 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30822 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
30823 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30824 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30825 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30826 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30827 the sort order.
30829 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30831 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
30832 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30833 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30834 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30835 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30836 the sort order.
30838 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30839 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
30841 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
30842 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
30843 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
30844 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
30846 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
30847 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
30848 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30849 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
30851 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
30853 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
30854 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
30855 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
30856 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
30857 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30858 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
30859 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30860 the sort order.
30862 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
30864 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
30865 Sort the text in the region lexicographically.
30866 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
30867 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
30869 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
30872 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
30873 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
30875 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
30877 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
30878 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
30879 found within a record, that record is ignored.
30881 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
30883 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30884 the sort order.
30886 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
30890 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
30892 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
30893 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
30894 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
30895 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
30896 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
30897 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
30898 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30899 the sort order.
30901 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
30902 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
30903 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
30904 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
30907 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
30909 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
30910 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
30911 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
30913 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
30915 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
30916 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
30917 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
30918 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
30919 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
30920 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
30921 each repeated line.
30923 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
30924 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
30925 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
30926 on large regions that have already been sorted.
30928 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
30929 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
30931 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
30932 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
30934 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
30936 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sort" '("sort-")))
30938 ;;;***
30939 \f
30940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soundex" "soundex.el" (0 0 0 0))
30941 ;;; Generated autoloads from soundex.el
30943 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soundex" '("soundex")))
30945 ;;;***
30946 \f
30947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (0 0 0 0))
30948 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
30950 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
30951 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
30952 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
30953 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
30954 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
30955 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
30957 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
30959 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam" '("spam-")))
30961 ;;;***
30962 \f
30963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (0 0 0
30964 ;;;;;; 0))
30965 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
30967 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
30968 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
30970 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
30971 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
30972 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
30974 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
30976 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
30977 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
30978 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
30979 server.
30981 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
30983 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
30984 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
30985 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
30987 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
30989 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
30990 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
30992 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
30993 Agent is plugged.
30995 \(fn)" t nil)
30997 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
30998 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
30999 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
31002 \(fn)" t nil)
31004 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-report" '("spam-report-")))
31006 ;;;***
31007 \f
31008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-stat" "gnus/spam-stat.el" (0 0 0 0))
31009 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-stat.el
31011 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-stat" '("spam-stat" "with-spam-stat-max-buffer-size")))
31013 ;;;***
31014 \f
31015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-wash" "gnus/spam-wash.el" (0 0 0 0))
31016 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-wash.el
31018 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-wash" '("spam-")))
31020 ;;;***
31021 \f
31022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (0 0 0 0))
31023 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
31025 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
31027 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
31028 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
31029 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
31030 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
31031 supported at a time.
31032 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
31033 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
31035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31037 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
31038 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
31039 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
31040 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
31042 \(fn)" t nil)
31044 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "speedbar" '("speedbar-")))
31046 ;;;***
31047 \f
31048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (0 0 0 0))
31049 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
31051 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
31052 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
31054 \(fn)" t nil)
31056 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
31057 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
31059 \(fn)" nil nil)
31061 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spook" '("spook-phrase")))
31063 ;;;***
31064 \f
31065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (0 0 0 0))
31066 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
31067 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 6)) package--builtin-versions)
31069 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
31070 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
31072 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
31073 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
31074 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
31075 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
31076 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
31077 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
31078 of the current highlighting list.
31080 For example:
31085 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
31086 `_t' as data types.
31088 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
31090 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
31091 Major mode to edit SQL.
31093 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
31095 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
31098 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
31100 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
31101 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
31104 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
31107 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
31108 `sql-interactive-mode'.
31110 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
31111 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
31112 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
31115 (lambda ()
31118 \(fn)" t nil)
31120 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
31121 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
31123 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
31124 their settings.
31126 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
31127 is specified in the connection settings.
31129 \(fn CONNECTION &optional BUF-NAME)" t nil)
31131 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
31132 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
31134 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31135 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
31137 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
31144 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
31146 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
31147 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
31149 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31150 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31151 `*SQL*'.
31153 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
31154 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
31155 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
31156 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
31158 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31159 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31164 buffer.
31166 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31169 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31170 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31171 `default-process-coding-system'.
31175 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31177 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
31178 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
31180 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31181 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31182 `*SQL*'.
31184 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
31185 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
31186 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
31187 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
31189 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31190 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31195 buffer.
31197 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31200 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31201 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31202 `default-process-coding-system'.
31206 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31208 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
31209 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
31211 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31212 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31213 `*SQL*'.
31215 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
31216 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
31218 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31219 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31224 buffer.
31226 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31229 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31230 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31231 `default-process-coding-system'.
31235 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31237 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
31238 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
31240 SQLite is free software.
31242 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31243 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31244 `*SQL*'.
31246 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
31247 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
31248 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
31249 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
31251 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31252 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31257 buffer.
31259 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31262 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31263 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31264 `default-process-coding-system'.
31268 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31270 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
31271 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
31273 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
31275 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31276 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31277 `*SQL*'.
31279 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
31280 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
31281 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
31282 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
31284 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31285 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31290 buffer.
31292 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31295 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31296 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31297 `default-process-coding-system'.
31301 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31303 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
31304 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
31306 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31307 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31308 `*SQL*'.
31310 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
31311 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
31312 defaults, if set.
31314 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31315 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31320 buffer.
31322 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31325 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31326 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31327 `default-process-coding-system'.
31331 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31333 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
31334 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
31336 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31337 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31338 `*SQL*'.
31340 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
31341 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
31343 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31344 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31349 buffer.
31351 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31354 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31355 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31356 `default-process-coding-system'.
31360 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31362 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
31363 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
31365 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31366 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31367 `*SQL*'.
31369 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
31370 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
31371 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
31372 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
31374 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31375 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31380 buffer.
31382 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31385 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31386 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31387 `default-process-coding-system'.
31391 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31393 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
31394 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
31396 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31397 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31398 `*SQL*'.
31400 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
31401 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
31402 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
31403 `sql-postgres-options'.
31405 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31406 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31411 buffer.
31413 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31416 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31417 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31418 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
31419 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
31420 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
31422 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
31427 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31429 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
31430 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
31432 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31433 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31434 `*SQL*'.
31436 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
31437 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
31438 defaults, if set.
31440 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31441 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31446 buffer.
31448 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31451 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31452 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31453 `default-process-coding-system'.
31457 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31459 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
31460 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
31462 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31463 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31464 `*SQL*'.
31466 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
31467 automatic login.
31469 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31470 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31473 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
31474 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
31475 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
31480 buffer.
31482 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31485 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31486 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31487 `default-process-coding-system'.
31491 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31493 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
31494 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
31496 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31497 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31498 `*SQL*'.
31500 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
31501 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
31502 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
31503 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
31504 parameters.
31506 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
31507 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
31508 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
31509 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
31510 an empty password.
31512 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31513 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31518 buffer.
31522 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31524 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
31525 Run vsql as an inferior process.
31527 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31529 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sql" '("sql-")))
31531 ;;;***
31532 \f
31533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (0 0 0 0))
31534 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
31535 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31537 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode" '("srecode-version")))
31539 ;;;***
31540 \f
31541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/args" "cedet/srecode/args.el" (0 0
31542 ;;;;;; 0 0))
31543 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/args.el
31545 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/args" '("srecode-")))
31547 ;;;***
31548 \f
31549 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/compile"
31550 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" (0 0 0 0))
31551 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/compile.el
31553 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/compile" '("srecode-")))
31555 ;;;***
31556 \f
31557 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/cpp"
31558 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" (0 0 0 0))
31559 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/cpp.el
31561 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/cpp" '("srecode-")))
31563 ;;;***
31564 \f
31565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/ctxt" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" (0 0
31566 ;;;;;; 0 0))
31567 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/ctxt.el
31569 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/ctxt" '("srecode-")))
31571 ;;;***
31572 \f
31573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/dictionary" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el"
31574 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31575 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/dictionary.el
31577 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/dictionary" '("srecode-")))
31579 ;;;***
31580 \f
31581 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/document"
31582 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/document.el" (0 0 0 0))
31583 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/document.el
31585 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/document" '("srecode-document-")))
31587 ;;;***
31588 \f
31589 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/el" "cedet/srecode/el.el"
31590 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31591 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/el.el
31593 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/el" '("srecode-semantic-apply-tag-to-dict")))
31595 ;;;***
31596 \f
31597 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/expandproto"
31598 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" (0 0 0 0))
31599 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/expandproto.el
31601 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/expandproto" '("srecode-")))
31603 ;;;***
31604 \f
31605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/extract" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31606 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31607 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/extract.el
31609 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/extract" '("srecode-extract")))
31611 ;;;***
31612 \f
31613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/fields" "cedet/srecode/fields.el"
31614 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31615 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/fields.el
31617 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/fields" '("srecode-")))
31619 ;;;***
31620 \f
31621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/filters" "cedet/srecode/filters.el"
31622 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31623 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/filters.el
31625 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/filters" '("srecode-comment-prefix")))
31627 ;;;***
31628 \f
31629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/find" "cedet/srecode/find.el" (0 0
31630 ;;;;;; 0 0))
31631 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/find.el
31633 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/find" '("srecode-")))
31635 ;;;***
31636 \f
31637 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/getset"
31638 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" (0 0 0 0))
31639 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/getset.el
31641 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/getset" '("srecode-")))
31643 ;;;***
31644 \f
31645 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/insert"
31646 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/insert.el" (0 0 0 0))
31647 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/insert.el
31649 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/insert" '("srecode-")))
31651 ;;;***
31652 \f
31653 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/map"
31654 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" (0 0 0 0))
31655 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/map.el
31657 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/map" '("srecode-")))
31659 ;;;***
31660 \f
31661 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/mode"
31662 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
31663 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/mode.el
31665 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/mode" '("srecode-")))
31667 ;;;***
31668 \f
31669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/semantic" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31670 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31671 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/semantic.el
31673 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/semantic" '("srecode-semantic-")))
31675 ;;;***
31676 \f
31677 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/srt"
31678 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt.el" (0 0 0 0))
31679 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt.el
31681 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/srt" '("srecode-read-")))
31683 ;;;***
31684 \f
31685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
31686 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31687 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
31689 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
31690 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
31692 \(fn)" t nil)
31694 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
31696 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/srt-mode" '("semantic-" "srecode-")))
31698 ;;;***
31699 \f
31700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/table" "cedet/srecode/table.el" (0
31701 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
31702 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/table.el
31704 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/table" '("object-sort-list" "srecode-")))
31706 ;;;***
31707 \f
31708 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/template"
31709 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" (0 0 0 0))
31710 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/template.el
31712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/template" '("semantic-tag-components")))
31714 ;;;***
31715 \f
31716 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/texi"
31717 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/texi.el" (0 0 0 0))
31718 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/texi.el
31720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/texi" '("semantic-insert-foreign-tag" "srecode-texi-")))
31722 ;;;***
31723 \f
31724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "net/starttls.el" (0 0 0 0))
31725 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/starttls.el
31727 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
31728 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
31729 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
31730 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
31731 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
31732 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
31733 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
31734 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
31735 a filter function to handle the output.
31736 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
31737 with any buffer
31738 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
31739 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
31740 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
31741 GnuTLS requires a port number.
31743 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
31745 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "starttls" '("starttls-")))
31747 ;;;***
31748 \f
31749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (0 0 0 0))
31750 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
31752 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
31753 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
31754 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
31755 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
31756 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
31757 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
31759 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
31761 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
31763 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
31764 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
31765 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
31766 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
31767 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
31768 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
31769 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
31771 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
31773 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31774 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
31775 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
31776 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
31777 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
31778 then complete the stroke with button 3.
31779 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
31781 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
31783 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
31784 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
31785 This must be bound to a mouse event.
31787 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
31789 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31790 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
31791 This must be bound to a mouse event.
31793 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
31795 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
31796 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
31798 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
31800 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
31801 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
31803 \(fn)" t nil)
31805 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
31806 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
31808 \(fn)" t nil)
31810 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
31811 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
31813 by command name.
31814 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
31816 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
31818 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
31819 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
31820 See the `strokes-mode' command
31821 for a description of this minor mode.
31822 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31823 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31824 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
31826 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
31828 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
31829 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
31830 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
31831 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31832 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31835 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
31840 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
31847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31849 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
31850 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
31851 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
31852 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
31854 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
31856 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31857 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
31859 \(fn)" t nil)
31861 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "strokes" '("strokes-")))
31863 ;;;***
31864 \f
31865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (0 0 0 0))
31866 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
31868 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
31869 Studlify-case the region.
31871 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
31873 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
31874 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
31876 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
31878 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
31879 Studlify-case the current buffer.
31881 \(fn)" t nil)
31883 ;;;***
31884 \f
31885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subr-x" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
31886 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/subr-x.el
31888 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "subr-x" '("and-let*" "hash-table-" "if-let" "internal--" "string-" "thread-" "when-let")))
31890 ;;;***
31891 \f
31892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (0 0 0 0))
31893 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
31895 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
31897 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
31898 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
31899 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
31900 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31901 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31903 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
31904 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
31905 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
31908 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
31909 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
31910 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
31912 Nomenclature Subwords
31913 ===========================================================
31918 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
31919 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
31923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31925 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
31926 Non-nil if Global Subword mode is enabled.
31927 See the `global-subword-mode' command
31928 for a description of this minor mode.
31929 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31930 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31931 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
31933 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
31935 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
31936 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
31937 With prefix ARG, enable Global Subword mode if ARG is positive;
31938 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
31939 ARG is omitted or nil.
31941 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
31942 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
31943 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
31945 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31947 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
31948 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
31949 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
31950 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31951 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31953 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
31954 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
31955 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
31960 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31962 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
31963 Non-nil if Global Superword mode is enabled.
31964 See the `global-superword-mode' command
31965 for a description of this minor mode.
31966 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31967 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31968 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
31970 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
31972 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
31973 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
31974 With prefix ARG, enable Global Superword mode if ARG is positive;
31975 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
31976 ARG is omitted or nil.
31978 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
31979 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
31980 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
31982 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31984 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "subword" '("subword-" "superword-mode-map")))
31986 ;;;***
31987 \f
31988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (0 0 0 0))
31989 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
31991 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
31992 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
31993 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
31994 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
31995 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
31996 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
31997 original message but it does require a few things:
31999 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
32001 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
32002 reply buffer.
32004 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
32005 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
32006 original message.
32008 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
32010 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
32012 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
32013 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
32014 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
32016 \(fn)" nil nil)
32018 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "supercite" '("sc-")))
32020 ;;;***
32021 \f
32022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "svg" "svg.el" (0 0 0 0))
32023 ;;; Generated autoloads from svg.el
32025 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "svg" '("svg-")))
32027 ;;;***
32028 \f
32029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
32030 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
32032 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
32034 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
32035 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32036 See the `gpm-mouse-mode' command
32037 for a description of this minor mode.
32038 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32039 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32040 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
32042 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
32044 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
32045 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
32046 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
32047 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32048 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32050 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
32051 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
32052 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
32054 Note that when `gpm-mouse-mode' is enabled, you cannot use the
32055 mouse to transfer text between Emacs and other programs which use
32056 GPM. This is due to limitations in GPM and the Linux kernel.
32058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32060 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "t-mouse" '("gpm-mouse-")))
32062 ;;;***
32063 \f
32064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (0 0 0 0))
32065 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
32067 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
32068 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
32069 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
32070 buffer.
32072 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
32073 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
32074 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
32076 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
32078 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
32079 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
32080 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
32081 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
32082 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
32083 buffer.
32085 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
32086 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
32087 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
32089 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
32091 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tabify" '("tabify-regexp")))
32093 ;;;***
32094 \f
32095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (0 0 0 0))
32096 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
32098 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
32099 Insert an editable text table.
32100 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
32101 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
32102 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
32103 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
32104 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
32105 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
32106 delimiting them.
32108 Examples:
32112 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
32113 location of point.
32115 -!-
32118 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
32119 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
32120 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
32121 first cell.
32123 +-----+-----+-----+
32124 |-!- | | |
32125 +-----+-----+-----+
32129 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
32130 width, which results as
32132 +--------------+-----+-----+
32133 |-!- | | |
32134 +--------------+-----+-----+
32136 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
32137 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
32139 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32140 | | |-!- |
32141 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32143 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
32144 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
32145 width information to `table-insert'.
32147 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
32149 instead of
32151 Cell width(s): 5
32153 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
32154 work all together.
32156 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
32159 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32160 |-!- | | |
32161 | | | |
32162 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32166 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32167 |-!- | | |
32168 | | | |
32169 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32170 | | | |
32171 | | | |
32172 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32174 Move the point under the table as shown below.
32176 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32177 | | | |
32178 | | | |
32179 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32180 | | | |
32181 | | | |
32182 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32183 -!-
32185 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
32186 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
32187 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
32189 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32190 | | | |
32191 | | | |
32192 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32193 | | | |
32194 | | | |
32195 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32196 |-!- | | |
32197 | | | |
32198 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32200 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
32201 results.
32203 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32204 | | | |
32205 | | | |
32206 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32207 | | |Text editing inside the table |
32208 | | |cell produces reasonably |
32209 | | |expected results.-!- |
32210 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32211 | | | |
32212 | | | |
32213 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32215 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
32219 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
32221 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
32222 Insert N table row(s).
32223 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
32224 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
32225 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
32226 are appended at the bottom of the table.
32228 \(fn N)" t nil)
32230 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
32231 Insert N table column(s).
32232 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
32233 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
32234 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
32235 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
32237 \(fn N)" t nil)
32239 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
32240 Insert row(s) or column(s).
32241 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
32243 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
32245 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
32246 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
32247 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
32248 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
32249 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
32250 all the table specific features.
32252 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32254 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
32257 \(fn)" t nil)
32259 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
32260 Recognize all tables within region.
32261 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
32262 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
32263 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
32264 specific features.
32266 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
32268 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
32271 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
32273 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
32274 Recognize a table at point.
32275 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
32276 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
32277 the table specific features.
32279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32281 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
32284 \(fn)" t nil)
32286 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
32287 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
32288 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
32289 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
32290 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
32291 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
32292 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
32294 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
32296 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
32299 \(fn)" t nil)
32301 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
32302 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
32303 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
32304 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
32305 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
32306 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
32307 specified.
32309 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
32311 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
32312 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
32313 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
32314 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
32315 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
32316 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
32317 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
32318 table structure.
32320 \(fn N)" t nil)
32322 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
32323 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
32324 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
32325 table's rectangle structure.
32327 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
32329 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
32330 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
32331 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
32332 table's rectangle structure.
32334 \(fn N)" t nil)
32336 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
32337 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
32338 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
32339 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
32340 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
32342 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
32344 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
32348 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
32349 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
32350 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
32351 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
32352 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
32353 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
32354 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
32356 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
32357 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
32358 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
32359 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
32360 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
32361 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
32362 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
32364 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
32365 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
32366 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
32367 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
32368 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
32369 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
32370 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
32371 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
32373 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
32375 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
32376 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
32377 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
32378 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
32380 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32382 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
32383 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
32384 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
32386 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
32388 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
32389 Split current cell vertically.
32390 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
32392 \(fn)" t nil)
32394 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
32395 Split current cell horizontally.
32396 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
32398 \(fn)" t nil)
32400 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
32401 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
32402 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
32404 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
32406 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
32407 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
32408 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
32409 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
32411 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
32413 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
32414 Justify cell contents.
32415 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
32416 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
32417 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
32418 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
32420 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
32422 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
32423 Justify cells of a row.
32424 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
32425 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
32427 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
32429 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
32430 Justify cells of a column.
32431 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
32432 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
32434 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
32436 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
32437 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
32438 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
32439 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
32440 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
32441 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
32442 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
32444 run-time.
32446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32448 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
32449 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
32450 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
32451 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
32452 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
32453 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
32454 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
32455 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
32456 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
32457 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
32458 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
32460 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
32462 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
32463 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
32464 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
32465 structure of the table. It must be either `html', `latex' or `cals'.
32466 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
32467 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
32468 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
32469 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
32470 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
32471 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
32472 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
32473 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
32474 untouched.
32476 References used for this implementation:
32478 HTML:
32479 URL `http://www.w3.org'
32481 LaTeX:
32482 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
32484 CALS (DocBook DTD):
32485 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
32486 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
32488 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
32490 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
32491 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
32492 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
32493 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
32494 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
32495 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
32496 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
32497 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
32498 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
32499 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
32500 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
32501 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
32502 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
32503 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
32504 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
32505 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
32506 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
32508 Example:
32510 (progn
32511 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
32512 (table-forward-cell 15)
32514 (table-forward-cell 16)
32516 (table-forward-cell 1)
32519 (progn
32520 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
32522 (table-forward-cell 1)
32525 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
32527 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
32528 Delete N row(s) of cells.
32529 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
32530 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
32531 consists from cells of same height.
32533 \(fn N)" t nil)
32535 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
32536 Delete N column(s) of cells.
32537 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
32538 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
32539 column must consists from cells of same width.
32541 \(fn N)" t nil)
32543 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
32544 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
32545 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
32546 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
32547 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
32548 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
32549 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
32550 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
32551 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
32552 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
32553 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
32554 is one of `left', `center' or `right', which specifies the cell
32555 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
32556 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
32557 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
32560 Example 1:
32562 1, 2, 3, 4
32563 5, 6, 7, 8
32564 , 9, 10
32566 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
32568 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
32569 specified as 5.
32571 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
32572 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
32573 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
32574 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
32575 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
32576 | | 9 | 10 | |
32577 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
32579 Note:
32583 of each row is optional.
32586 Example 2:
32588 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
32589 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
32590 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
32591 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
32592 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
32594 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
32595 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
32597 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
32598 expression and raw delimiter regular
32599 expression, it parses the specified text
32600 area and extracts cell items from
32601 non-table text and then forms a table out
32602 of them.
32604 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
32605 creates a single cell table. The text in
32606 the specified region is placed in that
32607 cell.-*-
32609 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
32610 like this.
32612 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
32613 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
32614 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
32615 | |
32616 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
32617 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
32618 | expression, it parses the specified text |
32619 | area and extracts cell items from |
32620 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
32621 | of them. |
32622 | |
32623 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
32624 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
32625 | the specified region is placed in that |
32626 | cell. |
32627 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
32629 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
32630 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
32631 independently.
32633 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
32634 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
32635 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
32636 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32637 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
32638 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
32639 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
32640 | |area and extracts cell items from |
32641 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
32642 | |of them. |
32643 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32644 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
32645 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
32646 | |the specified region is placed in that |
32647 | |cell. |
32648 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32650 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
32651 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
32652 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
32654 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
32656 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
32657 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
32658 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
32659 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
32660 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
32662 \(fn)" t nil)
32664 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "table" '("*table--" "table-")))
32666 ;;;***
32667 \f
32668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabulated-list" "emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el"
32669 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
32670 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el
32671 (push (purecopy '(tabulated-list 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
32673 ;;;***
32674 \f
32675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (0 0 0 0))
32676 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
32678 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
32679 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
32681 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
32683 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
32684 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
32686 \(fn)" t nil)
32688 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "talk" '("talk-")))
32690 ;;;***
32691 \f
32692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
32693 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
32695 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
32696 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
32697 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
32698 Letters no longer insert themselves.
32699 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
32700 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
32701 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
32703 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
32705 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
32706 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
32708 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
32711 \(fn)" t nil)
32713 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tar-mode" '("tar-")))
32715 ;;;***
32716 \f
32717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (0 0 0 0))
32718 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
32720 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
32721 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
32722 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
32723 Tab indents for Tcl code.
32724 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
32725 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
32727 Variables controlling indentation style:
32728 `tcl-indent-level'
32729 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
32730 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
32731 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
32733 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
32734 documentation for details):
32735 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
32736 Controls action of TAB key.
32737 `tcl-auto-newline'
32738 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
32739 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
32740 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
32741 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
32742 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
32744 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
32745 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
32746 already exist.
32748 \(fn)" t nil)
32750 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
32751 Run inferior Tcl process.
32752 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
32753 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
32755 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
32757 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
32758 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
32759 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
32761 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
32763 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcl" '("add-log-tcl-defun" "calculate-tcl-indent" "indent-tcl-exp" "inferior-tcl-" "run-tcl" "switch-to-tcl" "tcl-")))
32765 ;;;***
32766 \f
32767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcover-ses" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" (0
32768 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
32769 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el
32771 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcover-ses" '("ses-exercise")))
32773 ;;;***
32774 \f
32775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcover-unsafep" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32776 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
32777 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el
32779 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcover-unsafep" '("testcover-unsafep")))
32781 ;;;***
32782 \f
32783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (0 0 0 0))
32784 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
32786 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
32787 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
32788 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
32791 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
32792 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
32793 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
32794 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
32795 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
32797 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
32799 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
32800 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
32801 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
32802 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
32804 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
32806 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "telnet" '("send-process-next-char" "telnet-")))
32808 ;;;***
32809 \f
32810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tempo" "tempo.el" (0 0 0 0))
32811 ;;; Generated autoloads from tempo.el
32813 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tempo" '("tempo-")))
32815 ;;;***
32816 \f
32817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (0 0 0 0))
32818 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
32820 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
32821 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
32822 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
32823 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
32824 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
32825 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
32827 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
32829 (autoload 'term "term" "\
32830 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
32831 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
32832 commands to use in that buffer.
32836 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
32838 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
32839 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
32840 This is almost the same as `term' apart from always creating a new buffer,
32841 and `C-x' being marked as a `term-escape-char'.
32843 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
32845 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
32846 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
32847 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
32850 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
32851 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
32852 `serial-process-configure' for details.
32853 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
32854 use in that buffer.
32857 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
32859 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "term" '("ansi-term-color-vector" "explicit-shell-file-name" "serial-" "term-")))
32861 ;;;***
32862 \f
32863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (0 0
32864 ;;;;;; 0 0))
32865 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
32867 (autoload 'testcover-start "testcover" "\
32868 Use Edebug to instrument for coverage all macros and functions in FILENAME.
32869 If BYTE-COMPILE is non-nil, byte compile each function after instrumenting.
32871 \(fn FILENAME &optional BYTE-COMPILE)" t nil)
32873 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
32874 Start coverage on function under point.
32876 \(fn)" t nil)
32878 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "testcover" '("testcover-")))
32880 ;;;***
32881 \f
32882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (0 0 0 0))
32883 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
32884 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
32886 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
32887 Play the Tetris game.
32888 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
32889 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
32890 as to form complete rows.
32892 tetris-mode keybindings:
32903 \(fn)" t nil)
32905 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tetris" '("tetris-")))
32907 ;;;***
32908 \f
32909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
32910 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
32912 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
32913 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
32915 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
32917 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
32918 Directory in which temporary files are written.
32919 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
32923 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
32925 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
32926 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
32927 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
32928 if it matches the first line of the file,
32929 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
32931 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
32933 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
32934 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
32935 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
32936 if the variable is non-nil.")
32938 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
32940 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
32943 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
32945 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
32946 Command used to run TeX subjob.
32947 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32948 See the documentation of that variable.")
32950 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32952 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
32953 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
32954 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32955 See the documentation of that variable.")
32957 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32959 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
32960 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
32961 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32962 See the documentation of that variable.")
32964 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32966 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
32967 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
32968 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
32969 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
32970 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
32972 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
32975 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
32976 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
32977 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
32979 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
32981 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
32982 User defined LaTeX block names.
32983 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
32985 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
32987 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
32988 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
32989 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32990 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
32992 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
32994 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
32996 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32997 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
32999 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
33001 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
33003 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
33004 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
33006 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
33007 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
33008 for example,
33010 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
33014 use.")
33016 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
33018 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
33020 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
33021 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
33022 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
33024 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
33026 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
33028 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
33032 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
33034 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
33035 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
33036 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
33037 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
33038 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
33040 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
33042 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
33045 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
33047 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
33050 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
33052 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
33053 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
33054 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
33055 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
33056 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
33057 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
33058 says which mode to use.
33060 \(fn)" t nil)
33062 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
33064 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
33066 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
33068 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
33069 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
33070 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
33075 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
33083 mismatched $'s or braces.
33085 Special commands:
33088 Mode variables:
33089 tex-run-command
33091 tex-directory
33092 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
33094 tex-dvi-print-command
33096 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
33098 argument) to print a .dvi file.
33099 tex-dvi-view-command
33101 tex-show-queue-command
33105 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
33106 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
33107 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
33109 \(fn)" t nil)
33111 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
33112 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
33113 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
33126 mismatched $'s or braces.
33128 Special commands:
33131 Mode variables:
33132 latex-run-command
33134 tex-directory
33135 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
33137 tex-dvi-print-command
33139 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
33141 argument) to print a .dvi file.
33142 tex-dvi-view-command
33144 tex-show-queue-command
33148 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
33149 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
33150 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
33152 \(fn)" t nil)
33154 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
33155 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
33156 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
33169 mismatched $'s or braces.
33171 Special commands:
33174 Mode variables:
33175 slitex-run-command
33177 tex-directory
33178 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
33180 tex-dvi-print-command
33182 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
33184 argument) to print a .dvi file.
33185 tex-dvi-view-command
33187 tex-show-queue-command
33191 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
33192 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
33193 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
33194 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
33196 \(fn)" t nil)
33198 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
33201 \(fn)" nil nil)
33203 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
33204 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
33206 \(fn)" t nil)
33208 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tex-mode" '("doctex-font-lock-" "latex-" "plain-tex-mode-map" "tex-")))
33210 ;;;***
33211 \f
33212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (0 0 0 0))
33213 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
33215 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
33216 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
33217 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
33218 name specified in the @setfilename command.
33220 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
33221 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
33222 `Info-split' to do these manually.
33224 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
33226 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
33227 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
33228 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
33230 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
33232 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
33234 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
33235 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
33236 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
33237 names specified in the @setfilename command.
33239 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
33240 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
33241 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
33242 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
33244 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
33245 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
33247 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
33249 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texinfmt" '("batch-texinfo-format" "texinf")))
33251 ;;;***
33252 \f
33253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (0 0 0 0))
33254 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
33256 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
33259 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
33261 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
33264 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
33266 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
33267 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
33269 It has these extra commands:
33272 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
33274 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
33275 modified version of TeX input format.
33277 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
33278 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
33279 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
33283 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
33284 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
33285 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
33286 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
33288 in the Texinfo file.
33290 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
33291 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
33292 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
33294 move forward past the closing brace.
33296 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
33297 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
33299 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
33300 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
33301 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
33303 Here are the functions:
33307 texinfo-sequential-node-update
33311 texinfo-master-menu
33313 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
33315 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
33316 which menu descriptions are indented.
33318 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
33319 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
33320 in the region.
33322 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
33323 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
33324 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
33325 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
33327 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
33328 be the first node in the file.
33330 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
33331 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
33333 \(fn)" t nil)
33335 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texinfo" '("texinfo-")))
33337 ;;;***
33338 \f
33339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" (0 0
33340 ;;;;;; 0 0))
33341 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
33343 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texnfo-upd" '("texinfo-")))
33345 ;;;***
33346 \f
33347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "text-property-search" "emacs-lisp/text-property-search.el"
33348 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
33349 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/text-property-search.el
33351 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "text-property-search" '("text-property-")))
33353 ;;;***
33354 \f
33355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (0 0 0
33356 ;;;;;; 0))
33357 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
33359 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
33360 Compose Thai characters in the region.
33361 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
33362 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
33364 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
33366 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
33367 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
33369 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
33371 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
33372 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
33374 \(fn)" t nil)
33376 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
33379 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
33381 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thai-util" '("exit-thai-language-environment-internal" "setup-thai-language-environment-internal" "thai-")))
33383 ;;;***
33384 \f
33385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-word" "language/thai-word.el" (0 0 0
33386 ;;;;;; 0))
33387 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-word.el
33389 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thai-word" '("thai-")))
33391 ;;;***
33392 \f
33393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (0 0 0 0))
33394 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
33396 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
33397 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
33398 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
33399 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
33400 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
33401 `line', and `page'.
33403 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
33405 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33406 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
33407 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
33408 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
33409 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
33410 `line', and `page'.
33412 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
33413 valid THING.
33415 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
33416 positions of the thing found.
33418 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
33420 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33421 Return the THING at point.
33422 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
33423 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
33424 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
33425 `line', `number', and `page'.
33427 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
33428 strip text properties from the return value.
33430 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
33431 a symbol as a valid THING.
33433 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
33435 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33436 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
33438 \(fn)" nil nil)
33440 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33441 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
33443 \(fn)" nil nil)
33445 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33446 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
33448 \(fn)" nil nil)
33450 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33451 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
33453 \(fn)" nil nil)
33455 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thingatpt" '("beginning-of-thing" "define-thing-chars" "end-of-thing" "filename" "form-at-point" "in-string-p" "sentence-at-point" "thing-at-point-" "word-at-point")))
33457 ;;;***
33458 \f
33459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (0 0 0 0))
33460 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
33462 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
33463 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
33465 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
33467 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
33468 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
33469 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
33470 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
33472 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
33474 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
33475 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
33477 \(fn)" t nil)
33479 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
33480 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
33482 \(fn)" t nil)
33484 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
33486 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
33487 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
33489 \(fn)" t nil)
33491 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thumbs" '("thumbs-")))
33493 ;;;***
33494 \f
33495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" (0 0 0 0))
33496 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
33497 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
33499 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thunk" '("thunk-")))
33501 ;;;***
33502 \f
33503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (0 0
33504 ;;;;;; 0 0))
33505 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
33507 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
33508 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
33509 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
33511 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
33513 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
33514 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
33516 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
33518 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
33519 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
33520 The returned string has no composition information.
33522 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
33524 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
33525 Compose Tibetan string STR.
33527 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
33529 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
33530 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
33532 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
33534 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
33535 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
33536 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
33537 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
33539 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
33541 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
33542 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
33543 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
33544 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
33546 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
33548 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
33549 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
33550 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
33552 \(fn)" t nil)
33554 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
33555 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
33556 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
33558 \(fn)" t nil)
33560 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
33563 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
33565 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
33568 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
33570 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
33573 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
33575 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tibet-util" '("tibetan-")))
33577 ;;;***
33578 \f
33579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (0 0 0 0))
33580 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
33581 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
33583 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
33584 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
33585 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
33586 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
33587 parameters.
33588 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
33589 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
33590 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
33592 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
33594 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
33595 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
33596 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
33597 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
33598 parameters.
33599 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
33600 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
33601 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
33603 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
33605 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
33606 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
33608 If
33609 * character before point is a space character,
33611 constituent),
33612 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
33613 characters) from before the space character, and
33614 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
33615 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
33616 return t.
33618 Otherwise, if
33619 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
33620 * character before point is a space character, and
33621 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
33622 `tildify-space-string' variable,
33623 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
33625 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
33627 \(fn)" t nil)
33629 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
33630 Adds electric behavior to space character.
33632 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
33633 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
33634 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
33635 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
33637 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
33638 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
33639 variable will be set to the representation.
33641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33643 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tildify" '("tildify-")))
33645 ;;;***
33646 \f
33647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (0 0 0 0))
33648 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
33650 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
33653 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
33654 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
33656 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
33657 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
33658 This display updates automatically every minute.
33659 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
33660 are displayed as well.
33661 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
33663 \(fn)" t nil)
33665 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
33666 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
33667 See the `display-time-mode' command
33668 for a description of this minor mode.
33669 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33670 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33671 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
33673 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
33675 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
33676 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
33677 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
33678 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
33679 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
33681 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
33682 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
33683 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
33684 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
33685 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
33687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33689 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
33690 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
33691 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
33692 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
33694 \(fn)" t nil)
33696 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
33697 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
33698 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
33701 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
33703 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
33704 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
33706 \(fn)" t nil)
33708 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time" '("display-time-" "legacy-style-world-list" "time--display-world-list" "zoneinfo-style-world-list")))
33710 ;;;***
33711 \f
33712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (0 0 0
33713 ;;;;;; 0))
33714 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
33716 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
33717 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
33718 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
33720 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33722 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
33724 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
33725 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
33727 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
33729 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
33730 Convert DAYS into a time value.
33732 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
33734 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
33735 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
33736 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
33738 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33740 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract "26.1")
33742 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
33743 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
33744 DATE should be a date-time string.
33746 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33748 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
33749 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
33750 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
33752 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
33754 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
33755 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
33757 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
33759 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
33760 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
33762 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33764 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
33765 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
33766 TIME should be a time value.
33767 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
33769 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33771 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
33772 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
33773 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
33775 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33777 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
33778 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
33779 The valid format specifiers are:
33780 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
33781 %d is the number of days.
33782 %h is the number of hours.
33783 %m is the number of minutes.
33784 %s is the number of seconds.
33785 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
33789 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
33797 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
33799 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
33801 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
33803 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
33804 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
33806 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
33808 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time-date" '("encode-time-value" "seconds-to-string" "time-" "with-decoded-time-value")))
33810 ;;;***
33811 \f
33812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (0 0 0 0))
33813 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
33814 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33815 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
33816 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
33817 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33818 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33819 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
33820 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
33821 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33823 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
33824 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
33825 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
33826 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
33828 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
33829 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
33830 look like one of the following:
33831 Time-stamp: <>
33833 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
33834 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
33835 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
33836 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
33837 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
33838 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
33839 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
33840 the template.
33842 \(fn)" t nil)
33844 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
33846 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
33848 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33850 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time-stamp" '("time-stamp-")))
33852 ;;;***
33853 \f
33854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (0 0 0
33855 ;;;;;; 0))
33856 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
33857 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
33859 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
33860 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
33861 See the `timeclock-mode-line-display' command
33862 for a description of this minor mode.
33863 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33864 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33865 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
33867 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
33869 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
33870 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
33871 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
33872 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
33873 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
33874 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
33875 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
33876 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
33877 display (non-nil means on).
33879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33881 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
33882 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
33883 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
33884 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
33885 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
33886 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
33887 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
33888 this function is called within a day.
33890 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
33891 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
33892 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
33893 discover the name of the project.
33895 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
33897 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
33898 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
33899 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
33900 begun during the last time segment.
33902 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
33903 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
33904 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
33905 discover the reason.
33907 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
33909 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
33910 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
33911 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
33912 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
33913 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
33915 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33917 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
33918 Change to working on a different project.
33919 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
33920 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
33921 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
33922 working on.
33924 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
33926 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
33927 Ask the user whether to clock out.
33928 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
33930 \(fn)" nil nil)
33932 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
33933 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
33934 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
33936 \(fn)" t nil)
33938 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
33939 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
33940 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
33941 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
33942 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
33945 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33947 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
33948 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
33949 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
33950 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
33952 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
33954 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
33955 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
33956 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
33957 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
33958 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
33959 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
33961 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33963 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timeclock" '("timeclock-")))
33965 ;;;***
33966 \f
33967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timer-list" "emacs-lisp/timer-list.el" (0
33968 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
33969 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer-list.el
33971 (autoload 'list-timers "timer-list" "\
33972 List all timers in a buffer.
33974 \(fn &optional IGNORE-AUTO NONCONFIRM)" t nil)
33975 (put 'list-timers 'disabled "Beware: manually canceling timers can ruin your Emacs session.")
33977 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timer-list" '("timer-list-")))
33979 ;;;***
33980 \f
33981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timezone" "timezone.el" (0 0 0 0))
33982 ;;; Generated autoloads from timezone.el
33984 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timezone" '("timezone-")))
33986 ;;;***
33987 \f
33988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
33989 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
33990 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
33992 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
33993 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
33994 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
33995 the generated Quail package is saved.
33997 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
33999 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
34000 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
34001 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
34002 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
34007 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
34009 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "titdic-cnv" '("batch-miscdic-convert" "ctlau-" "miscdic-convert" "py-converter" "quail-" "quick-" "tit-" "tsang-" "ziranma-converter")))
34011 ;;;***
34012 \f
34013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tls" "net/tls.el" (0 0 0 0))
34014 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tls.el
34016 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tls" '("open-tls-stream" "tls-")))
34018 ;;;***
34019 \f
34020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (0 0 0 0))
34021 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
34022 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
34023 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
34025 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
34026 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
34027 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
34028 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
34029 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
34032 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
34033 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
34035 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
34037 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
34038 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
34039 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
34040 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
34041 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
34043 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
34045 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
34046 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
34047 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
34048 in the menu in two ways:
34049 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
34050 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
34051 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
34053 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
34054 keymap or an alist of alists.
34055 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
34056 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
34058 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
34060 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tmm" '("tmm-")))
34062 ;;;***
34063 \f
34064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (0 0 0
34065 ;;;;;; 0))
34066 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
34068 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
34069 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
34071 When invoked in Todo mode, Todo Archive mode or Todo Filtered
34072 Items mode, or when invoked anywhere else with a prefix argument,
34073 prompt for which todo file to visit. When invoked outside of a
34074 Todo mode buffer without a prefix argument, visit
34075 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside of
34076 Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
34077 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
34078 file was last visited.
34080 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
34081 the current format, and you have a todo file in old format, it
34082 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
34083 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
34084 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
34085 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
34086 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
34087 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
34088 for the first item.
34090 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
34091 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
34092 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
34093 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
34094 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
34095 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
34096 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
34097 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
34099 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
34100 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
34102 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
34103 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
34105 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
34107 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
34108 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
34112 \(fn)" t nil)
34114 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
34115 Major mode for archived todo categories.
34119 \(fn)" t nil)
34121 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
34122 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
34126 \(fn)" t nil)
34128 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "todo-mode" '("todo-")))
34130 ;;;***
34131 \f
34132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (0 0 0 0))
34133 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
34135 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
34136 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
34137 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
34139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
34141 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
34142 Add an item to the tool bar.
34143 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
34144 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
34145 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
34146 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
34148 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
34149 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
34150 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
34151 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
34153 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
34154 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
34156 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
34158 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
34159 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
34160 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
34161 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
34162 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
34163 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
34165 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
34166 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
34167 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
34168 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
34170 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
34172 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
34173 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
34174 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
34175 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
34176 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
34177 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
34178 properties to add to the binding.
34180 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
34182 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
34183 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
34185 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
34187 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
34188 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
34189 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
34190 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
34191 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
34192 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
34193 properties to add to the binding.
34195 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
34196 holds a keymap.
34198 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
34200 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tool-bar" '("tool-bar-")))
34202 ;;;***
34203 \f
34204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tooltip" "tooltip.el" (0 0 0 0))
34205 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
34207 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tooltip" '("tooltip-")))
34209 ;;;***
34210 \f
34211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (0 0 0 0))
34212 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
34214 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
34215 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
34216 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
34217 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
34218 to a tcp server on another machine.
34220 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
34222 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tq" '("tq-")))
34224 ;;;***
34225 \f
34226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (0 0 0 0))
34227 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
34229 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
34230 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
34232 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
34234 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
34235 Helper function to get internal values.
34236 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
34238 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
34240 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
34241 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
34242 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
34243 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
34245 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
34246 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
34247 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
34248 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
34249 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
34251 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
34252 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
34253 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
34254 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
34256 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
34258 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
34260 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
34261 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
34262 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
34263 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
34265 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
34267 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
34269 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "trace" '("inhibit-trace" "trace-" "untrace-")))
34271 ;;;***
34272 \f
34273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (0 0 0 0))
34274 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
34276 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
34277 Whether Tramp is enabled.
34278 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
34280 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
34283 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for autoload.
34284 It must match the initial `tramp-syntax' settings.")
34286 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp tramp-initial-file-name-regexp "\
34287 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
34288 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file
34289 names. When calling `tramp-register-file-name-handlers', the
34290 initial value is overwritten by the car of `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
34292 (defconst tramp-autoload-file-name-regexp (concat "\\`/" (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\(-\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}\\)" "[^/|:]+") ":") "\
34293 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp autoload.
34294 It must match the initial `tramp-syntax' settings. It should not
34295 match file names at root of the underlying local file system,
34298 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
34299 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (if tramp-mode (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" 'noerror 'nomessage)) (tramp-unload-file-name-handlers)) (apply operation args))
34301 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
34302 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list 'file-name-handler-alist (cons tramp-autoload-file-name-regexp 'tramp-autoload-file-name-handler)) (put 'tramp-autoload-file-name-handler 'safe-magic t))
34303 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
34305 (defun tramp-unload-file-name-handlers nil "\
34306 Unload Tramp file name handlers from `file-name-handler-alist'." (dolist (fnh '(tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-archive-file-name-handler tramp-autoload-file-name-handler)) (let ((a1 (rassq fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist)))))
34308 (defvar tramp-completion-mode nil "\
34309 If non-nil, external packages signal that they are in file name completion.")
34311 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
34312 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
34314 \(fn)" t nil)
34316 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp" '("tramp-" "with-")))
34318 ;;;***
34319 \f
34320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-adb" "net/tramp-adb.el" (0 0 0 0))
34321 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-adb.el
34323 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-adb" '("tramp-")))
34325 ;;;***
34326 \f
34327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-archive" "net/tramp-archive.el" (0 0
34328 ;;;;;; 0 0))
34329 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-archive.el
34331 (defvar tramp-archive-enabled (featurep 'dbusbind) "\
34332 Non-nil when file archive support is available.")
34334 (defconst tramp-archive-suffixes '("7z" "apk" "ar" "cab" "CAB" "cpio" "deb" "depot" "exe" "iso" "jar" "lzh" "LZH" "msu" "MSU" "mtree" "odb" "odf" "odg" "odp" "ods" "odt" "pax" "rar" "rpm" "shar" "tar" "tbz" "tgz" "tlz" "txz" "warc" "xar" "xpi" "xps" "zip" "ZIP") "\
34335 List of suffixes which indicate a file archive.
34336 It must be supported by libarchive(3).")
34338 (defconst tramp-archive-compression-suffixes '("bz2" "gz" "lrz" "lz" "lz4" "lzma" "lzo" "uu" "xz" "Z") "\
34339 List of suffixes which indicate a compressed file.
34340 It must be supported by libarchive(3).")
34342 (defmacro tramp-archive-autoload-file-name-regexp nil "\
34343 Regular expression matching archive file names." `(concat "\\`" "\\(" ".+" "\\." (regexp-opt tramp-archive-suffixes) "\\(?:" "\\." (regexp-opt tramp-archive-compression-suffixes) "\\)*" "\\)" "\\(" "/" ".*" "\\)" "\\'"))
34345 (defun tramp-register-archive-file-name-handler nil "\
34346 Add archive file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (when tramp-archive-enabled (add-to-list 'file-name-handler-alist (cons (tramp-archive-autoload-file-name-regexp) 'tramp-autoload-file-name-handler)) (put 'tramp-archive-file-name-handler 'safe-magic t)))
34348 (add-hook 'after-init-hook 'tramp-register-archive-file-name-handler)
34350 (add-hook 'tramp-archive-unload-hook (lambda nil (remove-hook 'after-init-hook 'tramp-register-archive-file-name-handler)))
34352 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-archive" '("tramp-" "with-parsed-tramp-archive-file-name")))
34354 ;;;***
34355 \f
34356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-cache" "net/tramp-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
34357 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-cache.el
34359 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-cache" '("tramp-")))
34361 ;;;***
34362 \f
34363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-cmds" "net/tramp-cmds.el" (0 0 0 0))
34364 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-cmds.el
34366 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-cmds" '("tramp-")))
34368 ;;;***
34369 \f
34370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-compat" "net/tramp-compat.el" (0 0 0
34371 ;;;;;; 0))
34372 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-compat.el
34374 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-compat" '("tramp-")))
34376 ;;;***
34377 \f
34378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
34379 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
34381 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
34382 Reenable Ange-FTP, when Tramp is unloaded.
34384 \(fn)" nil nil)
34386 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-ftp" '("tramp-")))
34388 ;;;***
34389 \f
34390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-gvfs" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" (0 0 0 0))
34391 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-gvfs.el
34393 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-gvfs" '("tramp-" "with-tramp-dbus-")))
34395 ;;;***
34396 \f
34397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-sh" "net/tramp-sh.el" (0 0 0 0))
34398 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-sh.el
34400 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-sh" '("tramp-")))
34402 ;;;***
34403 \f
34404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-smb" "net/tramp-smb.el" (0 0 0 0))
34405 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-smb.el
34407 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-smb" '("tramp-smb-")))
34409 ;;;***
34410 \f
34411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-uu" "net/tramp-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
34412 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-uu.el
34414 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-uu" '("tramp-uu")))
34416 ;;;***
34417 \f
34418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trampver" "net/trampver.el" (0 0 0 0))
34419 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/trampver.el
34420 (push (purecopy '(tramp 2 4 0 -1)) package--builtin-versions)
34422 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "trampver" '("tramp-")))
34424 ;;;***
34425 \f
34426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tree-widget" "tree-widget.el" (0 0 0 0))
34427 ;;; Generated autoloads from tree-widget.el
34429 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tree-widget" '("tree-widget-")))
34431 ;;;***
34432 \f
34433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (0 0 0 0))
34434 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
34436 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
34437 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
34438 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
34439 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
34440 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
34441 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
34442 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
34443 any question when restarting the tutorial.
34445 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
34446 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
34447 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
34449 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
34450 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
34451 resumed later.
34453 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
34455 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tutorial" '("get-lang-string" "lang-strings" "tutorial--")))
34457 ;;;***
34458 \f
34459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
34460 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
34462 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
34465 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
34467 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tv-util" '("tai-viet-")))
34469 ;;;***
34470 \f
34471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (0 0
34472 ;;;;;; 0 0))
34473 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
34474 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
34475 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
34476 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
34478 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
34479 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
34482 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
34483 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
34484 first and the associated buffer to its right.
34486 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
34488 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
34489 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
34490 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
34491 accepting the proposed default buffer.
34495 \(fn)" t nil)
34497 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
34498 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
34499 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
34500 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
34501 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
34502 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
34503 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
34505 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
34506 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
34508 First column's text sSs Second column's text
34515 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
34517 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "two-column" '("2C-")))
34519 ;;;***
34520 \f
34521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (0 0 0 0))
34522 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
34524 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
34525 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
34526 See the `type-break-mode' command
34527 for a description of this minor mode.
34528 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
34529 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
34530 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
34532 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
34534 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
34535 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
34536 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
34538 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
34539 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
34540 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
34541 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
34542 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
34543 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
34544 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
34546 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
34547 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
34549 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
34550 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
34551 reset the keystroke counter.
34553 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
34554 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
34555 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
34556 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
34558 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
34559 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
34560 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
34561 `type-break-schedule' command.
34563 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
34564 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
34565 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
34566 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
34567 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
34568 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
34569 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
34570 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
34571 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
34573 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
34574 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
34575 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
34576 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
34577 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
34579 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
34580 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
34581 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
34582 approximate good values for this.
34584 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
34585 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
34587 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
34588 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
34589 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
34590 `type-break-warning-repeat'
34591 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
34592 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
34594 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
34595 a typing break occur. They include:
34597 `type-break-query-mode'
34598 `type-break-query-function'
34599 `type-break-query-interval'
34601 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
34603 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
34604 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
34605 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
34606 problems.
34608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
34610 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
34611 Take a typing break.
34613 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
34614 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
34616 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
34617 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
34619 \(fn)" t nil)
34621 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
34622 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
34623 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
34624 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
34626 \(fn)" t nil)
34628 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
34629 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
34631 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
34632 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
34633 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
34634 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
34635 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
34636 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
34637 average typing speed.)
34639 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
34640 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
34641 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
34642 the computed maximum threshold.
34644 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
34645 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
34646 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
34647 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
34648 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
34650 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
34652 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "type-break" '("timep" "type-break-")))
34654 ;;;***
34655 \f
34656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (0 0 0 0))
34657 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
34659 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
34660 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
34661 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
34662 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
34663 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
34665 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
34667 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "uce" '("uce-")))
34669 ;;;***
34670 \f
34671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
34672 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
34673 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
34675 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34676 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
34678 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34680 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34681 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
34683 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34685 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34686 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
34688 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34690 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34691 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
34693 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34695 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34696 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
34698 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34700 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34701 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
34703 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34705 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34706 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
34708 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34710 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34711 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
34713 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34715 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34716 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34718 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34720 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34721 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34723 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34725 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34726 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34728 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34730 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34731 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34733 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34735 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ucs-normalize" '("ucs-normalize-" "utf-8-hfs")))
34737 ;;;***
34738 \f
34739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (0 0 0
34740 ;;;;;; 0))
34741 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
34743 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
34744 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
34745 Works by overstriking underscores.
34746 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
34747 which specify the range to operate on.
34749 \(fn START END)" t nil)
34751 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
34752 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
34753 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
34754 which specify the range to operate on.
34756 \(fn START END)" t nil)
34758 ;;;***
34759 \f
34760 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "undigest" "mail/undigest.el"
34761 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
34762 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
34764 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "undigest" '("rmail-")))
34766 ;;;***
34767 \f
34768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
34769 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
34771 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
34772 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
34773 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
34774 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
34775 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
34776 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
34778 \(fn)" nil nil)
34780 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
34781 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
34782 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
34784 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
34786 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "unrmail" '("unrmail-mbox-format")))
34788 ;;;***
34789 \f
34790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (0 0 0 0))
34791 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
34793 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
34794 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
34795 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
34796 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
34798 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
34800 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "unsafep" '("safe-functions" "unsafep-")))
34802 ;;;***
34803 \f
34804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (0 0 0 0))
34805 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
34807 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
34808 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
34809 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
34810 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
34811 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
34813 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
34814 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
34815 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
34816 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
34817 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
34818 occurred. Each pair is one of:
34820 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
34821 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
34822 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
34824 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
34825 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
34826 the callback is not called).
34828 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
34829 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
34830 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
34831 take effect.
34833 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
34834 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
34835 the server.
34836 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
34837 URL-encoded before it's used.
34839 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
34841 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
34842 Retrieve URL synchronously.
34843 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
34844 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
34845 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
34847 If SILENT is non-nil, don't do any messaging while retrieving.
34848 If INHIBIT-COOKIES is non-nil, refuse to store cookies. If
34849 TIMEOUT is passed, it should be a number that says (in seconds)
34850 how long to wait for a response before giving up.
34852 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES TIMEOUT)" nil nil)
34854 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url" '("url-")))
34856 ;;;***
34857 \f
34858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-about" "url/url-about.el" (0 0 0 0))
34859 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-about.el
34861 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-about" '("url-")))
34863 ;;;***
34864 \f
34865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (0 0 0 0))
34866 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
34868 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
34869 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
34870 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
34872 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
34873 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
34874 `url-generic-parse-url'
34875 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
34876 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
34877 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
34878 realm
34879 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
34880 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
34881 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
34882 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
34883 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
34884 what type of auth to use
34885 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
34886 if one cannot be found in the cache
34888 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
34890 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
34891 Register an HTTP authentication method.
34893 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
34894 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
34895 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
34896 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
34897 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
34898 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
34899 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
34900 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
34902 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
34904 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-auth" '("url-")))
34906 ;;;***
34907 \f
34908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
34909 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
34911 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
34912 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
34914 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
34916 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
34917 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
34918 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
34920 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34922 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
34923 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
34925 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
34927 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cache" '("url-")))
34929 ;;;***
34930 \f
34931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (0 0 0 0))
34932 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
34934 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
34937 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cid" '("url-cid-gnus")))
34941 ;;;***
34942 \f
34943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cookie" "url/url-cookie.el" (0 0 0 0))
34944 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cookie.el
34946 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cookie" '("url-cookie")))
34948 ;;;***
34949 \f
34950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (0 0 0 0))
34951 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
34953 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
34954 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
34955 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
34957 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34959 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
34960 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
34961 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
34962 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
34964 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
34965 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
34966 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
34967 though.
34969 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
34971 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
34972 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
34973 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
34975 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
34977 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
34980 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34982 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-dav" '("url-")))
34984 ;;;***
34985 \f
34986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dired" "url/url-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
34987 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dired.el
34989 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-dired" '("url-")))
34991 ;;;***
34992 \f
34993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-domsuf" "url/url-domsuf.el" (0 0 0 0))
34994 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-domsuf.el
34996 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-domsuf" '("url-domsuf-")))
34998 ;;;***
34999 \f
35000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-expand" "url/url-expand.el" (0 0 0 0))
35001 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-expand.el
35003 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-expand" '("url-")))
35005 ;;;***
35006 \f
35007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
35008 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
35010 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
35011 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
35013 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
35015 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-file" '("url-file-")))
35017 ;;;***
35018 \f
35019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ftp" "url/url-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
35020 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ftp.el
35022 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ftp" '("url-ftp")))
35024 ;;;***
35025 \f
35026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-future" "url/url-future.el" (0 0 0 0))
35027 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-future.el
35029 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-future" '("url-future-")))
35031 ;;;***
35032 \f
35033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (0 0 0 0))
35034 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
35036 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
35037 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
35039 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
35041 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
35042 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
35043 Args per `open-network-stream'.
35044 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
35045 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
35047 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
35048 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
35050 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
35052 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-gw" '("url-")))
35054 ;;;***
35055 \f
35056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (0 0 0
35057 ;;;;;; 0))
35058 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
35060 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
35061 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
35062 See the `url-handler-mode' command
35063 for a description of this minor mode.
35064 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
35065 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
35066 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
35068 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
35070 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
35071 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
35072 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
35073 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
35074 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
35076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
35078 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
35079 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
35080 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
35081 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
35083 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
35085 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
35086 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
35087 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
35088 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
35089 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
35090 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
35091 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
35092 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
35093 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
35094 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
35096 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
35098 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
35099 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
35100 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
35101 accessible.
35103 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
35105 (autoload 'url-insert-buffer-contents "url-handlers" "\
35106 Insert the contents of BUFFER into current buffer.
35107 This is like `url-insert', but also decodes the current buffer as
35108 if it had been inserted from a file named URL.
35110 \(fn BUFFER URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
35112 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
35115 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
35117 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-handlers" '("url-")))
35119 ;;;***
35120 \f
35121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-history" "url/url-history.el" (0 0 0 0))
35122 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-history.el
35124 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-history" '("url-")))
35126 ;;;***
35127 \f
35128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (0 0 0 0))
35129 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
35130 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
35132 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
35133 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
35134 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
35135 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
35136 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
35138 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-http" '("url-h")))
35140 ;;;***
35141 \f
35142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-imap" "url/url-imap.el" (0 0 0 0))
35143 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-imap.el
35145 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-imap" '("url-imap")))
35147 ;;;***
35148 \f
35149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (0 0 0 0))
35150 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
35152 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
35155 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35157 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-irc" '("url-irc-")))
35159 ;;;***
35160 \f
35161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
35162 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
35164 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
35165 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
35166 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
35167 URL can be a URL string, or a URL record of the type returned by
35168 `url-generic-parse-url'.
35170 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35172 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ldap" '("url-ldap-")))
35174 ;;;***
35175 \f
35176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (0 0 0 0))
35177 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
35179 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
35182 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
35184 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
35185 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
35187 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35189 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-mailto" '("url-mail-goto-field")))
35191 ;;;***
35192 \f
35193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-methods" "url/url-methods.el" (0 0 0 0))
35194 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-methods.el
35196 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-methods" '("url-scheme-")))
35198 ;;;***
35199 \f
35200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (0 0 0 0))
35201 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
35203 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
35204 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
35206 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35208 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
35209 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
35211 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35213 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
35216 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35218 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
35220 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
35222 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
35224 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
35225 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
35227 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35229 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-misc" '("url-do-terminal-emulator")))
35231 ;;;***
35232 \f
35233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (0 0 0 0))
35234 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
35236 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
35239 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35241 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
35244 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35246 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-news" '("url-news-")))
35248 ;;;***
35249 \f
35250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-nfs" "url/url-nfs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35251 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-nfs.el
35253 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-nfs" '("url-nfs")))
35255 ;;;***
35256 \f
35257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (0 0 0 0))
35258 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
35260 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
35263 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
35265 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
35268 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
35270 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
35273 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
35275 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
35278 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
35280 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
35283 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
35285 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
35288 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
35290 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
35293 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
35295 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ns" '("url-ns-")))
35297 ;;;***
35298 \f
35299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
35300 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
35302 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
35303 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
35305 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
35307 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
35308 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
35309 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
35311 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
35312 USER is the user name (string or nil).
35313 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
35314 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
35315 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
35316 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
35317 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
35318 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
35319 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
35320 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
35321 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
35322 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
35323 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
35326 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
35327 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
35328 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
35330 Here is an example. The URL
35332 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
35334 parses to
35340 PORTSPEC = 42
35343 ATTRIBUTES = nil
35344 FULLNESS = t
35346 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35348 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-parse" '("url-")))
35350 ;;;***
35351 \f
35352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (0 0 0 0))
35353 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
35355 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
35356 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
35358 \(fn)" t nil)
35360 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-privacy" '("url-device-type")))
35362 ;;;***
35363 \f
35364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-proxy" "url/url-proxy.el" (0 0 0 0))
35365 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-proxy.el
35367 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-proxy" '("url-")))
35369 ;;;***
35370 \f
35371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (0 0 0 0))
35372 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
35374 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
35375 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
35376 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
35377 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
35378 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
35379 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
35381 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
35383 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-queue" '("url-queue")))
35385 ;;;***
35386 \f
35387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (0 0 0 0))
35388 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
35390 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
35391 List of URL protocols for which the work is handled by Tramp.
35392 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
35394 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
35396 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
35397 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
35398 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
35399 would have been passed to OPERATION.
35401 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
35403 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-tramp" '("url-tramp-convert-")))
35405 ;;;***
35406 \f
35407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
35408 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
35410 (defvar url-debug nil "\
35411 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
35412 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
35414 If t, all messages will be logged.
35415 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
35416 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
35418 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
35420 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
35423 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
35425 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
35428 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
35430 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
35431 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
35433 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
35434 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
35435 & ==> &
35436 < ==> <
35437 > ==> >
35440 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
35442 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
35444 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
35446 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35448 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
35449 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
35450 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
35452 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
35454 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
35455 Return a date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
35457 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
35459 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
35460 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
35462 \(fn X)" nil nil)
35464 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
35465 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
35467 \(fn X)" nil nil)
35469 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
35472 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
35474 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
35477 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
35479 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
35481 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
35482 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
35484 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
35486 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
35487 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
35489 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
35491 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
35494 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
35496 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
35497 Build a query-string.
35499 Given a QUERY in the form:
35500 ((key1 val1)
35501 (key2 val2)
35502 (key3 val1 val2)
35503 (key4)
35506 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
35508 This will return a string
35510 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
35511 be used.
35518 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
35520 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
35521 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
35522 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
35523 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
35524 forbidden in URL encoding.
35526 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
35528 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
35529 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
35530 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
35531 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
35532 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
35535 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
35536 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
35537 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
35538 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
35540 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
35542 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
35543 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
35544 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
35545 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
35546 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
35547 should return it unchanged.
35549 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35551 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
35552 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
35553 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
35554 of the file with the extension stripped off.
35556 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
35558 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
35559 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
35560 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
35562 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
35564 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
35565 View the current document's URL.
35566 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
35567 the minibuffer.
35569 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
35571 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
35573 (autoload 'url-domain "url-util" "\
35574 Return the domain of the host of the url, or nil if url does
35575 not contain a registered name.
35577 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35579 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-util" '("url-")))
35581 ;;;***
35582 \f
35583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-vars" "url/url-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
35584 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-vars.el
35586 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-vars" '("url-")))
35588 ;;;***
35589 \f
35590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (0 0 0 0))
35591 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
35593 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
35594 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
35595 This function has a choice of three things to do:
35597 to refrain from editing the file
35598 return t (grab the lock on the file)
35599 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
35600 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
35601 in any way you like.
35603 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
35605 (autoload 'userlock--ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
35608 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
35610 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
35611 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
35612 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
35614 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
35616 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
35617 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
35619 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
35621 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "userlock" '("ask-user-about-" "file-" "userlock--check-content-unchanged")))
35623 ;;;***
35624 \f
35625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (0 0 0 0))
35626 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
35628 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
35631 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
35633 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
35636 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
35638 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
35641 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
35643 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
35646 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
35648 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "utf-7" '("utf-7-")))
35650 ;;;***
35651 \f
35652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "international/utf7.el" (0 0 0 0))
35653 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf7.el
35655 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
35656 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
35658 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
35660 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "utf7" '("utf7-")))
35662 ;;;***
35663 \f
35664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (0 0 0 0))
35665 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
35667 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
35668 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
35669 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
35670 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
35672 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
35674 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
35675 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
35676 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
35678 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
35680 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
35681 Uudecode region between START and END.
35682 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
35684 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
35686 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "uudecode" '("uudecode-")))
35688 ;;;***
35689 \f
35690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (0 0 0 0))
35691 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
35693 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
35694 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
35695 See `run-hooks'.")
35697 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
35699 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
35700 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
35701 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
35703 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
35705 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
35706 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
35707 See `run-hooks'.")
35709 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
35711 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
35712 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
35714 If FILE is already registered, return the
35715 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
35716 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
35717 responsible for FILE is returned.
35719 Note that if FILE is a symbolic link, it will not be resolved --
35720 the responsible backend system for the symbolic link itself will
35721 be reported.
35723 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
35725 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
35726 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
35727 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
35728 same state. If not, signal an error.
35730 For merging-based version control systems:
35731 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
35732 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
35733 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
35734 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
35735 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
35736 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
35738 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
35739 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
35740 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
35741 the file(s) for editing.
35742 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
35743 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
35744 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
35745 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
35746 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
35748 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
35750 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
35751 Register into a version control system.
35752 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
35753 Otherwise register the current file.
35754 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
35756 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
35757 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
35758 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
35759 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
35760 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
35761 first backend that could register the file is used.
35763 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
35765 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
35766 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
35768 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
35770 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
35771 Display diffs between file revisions.
35772 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
35773 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
35774 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35776 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35777 saving the buffer.
35779 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35781 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
35782 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
35783 repository history using ediff.
35785 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
35787 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
35788 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
35789 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
35790 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
35791 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35793 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35794 saving the buffer.
35796 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35798 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
35799 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
35800 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
35801 fileset with the working revision.
35802 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
35803 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35805 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35806 saving the buffer.
35808 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35810 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
35811 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
35812 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
35814 \(fn)" nil nil)
35816 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
35817 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
35818 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
35819 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
35821 \(fn REV)" t nil)
35823 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
35824 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
35825 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
35826 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
35828 \(fn)" t nil)
35830 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
35831 Perform a version control merge operation.
35832 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35834 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
35835 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
35837 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
35838 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
35839 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
35840 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
35841 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
35842 changes from the current branch.
35844 \(fn)" t nil)
35846 (autoload 'vc-message-unresolved-conflicts "vc" "\
35847 Display a message indicating unresolved conflicts in FILENAME.
35849 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
35851 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
35853 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
35854 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
35855 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
35856 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
35857 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
35858 checked out in that new branch.
35860 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
35862 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
35863 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
35864 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
35865 named branch in the directory DIR.
35866 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
35867 otherwise use the repository root of the current buffer.
35868 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
35869 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
35870 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
35871 allowed and simply skipped).
35873 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
35875 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
35876 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
35877 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
35878 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
35879 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
35881 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
35882 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
35884 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
35886 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
35887 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
35888 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
35889 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
35890 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
35892 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
35894 (autoload 'vc-print-branch-log "vc" "\
35895 Show the change log for BRANCH in a window.
35897 \(fn BRANCH)" t nil)
35899 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
35900 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
35901 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
35903 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
35905 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
35906 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
35907 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
35909 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
35911 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
35912 Show the history of the region between FROM and TO.
35914 If called interactively, show the history between point and
35915 mark.
35917 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
35919 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
35920 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
35921 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
35922 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
35924 \(fn)" t nil)
35926 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
35928 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
35929 Update the current fileset or branch.
35930 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35932 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
35933 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt for the VCS
35934 command to run.
35936 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
35937 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
35938 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
35939 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
35940 tip revision are merged into the working file.
35942 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
35944 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
35946 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
35947 Push the current branch.
35948 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35950 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
35951 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt for the
35952 VCS command to run.
35954 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
35955 It also signals an error in a Bazaar bound branch.
35957 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
35959 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
35960 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
35961 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
35962 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
35963 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
35964 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
35965 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
35967 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
35969 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
35970 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
35971 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
35972 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
35973 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
35974 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
35975 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
35976 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
35977 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
35979 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
35981 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
35982 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
35983 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
35984 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
35986 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
35988 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
35989 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
35990 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
35991 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
35993 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
35995 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
35996 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
35997 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
35998 directory.
36000 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
36002 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
36003 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
36004 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
36006 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
36007 log entries should be gathered.
36009 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
36011 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
36012 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
36014 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
36016 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc" '("vc-" "with-vc-properties")))
36018 ;;;***
36019 \f
36020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (0 0 0 0))
36021 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
36023 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
36024 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
36026 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
36027 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
36028 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
36029 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
36030 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
36031 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
36033 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
36034 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
36035 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
36036 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
36037 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
36038 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
36039 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
36040 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
36042 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
36044 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
36046 Customization variables:
36048 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
36049 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
36050 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
36051 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
36052 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
36053 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
36055 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
36057 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-annotate" '("vc-")))
36059 ;;;***
36060 \f
36061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (0 0 0 0))
36062 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
36064 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
36065 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
36067 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
36068 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
36069 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
36070 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
36071 (progn
36072 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
36073 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
36075 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-bzr" '("vc-bzr-")))
36077 ;;;***
36078 \f
36079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
36080 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
36081 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
36082 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
36083 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
36084 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
36085 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
36086 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
36088 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-cvs" '("vc-cvs-")))
36090 ;;;***
36091 \f
36092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dav" "vc/vc-dav.el" (0 0 0 0))
36093 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dav.el
36095 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dav" '("vc-dav-")))
36097 ;;;***
36098 \f
36099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (0 0 0 0))
36100 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
36102 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
36104 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
36105 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
36106 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
36108 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
36109 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
36110 The file lines appear later.
36112 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
36113 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
36115 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
36119 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
36121 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dir" '("vc-")))
36123 ;;;***
36124 \f
36125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (0 0
36126 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36127 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
36129 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
36130 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
36131 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
36132 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
36133 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
36134 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
36135 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
36136 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
36137 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
36138 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
36139 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
36140 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
36141 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
36142 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
36143 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
36145 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
36147 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dispatcher" '("vc-")))
36149 ;;;***
36150 \f
36151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-filewise" "vc/vc-filewise.el" (0 0 0 0))
36152 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-filewise.el
36154 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-filewise" '("vc-")))
36156 ;;;***
36157 \f
36158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (0 0 0 0))
36159 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
36160 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
36161 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
36162 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
36163 (progn
36164 (load "vc-git" nil t)
36165 (vc-git-registered file))))
36167 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-git" '("vc-git-")))
36169 ;;;***
36170 \f
36171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (0 0 0 0))
36172 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
36173 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
36174 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
36175 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
36176 (progn
36177 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
36178 (vc-hg-registered file))))
36180 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-hg" '("vc-hg-")))
36182 ;;;***
36183 \f
36184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (0 0 0 0))
36185 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
36187 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
36188 Name of the monotone directory.")
36190 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
36191 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
36192 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
36193 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
36194 (progn
36195 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
36196 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
36198 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-mtn" '("vc-mtn-")))
36200 ;;;***
36201 \f
36202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
36203 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
36205 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
36206 Where to look for RCS master files.
36207 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
36209 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
36211 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
36213 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-rcs" '("vc-r")))
36215 ;;;***
36216 \f
36217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (0 0 0 0))
36218 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
36220 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
36221 Where to look for SCCS master files.
36222 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
36224 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
36226 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
36228 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
36229 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
36230 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
36231 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs '("SCCS" "")) (setq dirs '("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source")) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
36233 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-sccs" '("vc-sccs-")))
36235 ;;;***
36236 \f
36237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (0 0 0 0))
36238 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
36240 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
36241 Where to look for SRC master files.
36242 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
36244 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
36246 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
36248 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-src" '("vc-src-")))
36250 ;;;***
36251 \f
36252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (0 0 0 0))
36253 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
36254 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
36255 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
36256 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
36257 "_svn")
36258 (t ".svn"))))
36259 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
36260 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
36261 (vc-svn-registered f))))
36263 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-svn" '("vc-svn-")))
36265 ;;;***
36266 \f
36267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vcursor" "vcursor.el" (0 0 0 0))
36268 ;;; Generated autoloads from vcursor.el
36270 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vcursor" '("vcursor-")))
36272 ;;;***
36273 \f
36274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (0 0 0
36275 ;;;;;; 0))
36276 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
36277 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
36280 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
36281 Major mode for editing Vera code.
36283 Usage:
36284 ------
36286 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
36287 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
36289 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
36291 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
36292 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
36293 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
36294 completions.
36296 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
36297 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
36299 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
36300 uncomments a region if already commented out.
36302 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
36303 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
36304 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
36306 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
36309 Maintenance:
36310 ------------
36312 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
36313 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
36315 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
36317 Official distribution is at
36318 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
36321 The Vera Mode Maintainer
36322 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
36324 Key bindings:
36325 -------------
36329 \(fn)" t nil)
36331 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vera-mode" '("vera-")))
36333 ;;;***
36334 \f
36335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
36336 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
36337 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
36339 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
36340 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
36343 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
36347 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
36348 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
36350 Supports highlighting.
36352 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
36353 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
36355 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
36357 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
36358 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
36359 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
36360 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
36361 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
36362 on the left side of your screen.
36363 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
36364 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
36365 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
36366 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
36367 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
36368 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
36369 function keyword.
36370 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
36372 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
36373 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
36374 if (a)
36375 begin
36376 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
36377 Indentation for case statements.
36378 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
36379 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
36380 mark after an end.
36381 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
36382 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
36383 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
36384 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
36385 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
36386 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
36387 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
36388 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
36389 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
36390 if (a)
36391 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
36392 otherwise you get:
36393 if (a)
36394 begin
36395 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
36396 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
36397 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
36398 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
36399 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
36400 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
36401 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
36402 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
36403 comments in tight quarters.
36404 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `declarations')
36405 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
36407 Variables controlling other actions:
36409 `verilog-linter' (default `surelint')
36410 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
36415 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
36421 Some other functions are:
36451 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
36452 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
36464 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
36467 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
36471 \(fn)" t nil)
36473 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "verilog-mode" '("electric-verilog-" "verilog-" "vl-")))
36475 ;;;***
36476 \f
36477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (0 0 0
36478 ;;;;;; 0))
36479 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
36481 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
36482 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
36484 Usage:
36485 ------
36487 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
36488 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
36489 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
36490 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
36491 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
36492 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
36493 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
36494 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
36495 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
36497 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
36498 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
36499 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
36500 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
36502 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
36503 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
36504 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
36505 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
36506 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
36508 Template styles can be customized in customization group
36509 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
36512 HEADER INSERTION:
36513 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
36514 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
36515 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
36518 STUTTERING:
36519 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
36520 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
36521 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
36522 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
36531 WORD COMPLETION:
36532 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
36533 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
36534 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
36535 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
36537 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
36538 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
36539 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
36543 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
36544 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
36545 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
36546 stop.
36549 COMMENTS:
36550 `--' puts a single comment.
36551 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
36552 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
36553 with a comment in between.
36554 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
36555 out following lines.
36556 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
36557 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
36558 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
36559 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
36561 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
36562 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
36563 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
36564 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
36565 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
36566 non-nil.
36568 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
36569 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
36570 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
36571 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
36572 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
36573 multi-line comments.
36576 INDENTATION:
36577 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
36578 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
36579 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
36580 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
36581 the entire region.
36583 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
36585 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
36586 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
36588 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
36590 tabs and vice versa.
36592 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
36593 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
36595 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
36596 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
36597 line.
36600 ALIGNMENT:
36601 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
36602 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
36603 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
36604 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
36605 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
36606 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
36607 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
36608 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
36610 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
36611 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
36612 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
36613 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
36614 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
36615 is non-nil.
36617 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
36618 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
36619 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
36621 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
36622 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
36625 CODE FILLING:
36626 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
36627 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
36628 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
36629 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
36630 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
36631 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
36634 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
36635 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
36636 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
36637 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
36638 command:
36640 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
36643 PORT TRANSLATION:
36644 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
36645 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
36646 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
36647 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
36648 internal signal initializations (menu).
36650 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
36651 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
36652 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
36654 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
36655 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
36656 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
36657 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
36658 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
36659 in subsequent paste operations.)
36661 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
36662 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
36663 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
36666 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
36667 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
36668 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
36669 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
36670 association list with formals).
36673 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
36674 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
36675 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
36676 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
36677 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
36678 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
36679 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
36680 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
36681 `vhdl-testbench'.
36684 KEY BINDINGS:
36685 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
36688 VHDL MENU:
36689 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
36692 FILE BROWSER:
36693 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
36694 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
36695 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
36697 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
36698 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
36701 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
36702 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
36703 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
36704 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
36706 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
36707 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
36708 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
36710 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
36711 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
36712 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
36715 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
36716 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
36717 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
36718 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
36719 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
36721 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
36722 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
36723 required by secondary units.
36726 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
36727 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
36728 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
36729 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
36730 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
36731 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
36732 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
36733 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
36734 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
36735 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
36736 inputs to this component -> input port created
36737 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
36738 outputs from this component -> output port created
36739 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
36740 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
36742 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
36743 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
36744 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
36745 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
36746 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
36748 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
36749 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
36751 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
36752 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
36753 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
36754 component instantiation is also supported (option
36755 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
36757 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
36758 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
36759 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
36760 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
36761 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
36762 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
36763 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
36764 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
36765 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
36766 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
36767 generating the configuration.
36769 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
36770 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
36771 configurations in speedbar.
36773 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
36776 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
36777 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
36778 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
36779 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
36780 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
36781 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
36782 information. New compilers can be added.
36784 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
36785 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
36788 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
36789 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
36790 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
36791 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
36792 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
36794 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
36795 command:
36797 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
36798 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
36799 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
36803 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
36804 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
36805 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
36806 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
36807 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
36808 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
36809 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
36811 Limitations:
36812 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
36813 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
36814 not (yet) supported.
36815 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
36816 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
36820 PROJECTS:
36821 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
36822 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
36823 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
36824 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
36825 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
36826 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
36827 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
36828 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
36830 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
36831 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
36832 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
36835 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
36836 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
36837 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
36838 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
36839 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
36840 `vhdl-project-alist'.
36843 SPECIAL MENUES:
36844 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
36845 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
36847 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
36848 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
36849 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
36850 current directory for VHDL source files.
36853 VHDL STANDARDS:
36854 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
36855 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
36858 KEYWORD CASE:
36859 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
36860 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
36861 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
36862 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
36863 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
36864 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
36865 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
36866 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
36869 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
36870 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
36871 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
36872 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
36873 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
36874 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
36875 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
36877 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
36878 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
36879 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
36880 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
36881 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
36882 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
36884 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
36885 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
36886 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
36887 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
36888 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
36889 visually.
36891 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
36892 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
36893 highlighted if written in lower case.
36896 highlighted using a different background color if option
36897 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
36899 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
36901 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
36902 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
36903 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
36906 USER MODELS:
36907 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
36908 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
36909 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
36912 HIDE/SHOW:
36913 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
36914 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
36915 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
36916 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
36917 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
36920 CODE UPDATING:
36921 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
36922 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
36923 Limitations:
36924 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
36925 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
36926 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
36927 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
36928 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
36929 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
36930 (used to obtain the port names).
36931 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
36932 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
36933 sensitivity lists.
36936 CODE FIXING:
36937 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
36938 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
36941 PRINTING:
36942 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
36943 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
36944 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
36945 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
36946 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
36947 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
36948 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
36949 printers.
36952 OPTIONS:
36953 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
36955 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
36956 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
36959 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
36962 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
36963 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
36964 INSTALL file).
36966 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
36970 FILE EXTENSIONS:
36972 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
36978 HINTS:
36979 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
36980 a VHDL file first, use the command:
36982 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
36984 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
36986 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
36989 RELEASE NOTES:
36990 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
36993 Maintenance:
36994 ------------
36997 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
36999 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
37001 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
37002 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
37003 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
37004 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
37006 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
37007 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
37008 where the latest version can be found.
37011 Known problems:
37012 ---------------
37014 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
37015 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
37016 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
37017 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
37020 The VHDL Mode Authors
37021 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
37023 Key bindings:
37024 -------------
37028 \(fn)" t nil)
37030 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vhdl-mode" '("vhdl-")))
37032 ;;;***
37033 \f
37034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (0 0 0
37035 ;;;;;; 0))
37036 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
37038 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
37039 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
37041 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
37043 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
37044 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
37045 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
37046 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
37048 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
37050 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
37051 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
37053 \(fn)" t nil)
37055 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
37056 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
37057 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
37058 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
37060 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
37062 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
37063 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
37065 \(fn)" t nil)
37067 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
37070 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
37072 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
37075 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
37077 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viet-util" '("viet-viqr-alist" "viqr-regexp")))
37079 ;;;***
37080 \f
37081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (0 0 0 0))
37082 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
37084 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
37085 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
37086 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
37088 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
37090 (defvar view-mode nil "\
37091 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
37092 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
37093 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
37095 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
37097 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
37098 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
37100 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
37102 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
37103 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
37104 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
37105 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
37106 moving around in the buffer.
37107 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
37108 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
37110 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37112 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
37114 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
37115 View FILE in View mode in another window.
37116 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
37117 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
37119 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
37120 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
37121 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
37122 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
37123 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
37125 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37127 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
37129 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
37130 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
37131 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
37132 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
37133 buffer.
37135 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
37136 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
37137 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
37138 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
37139 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
37141 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37143 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
37145 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
37146 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
37147 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
37148 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
37149 moving around in the buffer.
37150 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
37151 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
37153 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37155 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
37156 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
37157 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
37159 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
37160 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
37161 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
37162 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
37164 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
37165 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
37166 own View-like bindings.
37168 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
37170 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
37171 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
37172 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
37173 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
37174 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
37175 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
37176 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
37178 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37180 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
37182 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
37183 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
37184 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
37186 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
37187 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
37188 own View-like bindings.
37190 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
37192 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
37193 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
37194 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
37195 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
37196 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
37197 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
37198 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
37200 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37202 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
37204 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
37205 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
37206 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
37208 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
37209 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
37210 own View-like bindings.
37212 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
37214 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
37215 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
37216 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
37217 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
37218 if ARG is omitted or nil.
37220 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
37221 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
37222 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
37223 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
37227 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
37229 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
37232 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
37233 to a repeat count of one.
37235 H, h, ? This message.
37236 Digits provide prefix arguments.
37239 > move to the end of buffer.
37242 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
37244 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
37245 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
37246 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
37249 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
37251 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
37252 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
37254 Use this to view a changing file.
37258 . set the mark.
37259 x exchanges point and mark.
37261 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
37262 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
37265 s do forward incremental search.
37266 r do reverse incremental search.
37267 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
37268 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
37269 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
37270 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
37273 p searches backward for last regular expression.
37277 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
37278 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
37280 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
37285 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
37286 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
37295 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37299 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
37300 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
37301 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
37302 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
37303 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
37304 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
37305 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
37306 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
37307 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
37309 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
37311 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
37313 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
37314 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
37315 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
37316 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
37317 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
37318 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
37320 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
37321 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
37322 called by `view-mode-exit'.
37324 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
37326 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37328 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
37330 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
37331 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
37333 \(fn)" t nil)
37335 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "view" '("View-" "view-")))
37337 ;;;***
37338 \f
37339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (0 0 0 0))
37340 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
37341 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
37343 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
37344 Toggle Viper on/off.
37345 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
37347 \(fn)" t nil)
37349 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
37350 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
37352 \(fn)" t nil)
37354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper" '("set-viper-state-in-major-mode" "this-major-mode-requires-vi-state" "viper-")))
37356 ;;;***
37357 \f
37358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-cmd" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" (0 0 0
37359 ;;;;;; 0))
37360 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-cmd.el
37362 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-cmd" '("viper-")))
37364 ;;;***
37365 \f
37366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-ex" "emulation/viper-ex.el" (0 0 0 0))
37367 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-ex.el
37369 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-ex" '("ex-" "viper-")))
37371 ;;;***
37372 \f
37373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-init" "emulation/viper-init.el" (0 0
37374 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37375 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-init.el
37377 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-init" '("viper-")))
37379 ;;;***
37380 \f
37381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-keym" "emulation/viper-keym.el" (0 0
37382 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37383 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-keym.el
37385 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-keym" '("ex-read-filename-map" "viper-")))
37387 ;;;***
37388 \f
37389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-macs" "emulation/viper-macs.el" (0 0
37390 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37391 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-macs.el
37393 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-macs" '("ex-" "viper-")))
37395 ;;;***
37396 \f
37397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-mous" "emulation/viper-mous.el" (0 0
37398 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37399 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-mous.el
37401 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-mous" '("viper-")))
37403 ;;;***
37404 \f
37405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-util" "emulation/viper-util.el" (0 0
37406 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37407 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-util.el
37409 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-util" '("viper")))
37411 ;;;***
37412 \f
37413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vt-control" "vt-control.el" (0 0 0 0))
37414 ;;; Generated autoloads from vt-control.el
37416 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vt-control" '("vt-")))
37418 ;;;***
37419 \f
37420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vt100-led" "vt100-led.el" (0 0 0 0))
37421 ;;; Generated autoloads from vt100-led.el
37423 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vt100-led" '("led-")))
37425 ;;;***
37426 \f
37427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "w32-fns" "w32-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
37428 ;;; Generated autoloads from w32-fns.el
37430 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "w32-fns" '("w32-")))
37432 ;;;***
37433 \f
37434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "w32-vars" "w32-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
37435 ;;; Generated autoloads from w32-vars.el
37437 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "w32-vars" '("w32-")))
37439 ;;;***
37440 \f
37441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (0 0 0
37442 ;;;;;; 0))
37443 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
37445 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
37446 Function to generate warning prefixes.
37447 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
37448 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
37449 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
37450 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
37451 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
37452 the beginning of the warning.")
37454 (defvar warning-series nil "\
37455 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
37456 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
37457 which is the start of the current series; it means that
37458 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
37459 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
37460 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
37461 also call that function before the next warning.")
37463 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
37464 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
37466 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
37467 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
37468 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
37469 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
37471 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
37472 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
37473 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
37474 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
37475 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
37476 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
37478 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
37479 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
37480 Default is :warning.
37482 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
37483 if you do not attend to it promptly.
37484 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
37485 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
37486 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
37487 :debug -- info for debugging only.
37489 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
37490 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
37491 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
37493 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
37495 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
37496 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
37498 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
37500 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
37501 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
37503 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
37504 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
37506 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
37507 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
37508 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
37509 can be whatever you like.)
37511 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
37512 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
37514 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
37515 if you do not attend to it promptly.
37516 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
37517 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
37518 :debug -- info for debugging only.
37520 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37522 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
37523 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
37524 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
37525 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
37526 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
37528 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37530 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "warnings" '("display-warning-minimum-level" "log-warning-minimum-level" "warning-")))
37532 ;;;***
37533 \f
37534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (0 0 0 0))
37535 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
37536 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
37538 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
37539 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
37541 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
37542 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
37544 directories to reflect your edits.
37546 See `wdired-mode'.
37548 \(fn)" t nil)
37550 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wdired" '("wdired-")))
37552 ;;;***
37553 \f
37554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (0 0 0 0))
37555 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
37557 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
37558 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
37560 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
37561 hotlist.
37563 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
37564 <nwv@acm.org>.
37566 \(fn)" t nil)
37568 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "webjump" '("webjump-")))
37570 ;;;***
37571 \f
37572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (0 0
37573 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37574 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
37575 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
37576 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
37578 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
37580 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
37581 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
37582 See the `which-function-mode' command
37583 for a description of this minor mode.
37584 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37585 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37586 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
37588 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
37590 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
37591 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
37592 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
37593 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
37594 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
37596 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
37597 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
37598 in certain major modes.
37600 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37602 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "which-func" '("which-func")))
37604 ;;;***
37605 \f
37606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (0 0 0 0))
37607 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
37608 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
37610 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
37611 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
37612 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
37613 positive, and disable it otherwise.
37615 If called from Lisp, also enables the mode if ARG is omitted or nil,
37616 and toggles it if ARG is `toggle'.
37618 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
37619 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37621 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37623 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
37624 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
37625 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
37626 is positive, and disable it otherwise.
37628 If called from Lisp, also enables the mode if ARG is omitted or nil,
37629 and toggles it if ARG is `toggle'.
37631 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
37632 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
37633 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
37634 use `whitespace-mode'.
37636 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37638 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37640 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
37641 Non-nil if Global Whitespace mode is enabled.
37642 See the `global-whitespace-mode' command
37643 for a description of this minor mode.
37644 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37645 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37646 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
37648 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
37650 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
37651 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
37652 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
37653 is positive, and disable it otherwise.
37655 If called from Lisp, also enables the mode if ARG is omitted or nil,
37656 and toggles it if ARG is `toggle'.
37658 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
37659 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37661 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37663 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
37664 Non-nil if Global Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
37665 See the `global-whitespace-newline-mode' command
37666 for a description of this minor mode.
37667 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37668 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37669 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
37671 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
37673 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
37674 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
37675 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
37676 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.
37678 If called from Lisp, also enables the mode if ARG is omitted or nil,
37679 and toggles it if ARG is `toggle'.
37681 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
37682 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
37683 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
37684 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
37686 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37688 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37690 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
37691 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
37693 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
37694 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
37696 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
37697 and restart local whitespace-mode.
37699 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
37701 CHAR MEANING
37702 (VIA FACES)
37703 f toggle face visualization
37704 t toggle TAB visualization
37705 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37706 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
37709 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
37710 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37711 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37712 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37713 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
37714 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
37715 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37716 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37717 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37718 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37719 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37720 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37722 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
37723 T toggle TAB visualization
37724 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37725 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
37727 x restore `whitespace-style' value
37728 ? display brief help
37730 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
37731 The valid symbols are:
37733 face toggle face visualization
37734 tabs toggle TAB visualization
37735 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37736 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
37739 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
37740 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37741 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37742 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37743 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
37744 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
37745 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
37746 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37747 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37748 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37749 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37750 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37752 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
37753 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37754 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
37756 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
37758 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
37760 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
37762 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
37763 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
37765 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
37766 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
37768 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
37769 and restart global whitespace-mode.
37771 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
37773 CHAR MEANING
37774 (VIA FACES)
37775 f toggle face visualization
37776 t toggle TAB visualization
37777 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37778 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
37781 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
37782 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37783 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37784 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37785 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
37786 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
37787 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37788 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37789 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37790 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37791 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37792 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37794 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
37795 T toggle TAB visualization
37796 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37797 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
37799 x restore `whitespace-style' value
37800 ? display brief help
37802 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
37803 The valid symbols are:
37805 face toggle face visualization
37806 tabs toggle TAB visualization
37807 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37808 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
37811 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
37812 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37813 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37814 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37815 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
37816 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
37817 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
37818 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37819 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37820 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37821 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37822 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37824 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
37825 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37826 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
37828 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
37830 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
37832 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
37834 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
37835 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
37837 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
37838 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
37839 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
37841 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
37843 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
37845 The problems cleaned up are:
37847 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37848 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37849 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
37850 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
37852 3. `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
37853 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
37854 replace `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line by
37855 TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
37856 SPACEs.
37857 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
37858 replace `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
37859 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
37860 replace TABs by SPACEs.
37862 4. SPACEs before TAB.
37863 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
37864 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37865 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37866 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37867 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37868 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37869 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37871 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37872 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
37873 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37875 6. `tab-width' or more SPACEs after TAB.
37876 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
37877 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37878 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37879 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37880 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37881 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37882 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37884 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
37885 documentation.
37887 \(fn)" t nil)
37889 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
37890 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
37892 The problems cleaned up are:
37894 1. `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
37895 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
37896 replace `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs,
37897 if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
37898 SPACEs.
37899 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
37900 replace `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
37901 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
37902 replace TABs by SPACEs.
37904 2. SPACEs before TAB.
37905 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
37906 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37907 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37908 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37909 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37910 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37911 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37913 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37914 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
37915 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37917 4. `tab-width' or more SPACEs after TAB.
37918 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
37919 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37920 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37921 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37922 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37923 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37924 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37926 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
37927 documentation.
37929 \(fn START END)" t nil)
37931 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
37932 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
37934 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
37936 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
37938 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
37939 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
37941 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
37942 non-nil.
37945 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
37946 forces all classes of whitespace problem to be considered
37947 significant.
37949 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
37950 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
37951 report problems.
37953 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
37955 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
37956 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37957 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37958 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37959 indentation 4. line starts with `tab-width' or more SPACEs.
37960 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
37961 space-after-tab 6. `tab-width' or more SPACEs after TAB.
37963 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
37964 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37965 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37966 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37967 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
37968 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
37969 space-after-tab 6. `tab-width' or more SPACEs after TAB.
37971 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
37972 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
37973 cleaning up these problems.
37975 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
37977 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "whitespace" '("whitespace-")))
37979 ;;;***
37980 \f
37981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (0 0 0 0))
37982 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
37984 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
37985 Browse the widget under point.
37987 \(fn POS)" t nil)
37989 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
37990 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
37992 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
37994 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
37995 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
37997 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
37999 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
38000 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
38001 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
38002 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
38003 if ARG is omitted or nil.
38005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
38007 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wid-browse" '("widget-")))
38009 ;;;***
38010 \f
38011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
38012 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
38014 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
38015 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
38017 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
38019 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
38020 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
38021 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
38023 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
38025 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
38026 Create widget of TYPE.
38027 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
38029 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
38031 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
38032 Delete WIDGET.
38034 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
38036 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
38037 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
38039 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
38041 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "\11" 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\33\11" 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
38042 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
38043 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
38044 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
38046 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
38047 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
38049 \(fn)" nil nil)
38051 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wid-edit" '("widget-")))
38053 ;;;***
38054 \f
38055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (0 0 0 0))
38056 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
38058 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
38059 Select the window to the left of the current one.
38060 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
38062 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
38063 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
38064 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
38066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
38068 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
38069 Select the window above the current one.
38071 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
38072 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
38073 negative ARG) of the current window.
38074 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
38076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
38078 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
38079 Select the window to the right of the current one.
38080 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
38082 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
38083 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
38084 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
38086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
38088 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
38089 Select the window below the current one.
38090 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
38092 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
38093 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
38094 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
38096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
38098 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
38099 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
38100 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIERS-{left,right,up,down},
38101 where MODIFIERS is either a list of modifiers or a single modifier.
38102 Default value of MODIFIERS is `shift'.
38104 \(fn &optional MODIFIERS)" t nil)
38106 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "windmove" '("windmove-")))
38108 ;;;***
38109 \f
38110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (0 0 0 0))
38111 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
38113 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
38114 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
38115 See the `winner-mode' command
38116 for a description of this minor mode.
38117 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
38118 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
38119 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
38121 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
38123 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
38124 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
38125 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
38126 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
38127 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
38129 Winner mode is a global minor mode that records the changes in
38130 the window configuration (i.e. how the frames are partitioned
38132 command `winner-undo'. By default this one is bound to the key
38133 sequence `C-c <left>'. If you change your mind (while undoing),
38134 you can press `C-c <right>' (calling `winner-redo').
38136 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
38138 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "winner" '("winner-")))
38140 ;;;***
38141 \f
38142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (0 0 0 0))
38143 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
38144 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
38146 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
38147 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
38148 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
38150 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
38152 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
38154 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
38155 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
38156 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
38157 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
38158 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
38159 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
38160 speed. With a prefix argument, force the caches to be
38161 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
38163 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
38164 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
38166 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
38168 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
38169 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
38171 \(fn)" t nil)
38173 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
38174 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
38175 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
38176 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
38177 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
38178 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
38179 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
38180 `woman' command for further details.
38182 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
38184 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
38185 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
38187 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
38189 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "woman" '("WoMan-" "menu-bar-manuals-menu" "set-woman-file-regexp" "woman")))
38191 ;;;***
38192 \f
38193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "x-dnd" "x-dnd.el" (0 0 0 0))
38194 ;;; Generated autoloads from x-dnd.el
38196 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "x-dnd" '("x-dnd-")))
38198 ;;;***
38199 \f
38200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xdg" "xdg.el" (0 0 0 0))
38201 ;;; Generated autoloads from xdg.el
38203 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xdg" '("xdg-")))
38205 ;;;***
38206 \f
38207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (0 0 0 0))
38208 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
38210 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
38211 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
38212 Return the top node with all its children.
38213 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
38215 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
38216 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
38217 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
38221 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
38222 namespace to URIs instead.
38224 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
38225 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
38227 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
38229 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
38231 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
38233 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
38234 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
38235 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
38236 not contain well-formed XML.
38238 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
38239 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
38240 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
38241 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
38242 element of the list.
38243 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
38244 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
38245 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
38249 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
38250 namespace to URIs instead.
38252 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
38253 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
38255 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
38257 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
38259 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
38261 (autoload 'xml-remove-comments "xml" "\
38262 Remove XML/HTML comments in the region between BEG and END.
38263 All text between the <!-- ... --> markers will be removed.
38265 \(fn BEG END)" nil nil)
38267 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xml" '("xml-")))
38269 ;;;***
38270 \f
38271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (0 0 0 0))
38272 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
38274 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
38275 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
38276 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
38277 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
38278 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
38279 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
38280 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
38281 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
38282 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
38283 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
38285 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
38287 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xmltok" '("xmltok-")))
38289 ;;;***
38290 \f
38291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
38292 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
38294 (autoload 'xref-find-backend "xref" "\
38297 \(fn)" nil nil)
38299 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
38302 \(fn)" t nil)
38304 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
38305 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
38307 \(fn)" nil nil)
38309 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
38310 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
38311 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
38312 prompt for it.
38314 If sufficient information is available to determine a unique
38315 definition for IDENTIFIER, display it in the selected window.
38316 Otherwise, display the list of the possible definitions in a
38317 buffer where the user can select from the list.
38319 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
38321 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
38322 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
38324 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
38326 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
38327 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
38329 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
38331 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
38332 Find references to the identifier at point.
38333 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
38335 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
38337 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
38338 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
38339 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
38341 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
38342 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
38343 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
38344 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
38345 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
38346 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
38347 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
38349 (autoload 'xref-collect-matches "xref" "\
38350 Collect matches for REGEXP inside FILES in DIR.
38351 FILES is a string with glob patterns separated by spaces.
38352 IGNORES is a list of glob patterns.
38354 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR IGNORES)" nil nil)
38356 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xref" '("xref-")))
38358 ;;;***
38359 \f
38360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xscheme" "progmodes/xscheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
38361 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xscheme.el
38363 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xscheme" '("default-xscheme-runlight" "exit-scheme-interaction-mode" "global-set-scheme-interaction-buffer" "local-" "reset-scheme" "run-scheme" "scheme-" "start-scheme" "verify-xscheme-buffer" "xscheme-")))
38365 ;;;***
38366 \f
38367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xsd-regexp" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" (0 0 0 0))
38368 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xsd-regexp.el
38370 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xsd-regexp" '("xsdre-")))
38372 ;;;***
38373 \f
38374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
38375 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
38377 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
38378 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
38379 See the `xterm-mouse-mode' command
38380 for a description of this minor mode.
38381 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
38382 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
38383 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
38385 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
38387 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
38388 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
38389 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
38390 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
38391 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
38393 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
38394 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
38395 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
38396 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
38397 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
38398 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
38400 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
38402 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xt-mouse" '("turn-o" "xt-mouse-epoch" "xterm-mouse-")))
38404 ;;;***
38405 \f
38406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xwidget" "xwidget.el" (0 0 0 0))
38407 ;;; Generated autoloads from xwidget.el
38409 (autoload 'xwidget-webkit-browse-url "xwidget" "\
38410 Ask xwidget-webkit to browse URL.
38411 NEW-SESSION specifies whether to create a new xwidget-webkit session.
38412 Interactively, URL defaults to the string looking like a url around point.
38414 \(fn URL &optional NEW-SESSION)" t nil)
38416 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xwidget" '("xwidget-")))
38418 ;;;***
38419 \f
38420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "mail/yenc.el" (0 0 0 0))
38421 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/yenc.el
38423 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
38424 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
38426 \(fn START END)" t nil)
38428 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
38429 Extract file name from an yenc header.
38431 \(fn)" nil nil)
38433 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "yenc" '("yenc-")))
38435 ;;;***
38436 \f
38437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zeroconf" "net/zeroconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
38438 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zeroconf.el
38440 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "zeroconf" '("zeroconf-")))
38442 ;;;***
38443 \f
38444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (0 0 0 0))
38445 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
38447 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
38448 Zone out, completely.
38450 \(fn)" t nil)
38452 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "zone" '("zone-")))
38454 ;;;***
38455 \f
38456 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "buff-menu.el"
38457 ;;;;;; "button.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
38458 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-yank.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
38459 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "case-table.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
38460 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
38461 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el"
38462 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
38463 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
38464 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
38465 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
38466 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el"
38467 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
38468 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
38469 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
38470 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el"
38471 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
38472 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
38473 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el" "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el"
38474 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
38475 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/edit.el"
38476 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el" "cedet/semantic/html.el"
38477 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el" "cedet/semantic/idle.el"
38478 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el"
38479 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
38480 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
38481 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
38482 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
38483 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
38484 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
38485 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
38486 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
38487 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
38488 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
38489 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
38490 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/getset.el"
38491 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el"
38492 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
38493 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "composite.el"
38494 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el"
38495 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
38496 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-preloaded.el"
38497 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
38498 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
38499 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
38500 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/nadvice.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el"
38501 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" "env.el" "epa-hook.el" "erc/erc-autoaway.el"
38502 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-button.el" "erc/erc-capab.el" "erc/erc-compat.el"
38503 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-dcc.el" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
38504 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-fill.el" "erc/erc-identd.el" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
38505 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-join.el" "erc/erc-list.el" "erc/erc-log.el" "erc/erc-match.el"
38506 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-menu.el" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" "erc/erc-notify.el"
38507 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-page.el" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" "erc/erc-replace.el"
38508 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ring.el" "erc/erc-services.el" "erc/erc-sound.el"
38509 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-speedbar.el" "erc/erc-spelling.el" "erc/erc-stamp.el"
38510 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-track.el" "erc/erc-truncate.el" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
38511 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
38512 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
38513 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
38514 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
38515 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el"
38516 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "facemenu.el" "faces.el"
38517 ;;;;;; "files.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "frame.el"
38518 ;;;;;; "help.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el"
38519 ;;;;;; "international/charprop.el" "international/charscript.el"
38520 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
38521 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
38522 ;;;;;; "international/uni-brackets.el" "international/uni-category.el"
38523 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
38524 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
38525 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
38526 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
38527 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
38528 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
38529 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "language/burmese.el"
38530 ;;;;;; "language/cham.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
38531 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el"
38532 ;;;;;; "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el"
38533 ;;;;;; "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el"
38534 ;;;;;; "language/khmer.el" "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el"
38535 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/sinhala.el"
38536 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/tai-viet.el" "language/thai.el"
38537 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
38538 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/ja-dic/ja-dic.el" "leim/leim-list.el"
38539 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/4Corner.el" "leim/quail/ARRAY30.el" "leim/quail/CCDOSPY.el"
38540 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/CTLau-b5.el" "leim/quail/CTLau.el" "leim/quail/ECDICT.el"
38541 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ETZY.el" "leim/quail/PY-b5.el" "leim/quail/PY.el"
38542 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/Punct-b5.el" "leim/quail/Punct.el" "leim/quail/QJ-b5.el"
38543 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/QJ.el" "leim/quail/SW.el" "leim/quail/TONEPY.el"
38544 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ZIRANMA.el" "leim/quail/ZOZY.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el"
38545 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el"
38546 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el"
38547 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el"
38548 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
38549 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
38550 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/programmer-dvorak.el"
38551 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/quick-b5.el"
38552 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/quick-cns.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
38553 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/tamil-dvorak.el"
38554 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tsang-b5.el" "leim/quail/tsang-cns.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el"
38555 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
38556 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
38557 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
38558 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "menu-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
38559 ;;;;;; "minibuffer.el" "mouse.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "newcomment.el"
38560 ;;;;;; "obarray.el" "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-lob.el"
38561 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el"
38562 ;;;;;; "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-clock.el"
38563 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-feed.el"
38564 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
38565 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-mobile.el"
38566 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/ox-ascii.el"
38567 ;;;;;; "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
38568 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
38569 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
38570 ;;;;;; "progmodes/elisp-mode.el" "progmodes/prog-mode.el" "ps-def.el"
38571 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el"
38572 ;;;;;; "select.el" "simple.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el"
38573 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el"
38574 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
38575 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
38576 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
38577 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "uniquify.el"
38578 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-hook.el" "vc/vc-hooks.el" "version.el" "widget.el"
38579 ;;;;;; "window.el") (0 0 0 0))
38581 ;;;***
38582 \f
38583 (provide 'loaddefs)
38584 ;; Local Variables:
38585 ;; version-control: never
38586 ;; no-byte-compile: t
38587 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
38588 ;; coding: utf-8
38589 ;; End:
38590 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here